ca
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
Commission File Number 001-36161
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
Delaware | 26-0565401 |
500 Freeport Parkway Coppell, TX | 75019 |
(Addresses of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (972) 538-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share | TCS |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ◻ ☑
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ◻ ☑
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☑ NO ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files.) ☑ NO ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ◻ | ☑ | Non-accelerated filer ◻ | Smaller reporting company ☑ |
Emerging growth company ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES ☐ NO ☑
As of September 30, 2022, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, the approximate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was $170,389,974. Solely for purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors of the registrant as of such date have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates.
As of May 19, 2023, the number of shares of common stock outstanding was 49,943,639.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements related to: the anticipated impact of macroeconomic conditions on our business, results of operations and financial condition, anticipated financial performance and key metrics, expectations regarding the reduction of capital expenditures and anticipated benefits to free cash flow, anticipated tax rates, the sufficiency of our cash generated from operations and borrowings under our credit facilities, ability to increase our market share, expectations with respect to new store openings and other expansion opportunities, expectations regarding key growth initiatives and strategic priorities, expectations regarding the impact of, and potential charges related to, marketing and expense savings programs, environmental, social and governance goals and targets, and our ability to attract new customers and increase brand loyalty. These forward-looking statements are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including the important factors described in the “Item 1A. Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as accurate predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to The Container Store Group, Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries.
The following discussion contains references to fiscal 2023, fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019, which represent our fiscal years ending or ended, as applicable, March 30, 2024, April 1, 2023, April 2, 2022, April 3, 2021, and March 28, 2020, respectively. All references herein to “fiscal 2023” represent the results of a 52-week fiscal year, “fiscal 2022” represent the results of a 52-week fiscal year, references to “fiscal 2021” represent the results of a 52-week fiscal year, references to “fiscal 2020” represent the results of a 53-week fiscal year, and references to “fiscal 2019” represent the results of a 52-week fiscal year.
3
Summary of Risk Factors
The summary of risks below provides an overview of the principal risks we are exposed to in the normal course of our business activities:
● | An overall decline in the health of the economy and consumer spending have affected and may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could reduce demand for our products and materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition. |
● | If we are unable to source and market new products to meet our high standards and customer preferences or are unable to offer our customers an aesthetically pleasing and convenient shopping environment, our results of operations may be adversely affected. |
● | If we fail to anticipate consumer demand, or to manage inventory commensurate with demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected. |
● | Our business requires that we lease substantial amounts of space and there can be no assurance that lease terms and conditions will remain as favorable as in the past. |
● | Costs and risks relating to new store openings could severely limit our growth opportunities. |
● | Our costs have increased, and in the future may continue to increase due to factors that may or may not be controllable by us, which may negatively affect our financial results. |
● | Our operating results are subject to quarterly and seasonal fluctuations, and results for any quarter may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year. |
● | A cyber-attack or security incident impacting TCS or third-party providers’ information technology systems or confidential information may result in reputational damage, exposure to regulatory or litigation risk that may materially affect our business, financial results, results of operations, and trading prices of TCS common stock. |
● | Failure to comply with current or expanded laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition. |
● | We rely upon third-party service providers to operate critical aspects of our internal and external business operations and any disruption or interference with such operations, or material non-compliance with laws and regulations by such third parties, could materially and adversely impact our business. |
● | Material damage to, or interruptions in, our information systems as a result of external factors, working from home arrangements, staffing shortages and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. |
● | Failure to effectively manage our online sales, may result in reputation and operational harm. |
● | Our ability to obtain merchandise on a timely basis at competitive prices could suffer as a result of any deterioration or change in our vendor relationships or events that adversely affect our vendors or their ability to obtain financing for their operations. |
● | We rely upon independent third-party transportation providers for substantially all our product shipments and are subject to increased shipping costs as well as the potential inability of our third-party transportation providers to deliver on a timely basis. |
● | We are subject to duties, tariffs and quotas associated with foreign imports for our merchandise. |
● | Our facilities and systems, as well as those of our vendors, are vulnerable to natural disasters and other unexpected events, and as a result we may lose merchandise, incur unexpected costs or be unable to effectively service our stores and online customers. |
● | Material disruptions at one of our manufacturing facilities could negatively impact production, customer deliveries and overall financial results. |
● | Product recalls and/or product liability, as well as changes in product safety and other consumer protection laws, may adversely impact our merchandise offerings, reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition. |
● | We face distribution risks related to operating two distribution centers and domestic and international manufacturing facilities. |
● | We face risks related to indebtedness, that could result in a high degree of leverage on cash flow from operations to pay back debt. |
● | Our costs and financial results have changed, and in the future may continue to change because of currency exchange rate fluctuations. |
● | We will require significant capital to fund our expanding business, which may not be available to us on satisfactory terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain sufficient levels of operating cash flows, we may require additional financing which could adversely affect our financial health and impose covenants that limit our business activities. |
4
● | Our fixed lease obligations could adversely affect our financial performance. |
● | Disruptions in the global financial markets and rising interest rates may make it difficult for us to borrow enough capital to finance the carrying costs of inventory and to pay for capital expenditures and operating costs, which could negatively affect our business. |
● | Changes to global financial markets, including the use of benchmark interest rates, may make it difficult for us to predict our future interest expenses. |
● | Competition, including internet-based competition, could negatively impact our business, adversely affecting our ability to generate higher net sales. |
● | Our vendors may sell similar or identical products to our competitors, which could harm our business. |
● | Our business depends in part on a strong brand image. If we are not able to protect our brand, we may be unable to attract enough customers or sell sufficient quantities of our products. |
● | Our failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our brand and weaken our competitive position. |
● | We depend on key executive management. |
● | If we are unable to find, train and retain key personnel that reflect our brand image and embody our foundational principles, we may not be able to grow or sustain our operations. |
● | Organized labor activities could cause labor relation issues and higher labor costs. |
● | We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws. |
● | There are legal claims made against us from time to time that may distract management from our business activities and result in significant liability or damage to our brand. |
● | Changes in statutory, regulatory, and other legal requirements could potentially impact our operating and financial results. |
● | Our total assets include intangible assets with an indefinite life, including goodwill and trade names, and substantial amounts of long-lived assets. Changes in estimates or projections used to assess the fair value of these assets, or operating results that are lower than our current estimates, have in the past and may in the future cause us to incur impairment charges that could adversely affect our results of operation. |
● | We may be subject to fluctuations in our tax obligations, and effective tax rates and realization of our deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, which could result in volatility of our operating results. |
● | If third parties claim infringement of their intellectual property rights, our operating results could be adversely affected. |
● | If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we provide to the public, our stock price may decline. |
● | Substantial future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price. |
● | Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. |
● | We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends. |
● | Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our Company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders. |
● | The provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive venue in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. |
● | Our common stock price may be volatile or may decline. |
● | As a public company, our management is required to devote substantial time and monetary costs to compliance matters. |
● | We are subject to a series of risks relating to climate change and natural disasters, which may affect our worldwide business operations and financial results. |
● | Increased scrutiny of, and evolving expectations for, sustainability and ESG initiatives could increase our costs, harm our reputation, or otherwise adversely impact our business. |
5
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
General
The Container Store® is the original and leading specialty retailer of organizing solutions, custom spaces and in-home organizing services in the United States and the only national retailer solely devoted to these categories. We provide a collection of creative, multifunctional and customizable storage and organization solutions that are sold in our stores and online through a high-service, differentiated shopping experience. We feature The Container Store Custom Spaces (“Custom Spaces”) exclusive products consisting of our elfa® Classic, elfa® Décor, Avera® and PrestonTM systems, which are wholly-owned and manufactured by The Container Store. Custom Spaces includes metal-based and wood-based custom space products and in-home installation services. Our customers are highly educated, very busy and primarily homeowners with a higher than average household income. Our customers crave discovery, inspiration, and solutions that simplify their lives and maximize their spaces within their homes. Our vision is to deepen our relationship with our customers, expand our reach and strengthen our capabilities, all while transforming lives through the power of organization.
We were founded in 1978 in Dallas, Texas as The Container Store, Inc. In 2007, The Container Store, Inc. was sold to The Container Store Group, Inc. In November 2013, we completed the initial public offering of our common stock (the “IPO”). Our common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TCS.” In fiscal 2022, we generated consolidated net sales of $1.0 billion. Today, our operations consist of two reportable segments:
● | The Container Store (“TCS”) consists of our retail stores, website and call center (which includes business sales), as well as our in-home services business. We operate 97 stores with an average size of approximately 24,000 square feet (18,000 selling square feet) in 34 states and the District of Columbia. We also offer all our products directly to customers through our website, responsive mobile site and app, call center, and in-home design specialists and in-home design organizers. Our stores receive substantially all our products directly from one of our two distribution centers. Our first distribution center in Coppell, Texas, is co-located with our support center and call center, and our second distribution center is located in Aberdeen, Maryland. We operate the C Studio Manufacturing, Inc. (“C Studio”), (formerly known as “Closet Parent Company, Inc.”, or “Closet Works”) facility in Elmhurst, Illinois, which designs and manufactures the Company’s premium wood-based custom space product offering, and is included in the TCS reportable segment. In fiscal 2022, TCS had net sales of $991.4 million, which represented approximately 95% of our total consolidated net sales. |
● | Elfa, The Container Store, Inc.’s wholly owned Swedish subsidiary, Elfa International AB (“Elfa”), designs and manufactures component-based shelving and drawer systems and made-to-measure sliding doors. Elfa was founded in 1948 and is headquartered in Malmö, Sweden. Elfa’s shelving and drawer systems are customizable for any area of the home, including closets, kitchens, offices and garages. Elfa operates three manufacturing facilities with two located in Sweden and one in Poland. The Container Store began selling elfa® products in 1978 and acquired Elfa in 1999. Today our TCS segment is the exclusive distributor of elfa® products in the U.S. and represented approximately 56% of Elfa’s total sales in fiscal 2022. Elfa also sells its products on a wholesale basis to various retailers in approximately 30 countries around the world, with a concentration in the Nordic region of Europe. In fiscal 2022, the Elfa segment had $55.9 million of third-party net sales, which represented approximately 5% of our total consolidated net sales. |
6
Strategic Priorities
The Container Store exists to transform lives through the power of organization. We plan to accomplish this singular vision by executing our three strategic priorities, which include: deepening our relationship with customers, expanding our reach and strengthening our capabilities. These priorities are focused on profitability and positioning The Container Store for healthy long-term growth on our path of achieving $2 billion in annual sales.
Strategic Pillar One: Deepening Our Relationship with Customers
We believe our continued focus on deepening our customer relationship, while also driving profitability, demonstrates the appeal of our brand and the strength of our offering. We believe that finding and leveraging opportunities to deepen our relationship with our customers makes them more likely to shop with us – and shop more with us – into the future.
Understanding that our customers respond best when we provide them with a compelling reason to shop, we are investing in thoughtful curations to draw in customers. We continue to seek ways to infuse more innovation, freshness and seasonal relevance in our collections and refine our assortment across categories, seeking ways to surprise and delight customers with fresh, curated product offerings that complement the home organization and storage categories.
To enhance the store experience and continually provide an Air of Excitement®, in fiscal 2022 we have invested in significant improvements to our Buy Online Pickup In-Store (BOPIS) system, simplifying the process and improving communications with customers throughout the sales journey.
Our Organized Insider Loyalty Program, which launched in calendar 2022, continues to provide tangible benefits for every tier of customer. Customers have embraced our new tiered loyalty structure, which accounted for nearly 80% of sales since launch. All levels of the program continue to have a higher-than-average ticket, with loyalty members spending approximately 57% more than non-loyalty members.
Strategic Pillar Two: Expanding Our Reach
The Container Store exists to transform lives through the power of organization – and the more lives we transform, the better for our customers and our business. We are continually working to expand our reach to attract new customers to our brand and its power to transform lives.
Expanding our reach is a key component of reaching our $2 billion annual sales goal. To that end, we opened three new small format stores in fiscal 2022, Colorado Springs, Colorado, Salem, New Hampshire and Thousand Oaks, California. We are very pleased with their initial performance. We plan to open six additional small format stores in the second half of fiscal 2023. We believe that we have attractive growth opportunities in key markets for potential expansion of an additional 76 new stores over time.
We believe our Custom Spaces business offers an important opportunity to engage more customers and grow our overall business. In fiscal 2022, we were excited to introduce new branding for The Container Store Custom Spaces that highlights the breadth of our offering both online and in our stores. This new expression of Custom Spaces allows us to push beyond custom closets and makes it clear to customers that we can transform any area of their home.
Understanding the important role that e-Commerce continues to play, we continue to invest in accelerating our e-commerce. We continue to improve both our website speed and our shipping times. Just months after launching our app, it has achieved a 4.8 rating in the Apple App Store and currently ranks in the top 200 shopping apps. We had 450,000 first-time downloads of the app, as customers responded to app-only offers, the Organized Insider Dashboard and new app features like our Drawer Organizer tool, which helps users with their drawer organization projects.
7
Strategic Pillar Three: Strengthening Our Capabilities
We believe that continued effort to strengthen our capabilities is key as we strive for growth. We consistently seek ways to invest in and improve our business practices – both those that are working well, and those that could work better for us and our customers.
We have enhanced our store selling experience by rolling out new mobile express check-out to all our stores, allowing us to efficiently service more customers, and we have made notable upgrades to our Custom Spaces in-store design tool. The tool now offers new usability features, improving the overall design experience, including a 3D design view and the ability to upsell complementary general merchandise product by adding it to the design itself. In addition, during fiscal 2022, we had an average of 95 in-home design specialists, who collectively contributed approximately $75 million of total Custom Space sales, with more than a quarter of them selling over $1 million each in custom spaces. We believe the addition of the in-home designers bolsters our ability to deliver an elevated experience and provides additional sales opportunities for Custom Spaces.
As a company, we continue to appropriately prioritize certain Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) issues. In fiscal 2022, we issued our first-ever Sustainability Report – and our second report is expected this summer. In the past year, we strengthened ESG KPI and reporting management for GHG Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions. We are on track to start Scope 3 assessments in first part of fiscal 2023 to better align our strategy with global regulatory trends. We continue to invest in renewable energy, offsetting 100% of our energy use throughout our operations, including stores, distribution centers, and support center. We track our suppliers’ sustainability performance through ESG scorecards to further our overall sustainability goals. The ESG scorecards are voluntary for our suppliers. While suppliers are expected to provide supporting documentation during their scoring assessments, we do not audit our suppliers’ sustainability performance at this time. We continue to find ways to increase our use of sustainable materials in select product categories by adding additional SKU options, where possible. We have more than tripled our sustainably sourced SKUs, making progress toward our goal of increased product offerings containing sustainable SKU options.
As we continue on our path to reach $2 billion in annual sales, we will focus on these same strategic priorities to drive our future growth and address the incredible opportunity we have to continue to gain market share.
Our Key Differentiators
The Container Store Custom Spaces:
Our focus on The Container Store Custom Spaces, full complementary space completion products, and in-home services, provides a unique opportunity to drive sales through higher average ticket while differentiating the Company from other brick and mortar and online, items-based retailers. Our highly trained and experienced sales force has been selling, custom-designed and other closet solutions for over 44 years. We believe there is no other comparable retailer executing this holistic approach to custom closets. We offer the complete custom space solution—not just our full line of custom spaces including design and installation services, but the full array of organization products that accompany those spaces, as well as a national footprint with millions of customers coming through the door and visiting our online site each year. We design and sell The Container Store Custom Spaces in-store, in-home, online, and through our call center.
Our elfa® Classic, elfa® Décor and Avera® systems as well as other elfa® products continue to be an ever important, highly profitable and differentiating component in the growth of our Company and reflect our commitment to dominating the custom space market. In fiscal 2022, all Elfa-produced products accounted for approximately 31% of our TCS retail sales. Due to our vertical integration with Elfa, we have control over the sourcing and availability of elfa® Classic, elfa® Décor, and Avera®, our best selling and highest margin products. We are the exclusive distributor of Elfa-manufactured products in the United States. Approximately 25% of our fiscal 2022 TCS segment purchases were attributed to intercompany purchases from our Elfa segment.
8
We have expanded our manufacturing capabilities and enhanced our premium wood-based custom space product offering with the acquisition of C Studio. On April 2, 2022 we added the PrestonTM collection to our custom space offering.
Our Shopping Experience:
We strive to create an Air of Excitement® in each of our stores across the country. You can experience the Air of Excitement® through our employees’ smiling faces and their genuine interest in a customer’s organizational projects and in the bright visual displays of products and solutions.
This is coupled with our highly personalized approach to customer service. Our employees are trained to ask questions to understand our customers’ needs. We believe that if we discover the underlying storage and organization challenges of our customers, we truly help them and hopefully improve the quality of their life. Service and selling are synonymous at The Container Store. We believe we can best serve our customers by astonishing them with personalized service and providing the solutions they most need to accomplish their organizational projects.
We are a multi-channel retailer, with a fully-integrated website, responsive mobile site and app and call center to complement our physical stores. Our website, containerstore.com, is intended to replicate the store experience offering virtually the same product assortment and providing real time inventory information for our stores, as well as certain products found exclusively online. We enhance the customer’s experience and deepen loyalty by creating consistent, relevant messages, regardless of which channel is being used. We offer free shipping on orders over $75 and our customers are able to purchase online and pick up at a store, with curbside pick-up in most markets, or request same-day home delivery in select markets. The website, mobile site, mobile app and call center sales channels combined accounted for approximately 26% of TCS net sales in fiscal 2022.
Our Stores:
We have adopted a disciplined expansion strategy designed to leverage the strength of our business model and nationally recognized brand name to successfully develop new stores in an array of markets that are primed for growth, including new, existing, small and large markets. Our current footprint of 97 stores extends to 34 states and the District of Columbia. We see the potential to add 76 new stores in key markets over time. In fiscal 2022, we opened three new stores in Colorado Springs, Colorado, Salem, New Hampshire and Thousand Oaks, California. We expect to open six new small format stores in the second half of fiscal 2023. While our current expansion focus is on domestic markets, we believe international expansion may provide additional growth opportunities for us in the future.
We have a strong base of profitable stores and believe that our expansion opportunities in the United States are significant. We plan to seek out strategic and profitable real estate expansion via a variety of store formats and sizes. In fiscal 2022, our new stores in Colorado Spring, Colorado, Salem, New Hampshire, and Thousand Oaks, California were designed as reduced-sized footprint stores. Our typical new store opening includes a strategic marketing plan inclusive of public relations and comprehensive training for our store employees that includes product education, solution-selling education, operational education and company culture understanding – all of which we believe enables our new stores to deliver strong sales volume more quickly.
Our Unique Product Collection:
Our merchandising philosophy is to provide a carefully curated, one-of-a-kind collection of storage and organization solutions for every area of the home, at a variety of price points. We offer over 10,000 products designed to provide customers solutions that simplify their lives and maximize their spaces within their homes. Each year, we introduce approximately 1,800 new SKUs. Our solutions-based selling approach (versus items-based) is delivered by our highly trained salespeople. We believe helping customers accomplish their organizational projects by selling solutions primarily consisting of exclusive, proprietary products differentiates us from other retailers. In fiscal 2022, over half of our annual sales came from exclusive or proprietary products, inclusive of 28% of private label products.
9
Currently, our stores are typically organized into 14 distinct lifestyle departments. The types of products sold in each department are as follows:
Lifestyle departments |
| Select products |
---|---|---|
Avera® | Custom Space offering (our exclusive system with a custom built-in look, touch open full extension drawers with soft close, and integrated lighting) | |
Bath | Countertop Organizers, Cosmetic and Jewelry Organizers, Shower and Bathtub Organizers, Drawer Organization, Cabinet Storage | |
Closet | Shoe Storage, Hangers, Drawer Organizers, Boxes and Bins, Hanging Storage Bags, Garment Racks, Jewelry Storage | |
elfa® Classic & elfa® Decor | Includes elfa® collection of Ventilated and Solid Shelving and Drawer Components and Systems, Wall and Door Rack Solutions, Accessories, Utility and Garage Systems, Sliding Doors | |
Gift Packaging
| Gift Wrap and Tags, Ribbons and Bows, Gift Wrap Organizers, Gift Bags and Sacks, Gift Boxes, Tape, Small Boxes, Tins, Divided Boxes | |
Hooks | Wall Mounted, Adhesive, Magnetic, Overdoor, Command Hooks, Wall Mounted shelves and Floor Protection | |
Kitchen | Canisters, Jars, Lunchtime Essentials, Bulk Food Storage, Plastic and Glass Food Storage, Drawer Liners and Organizers, Countertop Organizers, Dish Drying Racks, Cabinet Storage, Pantry Organizers, Kitchen Gadgets, China Storage | |
PrestonTM | Custom Space offering (our exclusive custom luxury wood-based solid closet system with doors, drawers, integrated lighting and accessories) | |
Laundry | Step Stools, Hampers, Laundry Bags and Baskets, Clothes Drying Racks, Cleaning Tools | |
Office | Desktop Collections, Paper Storage, File Carts and Cabinets, Literature Organizers, Message Boards, Media Storage, Photo Storage, Display, Small Craft and Parts Organizers, Desk Chairs | |
Shelving & Garage | Free Standing Shelving, Wall Mounted Shelving, Cube Systems, Component Shelving, Desks, Chairs, Garage | |
Storage | Drawers, Boxes and Bins, Totes, Crates, Carts, Toy Storage, Archival Storage, Storage Bags, Specialty Bins, Boxes and Cubes | |
Trash | Kitchen Step-on and Sensor Cans, Recycle Bins, Composting, Wastebaskets, Open Cans, Trash Bags | |
Travel | Luggage, Clothing Organizers, Cosmetic and Jewelry Organizers, Travel Bottles, and Travel Accessories |
In order to offer our unique collection of products and to execute a competitive merchandising and business strategy, we work to form meaningful, long-lasting relationships with vendors from around the world. We believe these relationships benefit us in a number of ways, including providing us with an increased number of exclusive products and competitive pricing. We believe that by creatively crafting mutually beneficial vendor relationships, we foster a unique sense of loyalty among our more than 500 product vendors. In fact, 15 of our top 20 vendors have been a partner for at least 10 years and several of those vendors have been with us since our inception in 1978. For the TCS segment, our top 10 vendors, excluding Elfa, accounted for 33% of our total purchases in fiscal 2022. In order to maximize our purchasing flexibility, we generally do not enter into long-term contracts with our vendors.
10
Environmental, Social and Governance
The Container Store recognizes the importance of our impact on people, the planet and the communities wherein we operate. It is imperative to the success of our business that we continue to learn, improve, and advance our vision in those key areas by implementing a strong and thoughtful ESG strategy.
Sustainability
The Board’s role includes overseeing the Company’s corporate sustainability strategy and enterprise risk management efforts. Our Board and its committees help to promote our Company management’s protections of our business and employees by maintaining ethical standards, governance practices, and compliance programs. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors governs our ESG efforts. Our General Counsel leads the ESG function and is a direct report of the Chief Financial Officer. Last year, we formed an ESG Council, led by the Senior Director of ESG, who is responsible for all ESG projects and sub-committees.
Our top priorities are to develop policies and programs that focus on the environment, social responsibility and our employees. In fiscal 2022, we continued to drive stakeholder engagement and executed against ESG strategic priorities. We utilize software to measure baseline Scope 1 and Scope 2 Green House Gas (“GHG”) emissions and energy intensity data, in accordance with the GHG Protocol. We publish available environmental data in our annual Sustainability Report. We continue to offset power usage in our stores, distribution centers, and support center with 100% renewable wind energy.
Elfa also has a sustainability program. Our Elfa-manufactured products contributed to approximately 31% of our fiscal year 2022 retail sales. Many of our Elfa-manufactured products are made from varying recycled materials.
We continue our progress towards a fair, healthy, and safe workplace, while implementing policies that promote diversity, equality, and inclusion. We believe that when we create a workplace where our colleagues are engaged, committed, and empowered, we are better positioned to create value for our company and shareholders. We are proud of our focus on human rights across our operations and are committed to build our business on an ethical foundation.
Our Sustainability Report is available at investor.containerstore.com/corporate-social-responsibility. The information contained on our website, including our Sustainability Report, is not incorporated, by reference, into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Human Capital Management
The Container Store was founded on basic and fundamental business philosophies about treating employees, customers, vendors, shareholders and the community with respect and dignity. It is a culture that is driven by our seven Foundation Principles® and results in an environment where the lives of everyone connected to our business are enriched and brimming with opportunity.
Our customers consider us their happy place; and we recognize the importance of taking care of the employees who are responsible for creating this environment in our stores. That is why we are committed to providing a robust and ongoing training and development program. Through training, we equip our team to meet the needs of our customers, whether they work in our stores, distribution centers or the support center. Training also helps our employees become knowledgeable and trusted experts armed with intuition and trained for success.
In terms of business productivity, one of our Foundation Principles, 1 Great Person = 3 Good People® is the belief that one great person with passion, perspective and a range of experiences has the energy and drive to achieve more than three good people without those traits. Our philosophy attracts other great people, making it easy to build a dedicated team who will exceed goals and create a successful work environment. Our culture shows why we hire great people from diverse backgrounds and foster an equitable, inclusive and safe environment where everyone can thrive.
11
As of April 1, 2023, we had approximately 5,100 employees, of which approximately 4,700 were TCS segment employees and approximately 400 were Elfa segment employees. Of the 4,700 TCS segment employees, approximately 2,600 were part time employees. Subsequent to year-end, the Company implemented cost management actions, including the elimination of open roles and a reduction in force. As of May 22, 2023, our employee base consists of approximately 4,800 active employees. We are committed to doing everything we can, as individuals and as a company, to enable that all of us, regardless of ethnicity, gender identity or expression, sexual orientation, age, ability, or religious affiliation have EQUAL opportunity to grow, develop and achieve our dreams.
We also know that the commitment for a diverse, equitable and inclusive culture, starts from the top, and our Chief Executive Officer, Satish Malhotra, has demonstrated his commitment by signing the CEO Action Pledge for Diversity & Inclusion (www.ceoaction.com). By taking this pledge, The Container Store has committed to actions that cultivate a trusting environment where all ideas are welcomed, and employees feel comfortable and empowered to have discussions about diversity and inclusion. These commitments include unconscious bias education, working with other companies to develop best practices, sharing our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (“DE&I”) plans with our board of directors, as well as implementing accountability systems to track our progress.
Our commitment to equity and inclusion extends beyond our employees. We know supporting the local communities where we have stores, distribution centers and manufacturing facilities makes the communities stronger. Therefore, we are proud to offer opportunities within our supply chain to small and diverse-owned businesses and through our philanthropy efforts focus on causes that are important to our employees and customers and align with our commitment to making a lasting social and economic impact in those communities.
You can read more and learn more about our DE&I efforts at www.containerstore.com/inclusion. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Human Rights
The Container Store recognizes the importance of protecting and advocating for human rights. We are committed to ethical business practices including fair and impartial treatment of all persons regarding wages and benefits, working conditions, global labor and anti-corruption laws, and the preservation of applicable environmental standards. We strive to provide a safe, secure, and healthy environment for our employees, vendors, and customers and align our policies with guidance provided by the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
TCS has a zero-tolerance philosophy against modern slavery and the deprivation of a person’s liberties for personal or commercial gain. Modern slavery is a crime and a violation of fundamental human rights that takes various forms, such as slavery, servitude, forced and compulsory labor, and human trafficking. TCS is committed to eliminating acts of modern slavery from occurring within our business and will take the necessary measures to assess the effectiveness of our approach. This includes training employees who have direct responsibility for supply chain management to raise awareness and help to identify victims of modern slavery.
The Container Store will not knowingly do business with any company that engages in modern slavery or human trafficking. Our merchandise suppliers contractually agree that the finished products they sell to us, and the materials used to create them, were not produced using child or forced labor and comply with the local laws in which they operate. We conduct announced audits of select merchandise suppliers with whom we acquire goods directly from.
12
Health & Safety
The health and safety of The Container Store employees and customers are vital to the health of our business. We strive to minimize injury or illness, in addition to property loss or business interruption caused by accidents, fire, or other hazards. The safer our workplace is, the more efficient and profitable our company will be.
TCS is committed to providing quality equipment, access to clean water, safe tools, and necessary protective equipment to keep employees safe. This includes providing ongoing training and the necessary resources and time required to maintain a safe place to work.
Additionally, we expect all employees to cooperate fully with our safety measures and actively participate in helping keep each other safe. All TCS employees are expected to recognize hazards, anticipate exposures and risks, and act to eliminate or control them. Our employees are expected to communicate with each other and our management team when unsafe acts are observed or if there is potential for an unsafe working environment. Through personal commitment and excellent communication, we strive to maintain a safe and productive place to work.
Manufacturing
We currently have a total of four manufacturing facilities: one domestic and three international. This important facet of our vertically integrated business enables us to control the design specifications and establish consistent levels of quality across our Custom Spaces offerings. In the TCS segment, we operate a 58,000 square feet domestic manufacturing facility in Elmhurst, Illinois which supplies our premium, wood-based custom space offerings, sold exclusively through our TCS segment under the PrestonTM brand.
In the Elfa segment, we operate three manufacturing facilities, located in Västervik, Sweden (approximately 200,000 square feet), Mullsjö, Sweden (approximately 100,000 square feet), and Koszalin, Poland (approximately 100,000 square feet). These manufacturing facilities produce our elfa® and Avera® branded products, which are sold exclusively through our TCS segment in the U.S. and also on a wholesale basis to various retailers in approximately 30 countries around the world, with a concentration in the Nordic region of Europe.
The principal raw materials that we use in manufacturing are steel and steel components, wood, laminate materials, paper, aluminum and glass. They are sourced both domestically and outside the United States. We have no significant long-term supply contracts and believe we have sufficient alternate sources of supply to prevent significant long-term disruption in supplying our operations.
Distribution
In the TCS segment, the majority of our merchandise flows through one of our two distribution centers, prior to transport to our retail stores and/or online customers. Our first distribution center is co-located with our support center in Coppell, Texas. The approximately 1.1 million square foot facility was designed and constructed specifically for The Container Store and is comprised of approximately 100,000 square feet of support center space and approximately 1 million square feet of distribution center space. Our second distribution center located in Aberdeen, Maryland is approximately 600,000 square feet and is comprised primarily of distribution center space. We also operate a 58,000 square feet domestic manufacturing facility in Elmhurst, Illinois.
Our distribution centers are utilized for retail store replenishment and direct-to-customer order fulfillment. We utilize third party truckload carriers to transport all of our products to our stores and major parcel carriers for direct-to-customer order deliveries. We utilize best in class logistics technology to optimize operations and current processes for receiving, picking, packing and shipping while providing a strong foundation for future growth. We continue to strengthen our distribution centers with ongoing process and material handling improvements, as well as automation, in order to achieve even greater efficiencies in service levels and inventory management.
13
Within our distribution operations, we have a culture of safety and efficiency, with a robust metric program and a commitment to continuous improvement. All processes, teams and individuals are held to high efficiency and performance standards. The locations of our distribution centers allow for improved service levels to our customers while at the same time increasing our network capacity. We also continue to invest in supply chain system enhancements for increased logistics network support.
Elfa utilizes a broad network of third-party carriers to deliver products from its manufacturing facilities to customers worldwide.
With employee safety as our top priority, our distribution centers follow all recommended guidelines. This includes providing sanitizing supplies throughout both facilities and continuous communication around safety expectations. We will continue to follow local, state and federal guidelines to ensure the safety of our employees.
Intellectual Property
The Container Store’s trademarks, product designs and copyrighted works have significant value and as such, we vigorously protect them against infringement. Our “The Container Store®,” “Welcome to the OrganizationSM,” “Foundation Principles®,” “Organized InsiderSM,” “PrestonTM,” “Avera®,” “Contained Home®,” “elfa®,” and “Air of Excitement®”, trademarks and certain variations thereon, that are used for our product lines and sales campaigns, are registered or are the subject of pending trademark applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and with trademark registries of applicable foreign countries. In addition, The Container Store owns domain names, including “www.containerstore.com,” “www. closets.com” and others that include our trademarks. We also own several elfa® utility and design patents, which protect Elfa’s closet and shelving systems. We have a utility patent for TCS’s proprietary retail shopping computer systems, and design patents on select private label products. The Container Store has copyrights in our website and marketing material.
Competition
We operate within the storage and organization category which extends across many retail segments including custom spaces, housewares, and office supplies, among others. However, we are the only national retailer solely devoted to it. Storage and organization products are sold by a variety of retailers, including mass merchants, specialty retail chains, and internet-based retailers, but they devote a smaller portion of their overall merchandise assortment to storage and organization. We also compete within a highly fragmented custom closets market with national, regional and local custom closet competitors, as well as local homebuilders and contractors. One of our biggest differentiators is that we sell solutions, not items. Some of our competitors are larger and may have greater financial, marketing and other resources than The Container Store. However, we compete based on our customer service, product selection and quality, price, convenience, consumer marketing and promotional activities, and our ability to identify and satisfy emerging consumer preferences, vendor relationships, and brand recognition, among other things. In addition, we believe that the strength of our solutions-based selling with highly trained employees, exclusive offerings and vendor relationships, our passionate and loyal customer base and the quality, differentiation and breadth of our product assortment compare favorably to those of our competitors.
14
Seasonality
Our unique offering of organizing solutions, custom spaces, and in-home services makes us less susceptible to holiday season shopping patterns than many retailers. Our quarterly results fluctuate, depending upon a variety of factors, including our product offerings, promotional events, store openings, the weather, remodeling or relocations, shifts in the timing of holidays, timing of delivery of orders, competitive factors and general economic conditions, including economic downturns as a result of unforeseen events such as pandemics, inflation, and supply chain disruptions, among other things. Accordingly, our results of operations may fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis, relative to corresponding periods in prior years. In addition, we may take certain pricing or marketing actions that could have a disproportionate effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in a particular quarter or selling season.
Regulation and Legislation
The Company is subject to various state and local laws, including labor and employment laws, laws governing truth-in-advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations, environmental and other laws, that regulate retailers and govern the operation of stores, warehouse facilities, manufacturing facilities, promotions, and the sale of merchandise. The Container Store monitors and evaluates applicable laws and believes that we are in material compliance. From time to time, there may be legal or regulatory changes that impose restrictions or requirements on the Company or our potential customers that may result in a material adverse increase to our operating costs or a decreased demand for our products or services.
The Container Store sources a significant portion of our products from outside of the United States of America. The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-United States officials, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The Container Store ensures that our policies and vendor agreements mandate compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
Where You Can Find More Information
We maintain a website at http://investor.containerstore.com and make available, free of charge, through this site our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers and holders of more than 10% of our common stock, as well as any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We also put on our website our Corporate Responsibility Report, the charters for our Board of Directors’ Audit Committee, Culture and Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officers, our Corporate Governance Guidelines and other related materials. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We announce material information to the public about us, our products and services, and other matters through a variety of means, including filings with the SEC, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts and the Investor
Relations section of our website in order to achieve broad, non-exclusionary distribution of information to the public and for complying with our disclosure obligation under Regulation FD.
The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media, and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels. Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the “Investor Relations” section of our website. Except as specifically indicated otherwise, the information found or available by hyperlink on our website or any other outlets we identify from time to time is not and shall not be deemed to be part of this or any other report we file with, or furnish to, the SEC.
15
Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at The Container Store Group, Inc., 500 Freeport Parkway, Coppell, TX 75019-3863, Attention: Investor Relations; telephone: 972-538-6504; email:InvestorRelations@containerstore.com
16
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Risk Factors
Our retail business faces significant risks and uncertainties. Certain risk factors may impact our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations, and should be considered in making investment decisions. Accordingly, in evaluating our business, we encourage you to consider the following discussion of risk factors, in its entirety, in addition to other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our other public filings with the SEC.
Consumer Behavior Risks
The overall decline in the health of the economy and consumer spending have affected and may continue to affect consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could reduce demand for our products and materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition.
Our business depends on consumer demand for our products and, consequently, is sensitive to several factors that influence discretionary consumer spending. Factors influencing consumer spending include general economic conditions, consumer disposable income, fuel prices, recession, fears of recession, unemployment, war, inclement weather, availability of consumer credit, consumer debt levels, conditions in the housing market, interest rates, sales tax rates, inflation, consumer confidence in future economic and political conditions, consumer perceptions of personal well-being and security, and health epidemics and pandemics. Prolonged or pervasive economic downturns could slow the pace of new store openings or cause current stores to temporarily or permanently close. Adverse changes in factors affecting discretionary consumer spending have reduced and may continue to reduce consumer demand for our products, thus reducing our sales and harming our business and operating results.
If we are unable to source and market new products to meet our high standards and customer preferences or are unable to offer our customers an aesthetically pleasing and convenient shopping environment, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our success depends on our ability to source and market new products that meet our standards for quality and appeal to customers’ preferences. Our buying team is primarily responsible for sourcing products that meet our high specifications and identifying and responding to changing customer preferences. Failure to source and market such products, or accurately forecast changing customer preferences, could lead to a decrease in the number of customer transactions at our stores and a decrease in the amount customers spend when they visit our stores. In addition, the sourcing of our products is dependent, in part, on our relationships with our vendors. If we are unable to maintain positive relationships, we may not be able to continue to source products at competitive prices that both meet our standards and appeal to our customers.
If we fail to anticipate consumer demand, or to manage inventory commensurate with demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our success depends in large part on our ability to identify, originate and define storage and organization product trends, as well as to anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. Our products must appeal to a range of consumers whose preferences cannot always be predicted with certainty. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to develop products that customers respond to positively or that we will successfully meet consumer demands in the future. Any failure on our part to anticipate, identify or respond effectively to consumer preferences and demand could adversely affect sales of our products. If this occurs, our sales may decline, and we may be required to mark down certain products to sell the excess inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we must manage our merchandise inventory levels. Much of our merchandise requires that we provide vendors with significant ordering lead time, frequently before market factors are known. The nature of our products requires us to carry a significant amount of inventory prior to peak selling seasons. If we are not able to
17
anticipate consumer demand for our product offerings, or successfully manage inventory levels for products that are in demand, we may experience and have experienced:
● | back orders, order cancellations and lost sales for products that are in high demand for which we did not stock adequate inventory; and |
● | overstock inventory levels for products that have lower consumer demand, requiring us to take markdowns or other steps to sell slower moving merchandise. |
As a result of these and other factors, we are vulnerable to demand and pricing shifts and to misjudgments in the selection and timing of merchandise purchases.
New stores in new markets, where we are less familiar with the target customer and less well-known, may face different or additional risks and increased costs compared to stores operated in existing markets or new stores in existing markets.
Operations and Infrastructure Risks
Our business requires that we lease substantial amounts of space and there can be no assurance that lease terms and conditions will remain as favorable as in the past.
We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease our store locations, as well as our support center, manufacturing facilities, and distribution centers. Our store leases generally have an initial term of 10 to15 years, with renewal options that range from 5 to 15 years. Certain leases have early cancellation clauses, permitting the lease to be terminated by us or the landlord if certain sales levels are not met in specific periods or if the shopping venue does not meet specified occupancy standards. In addition to fixed minimum lease payments, most of our store leases provide for additional lease payments based on a percentage of sales, or “percentage rent”, if sales at the respective stores exceed specified levels, as well as the payment of common area maintenance charges, real property insurance and real estate taxes. Many of our lease agreements have defined escalating lease payment provisions over the initial term and any extensions. Increases in substantial occupancy costs along with difficulty in identifying economically suitable new store locations could have significant negative consequences, which include:
● | requiring that a greater portion of our available cash be applied to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes and reducing our operating profitability; |
● | increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; and |
● | limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business or the industry in which we compete. |
Additional sites may be subject to long-term, non-cancelable leases if we are unable to negotiate our current standard lease terms and conditions. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Moreover, if a lease has an early cancellation clause, we may not satisfy the contractual requirements for early cancellation under that lease. In addition, if we are not able to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us, this could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Costs and risks relating to new store openings could severely limit our growth opportunities.
Part of our growth strategy depends on opening stores in new and existing markets. We must successfully choose store sites, execute favorable real estate transactions on terms that are acceptable to us, hire competent personnel and effectively open and operate these new stores. Our plans to increase our number of retail stores will depend in part on the availability of existing retail stores or store sites. A lack of available financing on terms acceptable to real estate developers, or a tightening credit market, may adversely affect the number or quality of retail sites available to us. We
18
cannot assure you that stores or sites will be available to us, or that they will be available on terms acceptable to us. If additional retail store sites are unavailable on acceptable terms, we may not be able to carry out a significant part of our growth strategy.
Our costs have increased, and in the future may continue to increase due to factors that may or may not be controllable by us, which may negatively affect our financial results.
Increases in costs that are beyond our control, such as increases in commodity prices for raw materials that are directly or indirectly related to the production and distribution of our products, prices of steel, oil, resin and pulp, increases in fuel and transportation costs, shipping surcharges, higher interest rates, increases in losses from damaged merchandise, inflation, fluctuations in foreign currency rates, higher costs of labor, global labor disputes, increases in the costs of insurance and healthcare, increased insurance premiums, medical claim costs, worker’s compensation claim costs, increased incremental costs of doing business, increases in postage and media costs, higher tax rates, the cost of compliance with changes in laws and regulations, and accounting standards may negatively impact our financial results. Macroeconomic conditions have caused and may continue to cause the need to adjust prices to offset the effect of these changes, and we may not be able to do that without negatively impacting consumer demand or our gross margin.
Our operating results are subject to quarterly and seasonal fluctuations, and results for any quarter may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.
Our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, depending upon a variety of factors, including our product offerings, promotional events, store openings, the weather, remodeling or relocations, shifts in the timing of holidays, timing of catalog releases or sales, timing of delivery of orders, competitive factors and general economic conditions, including economic downturns as a result of unforeseen events such as pandemics, inflation, and supply chain disruptions, among other things. As a result of these factors, the demands on our product distribution and delivery network may fluctuate. Accordingly, our results of operations may fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis, relative to corresponding periods in prior years. In fiscal 2022, for example, sales and profitability did not follow historical patterns due to various factors, including changes in promotional strategy and cadence and macroeconomic factors. In addition, we may take certain pricing or marketing actions that could have a disproportionate effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in a particular quarter or selling season. These initiatives may disproportionately impact results in a particular quarter and we believe that comparisons of our operating results from period to period are not necessarily meaningful and cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance.
Information Technology Risks
A cyber-attack or security incident impacting TCS or third-party providers’ information technology systems or confidential information may result in reputational damage, exposure to regulatory or litigation risk that may materially affect our business, financial results, results of operations, and trading prices of TCS common stock.
Our business is heavily reliant on computer systems, hardware, software, technology infrastructure, online websites, and networks (collectively, “IT Systems”) for both internal and external operations. We rely on third-parties for a range of IT Systems and related products and services. With applicable approval, third-party providers collect, transmit and maintain customer, employee, contractor, supplier, and vendor data, including credit card information, personal information, proprietary, and other confidential information (collectively, “Confidential Information”).
We, like many companies, have experienced cyberattacks, system vulnerabilities and security incidents in the past. We have committed financial and personnel resources to implement and maintain security policies, procedures, and measures designed to protect our IT Systems and Confidential Information. We incur significant costs in connection with network security, disaster recovery, and employee training. We may incur significant costs to update business practices or modify service offerings. While we are not aware of material disruptions or incidents to date, we cannot assure that any breaches, attacks or unauthorized disclosures will not occur in the future, including attacks or incidents that may materially impact our business. Cyberattacks are expected to accelerate on a global basis and threat actors are increasingly sophisticated in using techniques that are designed to circumvent security controls, evade detection, and
19
remove forensic evidence. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate, prevent, detect, investigate, contain or recover from future attacks and incidents in a timely manner.
Despite the security measures that we have implemented, our IT Systems may be disrupted or damaged and Confidential Information may be compromised, corrupted, lost or stolen. This may occur as a result of targeted attacks by state-sponsored and other actors that involve, for example, the deployment of viruses or malware (such as ransomware), denial-of-service attacks, break-ins, and social engineering attacks (such as phishing exploits), as well as inadvertent errors committed by employees, contractors or other parties, and hardware or software bugs, misconfigurations or similar vulnerabilities. Cyberattacks that impact companies through a critical third-party service provider or elsewhere in the supply chain are increasingly prevalent. Cyberattacks, security incidents, and similar events could result in any or all of the following: unauthorized access to or disruption to our IT Systems and operations; unauthorized modification or disclosure of Confidential Information; governmental and regulatory inquiries, investigations, fines and penalties; litigation, including but not limited to class actions, pursuant to enacted and developing laws such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) which provides for a private rights of action and statutory damages in connection with certain types of data breaches; loss of confidence in our Company, negative media coverage, and brand and reputational harm; loss of customers and business opportunities; increased costs to investigate, contain, restore or remediate IT Systems; and a range of other costs and liabilities. Any or all of the foregoing may have material adverse impacts on our business, financial condition, results of operations, as well as the trading price of our stock.
There is no guarantee that all costs and liabilities would be recovered or reimbursed by the insurance we maintain regarding cybersecurity and privacy risk, nor that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms and conditions.
Failure to comply with current or expanded laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition.
We collect, use, store, share and process personal information relating to customers, website visitors, employees, former employees, job applicants, directors, vendors, suppliers and business partners. We are subject to a variety of international, federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and consumer protection. Compliance with applicable laws and regulations may result in additional costs and may necessitate changes to our business practices and divergent operating models, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.
In the United States, the Federal Trade Commission and many state Attorneys General are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of personal information, including statements that we make in our privacy policies. There are also federal laws governing marketing activities, such as Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act (known as the “CAN-SPAM” Act) and Telephone Consumer Protection Act (as implemented by the Telemarketing Sales Rule) (“TCPA”). In addition, we are subject to various state privacy laws, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), which came into effect in January of 2020, and the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which expanded upon the CCPA in January 2023 (with a lookback period to January 2022). The CCPA and the CPRA require covered companies to, provide new disclosures to California consumers and affords such consumers certain privacy rights. The CCPA provides civil penalties for violations, as well as a right of action for certain security breaches that may increase security breach litigation. The CPRA imposes additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, opt outs for certain uses, and disclosure of sensitive personal information. It also creates a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy, cybersecurity, and data protection enforcement. The CCPA and CPRA have encouraged “copycat” laws in other states across the United States, and if passed, such laws may have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging.
One cannot predict the impact of these complex and rapidly evolving laws or subsequent guidance. Requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our internal practices. Any failure or perceived failure, to comply with our posted privacy
20
policies or with any federal, state, international privacy, consumer protection-related laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, judicial orders to which we may be subject or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection could have a materially adverse impact to our reputation, brand, and business, and may result in claims, proceedings, or actions against us by governmental entities or others that may require us to change our operations, incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply, modify our data processing practices and policies, or cease using certain data sets. Any such claim, proceeding, or action, including a complaint by an activist to a regulatory authority or other public statement criticizing our practices, could hurt our reputation, brand, and business, and ultimately force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers and vendors, result in the imposition of monetary penalties, and otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless certain third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations, or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection or any inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of operating our business.
Finally, we intend to maintain compliance with the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standards and will incur additional expenses to maintain PCI compliance. Even if we are compliant with such standards, we still may be vulnerable and unable to prevent security breaches involving customer transaction data.
We rely upon third-party service providers to operate critical aspects of our internal and external business operations and any disruption or interference with such operations, or material non-compliance with laws and regulations by such third parties, could materially and adversely impact our business.
We rely on third-parties for critical internal and external operations. We architected our software and computer systems to utilize data processing, storage capabilities, and other services provided by third-party providers. Any disruption or interference with use of third-party service providers could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, third-party providers assist us with employee benefits processing, payment processing, security monitoring, among other activities. Material non-compliance with privacy, security, consumer protection or sustainability-related laws by these third parties may jeopardize our ability to obtain or offer core products and services, expose us to regulatory investigations and litigation, and materially impact our business and financial results.
Material damage to, or interruptions in, our information systems as a result of external factors, working from home arrangements, staffing shortages and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
We are highly dependent upon IT Systems to conduct most aspects of our operations. Such IT Systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, slowness due to strain on internet connectivity resulting from employees working from home, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, fire, and natural disasters. Damage or interruption to our IT Systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations. Costs, potential problems, and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. Cybersecurity risk have increased as a result of global remote working dynamics that present additional opportunities for threat actors to engage in social engineering and to exploit vulnerabilities in non-corporate networks used by many of our employees and critical third-party providers. Any material interruptions or failures in our IT systems may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
We rely on our information technology staff. If we cannot meet our staffing needs in this area, we may not be able to fulfill our technology initiatives, while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems.
We also rely on software vendors to maintain and upgrade IT Systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our IT Systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers, or us, to continue to maintain and upgrade these IT Systems and software
21
programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner.
We are vulnerable to various risks and uncertainties associated with our website, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime, costs, technical issues or failures as we upgrade our website software, computer viruses, changes in applicable federal and state regulations, security breaches, legal claims related to our website operations and e-commerce fulfillment, and other consumer privacy concerns. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties could reduce website sales and have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
Failure to effectively manage our online sales, may result in reputation and operational harm.
TCS sells merchandise via the Internet through our website, containerstore.com, and mobile apps. In fiscal 2022, our website and mobile apps accounted for approximately 22% of TCS net sales.
We are vulnerable to e-commerce risks and uncertainties associated with changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime, technical failures, costs and technical issues for upgrades of website software, computer viruses, changes in applicable federal and state regulations, security breaches, and consumer privacy. The potential website or mobile application failure could result in disruptions and additional costs to our operations, causing difficulty for customers to purchase merchandise online, which could adversely affect operations and reputation results.
Supply Chain Risks
Our ability to obtain merchandise on a timely basis at competitive prices could suffer as a result of any deterioration or change in our vendor relationships or events that adversely affect our vendors or their ability to obtain financing for their operations.
Our vendor relationships are critical to our success. We generally transact business on an order-by-order basis, operating without any contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products. Any of our vendors could discontinue supplying us with desired products in sufficient quantities for a variety of reasons. If we are unable to acquire suitable merchandise in sufficient quantities, at acceptable prices with adequate delivery times due to the loss of or a deterioration or change in our relationship with one or more of our key vendors or events harmful to our vendors occur, it may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The benefits we currently experience from our vendor relationships could be adversely affected if our vendors:
● | discontinue selling merchandise to us; |
● | enter into exclusivity arrangements with our competitors; |
● | sell similar merchandise to our competitors with similar or better pricing, many of whom already purchase merchandise in significantly greater volume and, in some cases, at lower prices than we do; |
● | raise the prices they charge us; |
● | change payment terms to require us to pay on delivery or upfront, including as a result of changes in the credit relationships some of our vendors have with their various lending institutions; |
● | lengthen their lead times; or |
● | initiate or expand sales of storage and organization products to retail customers directly through their own stores, catalogs or on the internet. |
22
We historically have established excellent working relationships with many small- to mid-size vendors that generally have more limited resources, production capacities and operating histories. Adverse market and economic events, such as the economic downturn caused by pandemics, geopolitical and civil unrest, and climate change, could impair our ability to obtain merchandise in sufficient quantities from these vendors. Such events include difficulties associated with our vendors' business, finances, labor, ability to export or import, production, insurance and reputation. There can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on acceptable terms or at all in the future, especially if we need significantly greater amounts of inventory in connection with the growth of our business. We may need to develop new relationships with larger vendors, and we may not be able to find similar merchandise with the same terms from larger vendors.
We rely upon independent third-party transportation providers for substantially all our product shipments and are subject to increased shipping costs as well as the potential inability of our third-party transportation providers to deliver on a timely basis.
We rely upon independent third-party transportation providers for substantially all our product shipments, including shipments to and from our stores. Our utilization of these delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, increased shipping costs, employee strikes, inclement weather, health epidemics or pandemics, which have affected and may continue to affect a shipping company’s ability to provide delivery services that meet our shipping needs. Our reputation for providing a high level of customer service is dependent on third-party transportation providers timely delivering our products. If we change the shipping companies we use, we could face logistical difficulties that may adversely affect deliveries and we could incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms and conditions as favorable as those received from our current independent third-party transportation providers.
We are subject to duties, tariffs and quotas associated with foreign imports for our merchandise.
During fiscal 2022, including purchases for Elfa which represented approximately 25% of our purchases, we purchased approximately 57% of our merchandise from vendors located outside the United States (including approximately 33% from vendors located in China) and approximately 43% of our merchandise from vendors located in the United States. In addition, some of the merchandise we purchase from vendors in the United States also depends, in whole or in part, on manufacturers located outside the United States. As a result, our business depends on global trade, as well as trade and cost factors that impact countries where our vendors are located. Part of our future success depends upon our ability to maintain our existing foreign vendor relationships and develop new ones. While we rely on long-term relationships with our foreign vendors, we have no long-term contracts with them and transact business on an order-by-order basis.
Many of our imported products are subject to existing duties, tariffs and quotas that may limit the quantity of some goods that we may import into the United States. Because a large portion of our merchandise is sourced, directly or indirectly, from outside the United States, major changes in tax policy or trade relations, such as the disallowance of income tax deductions for imported merchandise or the imposition of additional tariffs or duties on imported products, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, effective income tax rate, liquidity and net income. For example, in recent years, tariffs were imposed on many items sourced to the U.S. from China and the Chinese government imposed retaliatory tariffs on U.S. manufactured goods. As a result, we continually evaluate the impact of enacted tariffs, along with any potential additional tariffs or retaliatory trade restrictions implemented by other countries. These tariffs could adversely affect our customer sales by causing potential delays in product received from our vendors, cost of goods sold and results of operations. We may not be able to mitigate the impact of such tariffs fully or substantially, pass price increases on to our customers, or secure adequate alternative sources for products or materials.
Our dependence on foreign imports also makes us vulnerable to risks associated with products manufactured abroad, including, among other things, risks of damage, destruction or confiscation of products while in transit to our distribution centers located in the United States, charges on or assessment of additional import duties, surcharges, tariffs and quotas, loss of “most favored nation” trading status by the United States in relation to a particular foreign country, work stoppages, strikes, transportation and other delays in shipments, heightened security screening, inspection processes or other port-of-entry limitations or restrictions in the United States, freight cost increases, health epidemics,
23
pandemics, economic uncertainties, inflation, foreign government regulations, trade restrictions, geopolitical unrest, increased labor costs and other similar factors that might affect the operations of our manufacturers in foreign countries.
In addition, there is a risk that compliance lapses by our manufacturers could occur, which could lead to investigations by United States international trade compliance government agencies. Resulting penalties or enforcement actions could delay future imports/exports or otherwise negatively affect our business. In addition, there remains a risk that one or more of our foreign manufacturers will not adhere to applicable legal requirements or our global compliance standards. The violation of applicable legal requirements, including labor, manufacturing, compliance standards and safety laws, by any of our manufacturers, could disrupt our supply of products from manufacturers or the shipment of products to us, resulting in potential liability, and harm to our reputation and brand, any of which could negatively affect our business and operating results.
Our facilities and systems, as well as those of our vendors, are vulnerable to natural disasters and other unexpected events, and as a result we may lose merchandise, incur unexpected costs or be unable to effectively service our stores and online customers.
Our retail stores, support center, distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, infrastructure projects, direct-to-customer operations, as well as the operations of our vendors, are vulnerable to damage from various natural disasters, pandemics, climate change, geopolitical and civil unrest, power losses, telecommunications failures, hardware and software failures, computer viruses and similar events. If any of these events results in damage to our facilities or systems, or those of our vendors, we may experience interruptions in our business until the damage is repaired, to the extent it can be, resulting in the potential loss of customers and revenues. In addition, we may incur costs in deductibles and repairing any damage beyond our applicable insurance coverage.
Material disruptions at one of our manufacturing facilities could negatively impact production, customer deliveries and overall financial results.
Elfa operates three manufacturing facilities: two in Sweden and one in Poland. C Studio is a manufacturing facility in Elmhurst, Illinois which supplies our Preston closet line. A material operational disruption in one of our manufacturing facilities could occur as a result of any number of events including, but not limited to, major equipment failures, labor stoppages, temporary or permanent factory closings, transportation failures affecting the supply and shipment of materials and finished goods, severe weather conditions, climate change, health epidemics or pandemics, all of which could result in limitations on the ability to travel and return to work, geopolitical and civil unrest and disruptions in utility services. Such a disruption could negatively impact production, customer deliveries and financial results.
Product recalls and/or product liability, as well as changes in product safety and other consumer protection laws, may adversely impact our merchandise offerings, reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
We are subject to regulations by a variety of federal, state and international regulatory authorities, including the Consumer Product Safety Commission. If our vendors fail to manufacture or import merchandise that adheres to product safety requirements, internal quality control standards or other consumer protection laws, our reputation and brands could be damaged, potentially leading to increases in customer litigation. It is possible that our vendors may not adhere to product safety requirements, quality control standards or other consumer protection laws, and we might not identify deficiencies before merchandise is sold. Any issues of product safety or alleged violations of consumer protection laws have caused and may again cause us to incur additional costs, for example, due to the need to recall products. If our vendors are unable or unwilling to recall products failing to meet product safety requirements, our quality standards or other consumer protection laws, we may be required to recall those products at a substantial cost to us. Furthermore, to the extent we are unable to replace any recalled products, we may have to reduce our merchandise offerings, resulting in a decrease in sales.
Moreover, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs to us for certain merchandise, and additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. Our vendors may require long lead times on merchandise ordering cycles, which could increase the difficulty for us to plan and prepare for
24
potential changes to applicable consumer protection laws. In particular, The Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 imposes significant requirements on manufacturing, importing, testing and labeling for some of our products. In the event that we are unable to timely comply with regulatory changes, significant fines, litigation, or penalties could result, and could adversely affect our merchandise offerings, reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
We face distribution risks related to operating two distribution centers and domestic and international manufacturing facilities.
Our business depends upon the successful operation of our manufacturing facilities and distribution centers, to fulfill orders and deliver our merchandise to our customers in a timely manner. We currently handle merchandise distribution for our stores from two facilities, one in Coppell, Texas, a suburb of Dallas, Texas, and the second in Aberdeen, Maryland. We also fulfill and deliver Preston custom closets orders from the C Studio manufacturing facility in Elmhurst, Illinois. Elfa operates three manufacturing facilities, located in Västervik, Sweden, Mullsjö, Sweden, and Koszalin, Poland. These manufacturing facilities produce our elfa® and Avera® branded products, which are sold exclusively through our TCS segment in the U.S. and also on a wholesale basis to various retailers in approximately 30 countries. We use independent third-party transportation companies as well as leased trucks to ship product to our distribution centers and deliver our merchandise to our stores and our customers. Any significant interruption in the operation of our distribution centers or the domestic transportation infrastructure due to natural disasters, accidents, inclement weather, system failures, work stoppages, slowdowns, strikes by employees of the transportation companies, temporary or government-mandated closures, health epidemics, pandemics, or other unforeseen causes could delay or impair our ability to distribute merchandise to our stores, which may result in lower sales, a loss of brand loyalty and excess inventory and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Liquidity Risks
We face risks related to indebtedness, that could result in a high degree of leverage on cash flow from operations to pay back debt.
As of April 1, 2023, we had total outstanding debt of $167.9 million and an additional $100.0 million of availability under our asset-based revolving credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and the 2019 Elfa revolving credit facilities (the “2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities”). Our senior secured term loan facility with JPMorgan Chase bank, N.A. (the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility”), which matures January 31, 2026, represented $165.5 million of the total outstanding debt.
We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our leverage could have important consequences to us, including:
● | exposing us to increased interest rates as our borrowings under our current debt facilities are at variable rates; |
● | difficulty making payments; |
● | inability to pay future dividends; |
● | increasing vulnerability to downturns in our business, the storage and organization retail industry or the general economy thus limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business; |
● | requiring a substantial portion of operational cash flow to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities; |
● | restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures; |
25
● | requiring us to comply with or leverage financial and operational covenants, restricting us, from placing liens on our assets, making investments, incurring debt, making payments to our equity or debt holders and engaging in transactions with affiliates; |
● | limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; |
● | preventing us from taking advantage of business opportunities or successfully carrying out plans to expand our store base and product offerings; and |
● | placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be less leveraged. |
Consequences of indebtedness may require a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of debt principal and interest, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we would be able to take any of these actions timely, or on terms satisfactory to us. A failure to comply with the agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any of the agreements governing our indebtedness, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in the agreements. If any of our indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue to operate.
Our costs and financial results have changed, and in the future may continue to change because of currency exchange rate fluctuations.
During fiscal 2022, approximately 57% of our merchandise, based on cost of merchandise purchased, was manufactured abroad. The prices charged by foreign manufacturers may be affected by the fluctuation of their local currency against the U.S. dollar. We source goods from various countries, and thus changes in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies may affect the costs of goods that we purchase.
Our largest exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations is between the U.S. dollar and Swedish krona. All purchases from the Elfa segment by the TCS segment are in Swedish krona. Approximately 25% of our U.S. dollar merchandise purchases in the TCS segment in fiscal 2022 were originally made in Swedish krona from our Elfa segment. Additionally, all assets and liabilities of our Elfa segment are translated at year end rates of exchange, apart from certain assets and liabilities that are translated at historical rates of exchange. Revenues, expenses, and cash flows of our Elfa segment are translated at average rates of exchange for the year. As a result, our financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the Swedish krona as compared to the U.S. dollar. Based on the average exchange rate from Swedish krona to U.S. dollar during fiscal 2022, and results of operations in functional currency, we believe that a 10% increase or decrease in the exchange rate of the Swedish krona would increase or decrease net income by approximately $0.8 million.
We will require significant capital to fund our expanding business, which may not be available to us on satisfactory terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain sufficient levels of operating cash flows, we may require additional financing which could adversely affect our financial health and impose covenants that limit our business activities.
We primarily depend on cash flow from operations, the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined above), and the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities (as defined above), to fund our business and growth plans. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund these activities, we may need additional equity or debt financing. If such financing is not available to us, or is not available on satisfactory terms and conditions, our ability to operate and expand our business or respond to competitive pressures would be curtailed and we may need to delay, limit or eliminate planned store openings or operations or other elements of our growth strategy. If we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, our ownership would be diluted.
26
We maintain the majority of its cash and cash equivalents in accounts with major U.S. and multi-national financial institutions, and our deposits at certain of these institutions exceed insured limits. Market conditions can impact the viability of these institutions. In the event of failure of any of the financial institutions where we maintain our cash and cash equivalents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to access uninsured funds in a timely manner or at all. Any inability to access or delay in accessing these funds could adversely affect our business and financial position.
Our fixed lease obligations could adversely affect our financial performance.
Our fixed lease obligations will require us to use a significant portion of cash generated by our operations to satisfy these obligations, and could adversely impact our ability to obtain future financing to support our growth or other operational investments. We will require substantial cash flows from operations to make our payments under our operating leases, many of which provide for periodic increases in operating lease expense. If we are not able to make the required payments under the leases, the lenders or owners of the stores may, among other things, repossess those assets, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, our failure to make payments under our operating leases could trigger defaults under other leases or under agreements governing our indebtedness, which could cause the counterparties under those agreements to accelerate the obligations due thereunder.
Disruptions in the global financial markets and rising interest rates may make it difficult for us to borrow enough capital to finance the carrying costs of inventory and to pay for capital expenditures and operating costs, which could negatively affect our business.
Disruptions in the global financial markets and rising interest rates and banking systems have made credit and capital markets more difficult for companies to access, even for some companies with established revolving or other credit facilities. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, each member of the syndicate for the Revolving Credit Facility is responsible for providing a portion of the loans to be made under the facility. Factors that have previously affected our borrowing ability under the Revolving Credit Facility have included the borrowing base formula limitations, adjustments in the appraised value of our inventory used to calculate the borrowing base and the availability of each of the lenders to advance its portion of requested borrowing drawdowns under the facility. If, in connection with a disruption in the global financial markets or otherwise, any participant, or group of participants, with a significant portion of the commitments in the Revolving Credit Facility fails to satisfy its obligations to extend credit under the facility and we are unable to find a replacement for such participant or group of participants on a timely basis (if at all), our liquidity and our business may be materially adversely affected.
Changes to global financial markets, including the use of benchmark interest rates, may make it difficult for us to predict our future interest expenses.
In March 2021, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it will no longer require panel banks to submit quotes for any U.S. dollar LIBOR settings after June 30, 2023. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARCC), which was convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the New York Fed, has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as the recommended risk-free alternative rate for USD LIBOR. Working groups formed by financial regulators in other jurisdictions, including the U.K., the European Union, Japan and Switzerland, have also recommended alternatives to LIBOR denominated in their local currencies. Although SOFR appears to be the preferred replacement rate for USD LIBOR, other benchmarks may emerge or other rates may be adopted outside of the United States. Certain of our debt agreements provide that in the event LIBOR rates are no longer available, we and our lenders will negotiate in good faith to adopt a replacement benchmark rate and an applicable margin for borrowings based on such replacement benchmark rate. We may incur increased interest expense using any such replacement benchmark rates, which could have an adverse effect on us, including our costs of funds, access to capital markets and financial results.
27
Competition Risks
Competition, including internet-based competition, could negatively impact our business, adversely affecting our ability to generate higher net sales.
The retail industry is highly competitive, with few barriers to entry. Competition is characterized by many factors, including level of service, merchandise assortment, product quality, price, location, reputation, credit availability, and customer loyalty. A variety of retailers offer products that are similar to the products we offer. Competitive products can be found in mass merchants, as well as specialty retail chains. Some of our competitors, particularly the mass merchants, are larger and have greater financial resources than we do.
We also face competition from other internet-based retailers, and traditional store-based retailers. This results in increased price competition and customer selection of similar products.
We must successfully respond to changing consumer preferences and buying trends relating to e-commerce usage. We may need to purchase new or improved technology, creative user interfaces and other e-commerce marketing tools such as paid search and mobile applications. This may result in increased costs and may not succeed in increasing sales or attracting new customers. Our competitors, some of whom have greater resources than we do, may also be able to benefit from changes in e-commerce technologies, which could harm our competitive position. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties might adversely affect the sales in our e-commerce business, as well as damage our reputation and brands.
Our vendors may sell similar or identical products to our competitors, which could harm our business.
Although we have negotiated North American exclusivity on many of the products we sell in our stores, a majority of our non-elfa® product sales are not exclusive. These vendors could sell similar or identical products to our competitors, some of whom purchase products in significantly greater volume, or enter exclusive arrangements with other retailers that could limit our access to their products. Our vendors could also initiate or expand sales of their products through their own stores or through the internet and therefore compete with us directly or sell their products through outlet centers or discount stores, increasing the competitive pricing pressure we face.
Brand Reputation Risks
Our business depends in part on a strong brand image. If we are not able to protect our brand, we may be unable to attract enough customers or sell sufficient quantities of our products.
We believe the brand image we have developed has contributed significantly to the success of our business to date. We further believe that protecting The Container Store brand is integral to our business and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Our brand image may be diminished if we do not continue to make investments in areas such as marketing and advertising, as well as investments in the day-to-day store operations, catalog mailings, online sales and employee training. Our brand image may be further diminished if new products fail to maintain or enhance our distinctive brand image. Furthermore, our reputation could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality or fail to maintain high ethical, social and environmental standards for our operations and activities, fail to comply with local laws and regulations or experience negative publicity or other negative events that affect our image or reputation, some of which may be beyond our ability to control. While we work with a third-party audit vendor to ensure a responsible and ethical supply chain, if any of our vendors engage in environmental, workplace or human rights violations that we are unable to identify or remediate, our business could be negatively affected and our brand reputation could be harmed. In addition, our actual or perceived position or lack of position on social, environmental, political, public policy, or other sensitive issues, could harm our reputation. Any failure to maintain a strong brand image could have an adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.
28
Our failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our brand and weaken our competitive position.
We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the United States and in foreign countries, through a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret, trade dress and unfair competition laws, confidentiality procedures, policies, assignment and licensing arrangements. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors or other third parties will not infringe upon our intellectual property rights, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our intellectual property rights.
In addition, intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries where laws or law enforcement practices may not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States, and it may be more difficult for us to successfully challenge the use of our intellectual property rights by other parties in such countries and our competitive position may suffer.
Human Resources Risks
We depend on key executive management.
We depend on the leadership and experience of our key executive management. The loss of any of our executive management members, whether in a planned transition or otherwise, could disrupt our business. There is a high level of competition for experienced, successful personnel in the retail industry, therefore we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace departing personnel on a timely basis or without incurring increased costs. We do not maintain key-man life insurance policies on any of our executive officers. We believe that our future success will depend on continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. Our inability to meet our staffing requirements in the future could impair our growth and harm our business.
If we are unable to find, train and retain key personnel, that reflect our brand image and embody our foundational principles, we may not be able to grow or sustain our operations.
Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain enough store employees who understand and appreciate our customers, products, brand and corporate culture, and are able to adequately and effectively represent our culture and establish credibility with customers. If we are unable to attract, train and retain employees in the future, we may not be able to serve our customers effectively, thus reducing our ability to continue growth and profitable operations. There is a high level of competition for experienced, qualified personnel in the retail industry. Our growth plans could strain our ability to staff our new stores, particularly at the store manager level, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain a cohesive and consistently strong team, which in turn could have an adverse impact on our business performance and brand image.
Organized labor activities could cause labor relation issues and higher labor costs.
As of April 1, 2023, approximately 60% of Elfa’s employees (approximately 5% of our total employees) were covered by collective bargaining agreements. A dispute with a union or employees represented by a union, including a failure to extend or renew our collective bargaining agreements, could result in production interruptions caused by work stoppages. If a strike or work stoppage were to occur, results of operations could be adversely affected.
None of our U.S.-based employees are currently subject to a collective bargaining agreement. As we continue to grow and enter different regions, unions may attempt to organize all or part of our employee base within certain regions. Responding to such organization attempts may distract management and employees and may have a negative financial impact on individual stores, or on our business as a whole.
29
Regulatory and Legal Risks
We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws.
We source a significant portion of our products from outside the United States. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our vendor compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable laws, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in preventing our employees or other agents from taking actions in violation of these laws or regulations. Such violations, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
There are legal claims made against us from time to time that may distract management from our business activities and result in significant liability or damage to our brand.
Periodically, we are involved in litigation, claims and other proceedings relating to the conduct of our business and employee relations. Claims may result in litigation and may result in regulatory proceedings being brought against us by federal, state and local agencies. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues, which are subject to risks and uncertainties and may require significant resources. Litigation, claims, and regulatory proceedings result in unexpected expenses, remediation, and potential liability which could materially adversely affect our operations and our reputation.
Changes in statutory, regulatory, and other legal requirements could potentially impact our operating and financial results.
We are subject to numerous statutory, regulatory and legal requirements, domestically and abroad. Changes in the regulatory environment potentially increase the costs of compliance and subject us to possible government penalties and litigation.
Specifically, significant or rapid increases to federal, state and local minimum wage rates could adversely affect our earnings if we are unable to offset increased labor costs. Moreover, the adoption of new environmental, social, and governance laws and regulations in connection with climate change, the transition to a low carbon economy, and greenhouse gas emissions, could significantly increase our costs and/or reduce the demand for our products. If carbon pricing or carbon taxes are adopted, the cost of products from our suppliers could increase and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Accounting Risks
Our total assets include intangible assets with an indefinite life, including goodwill and trade names, and substantial amounts of long-lived assets. Changes in estimates or projections used to assess the fair value of these assets, or operating results that are lower than our current estimates, have in the past and may in the future cause us to incur impairment charges that could adversely affect our results of operation.
We make certain estimates and projections in connection with impairment analyses for long-lived assets, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360”), and ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). We review assets for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360 or ASC 350. We will record an impairment loss when the carrying amount of the underlying asset, asset group or reporting unit exceeds its fair value. The fair value of each reporting unit is determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis using the income approach, a level 3 valuation (as defined in Note 14). We also use a market approach to compare the estimated fair value to comparable companies, a level 3 input. These calculations require us to make several estimates and projections of future
30
results. If these estimates or projections change, we may be required to record additional impairment charges on certain assets. If these impairment charges are significant, results of operations would be adversely affected.
We conducted an annual impairment test of our goodwill balances on January 1, 2023 in accordance with ASC 350, and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023 due to identified indicators during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022. In connection with our annual and interim assessments, we determined there was an impairment of goodwill and recorded total non-cash goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2022 of $197.7 million. There was no impairment to our trade names as of January 1, 2023, or as of April 1, 2023. Additional future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections or if our weighted average cost of capital continues to increase.
We may be subject to fluctuations in our tax obligations, and effective tax rates and realization of our deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, which could result in volatility of our operating results.
We are subject to income taxes in various U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions. We record tax expense based on estimates of future payments, which may include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards. At any one time, many tax years may be subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. We expect to have ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated.
In addition, our effective tax rate in each financial statement period may be materially affected by a variety of factors including but not limited to changes in the mix and level of earnings, varying tax rates in the different jurisdictions in which we operate, fluctuations in the valuation allowance, timing of the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations.
Further, tax legislation may be enacted which could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates. During fiscal 2020, we implemented applicable benefits of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, which included the deferral of approximately $5.2 million of employer payroll taxes and the recording of an employee retention credit of approximately $1.0 million. As of fiscal 2022, the $5.2 million payroll taxes deferral has been paid in full, and the Company is expected to receive approximately $1.0 million of tax credits.
If third parties claim infringement of intellectual property rights, our operating results could be adversely affected.
We face the risk of claims that we have infringed upon third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement could (i) be expensive and time consuming to defend; (ii) cause us to cease making, licensing or using products or methods that allegedly infringe; (iii) require us to redesign, reengineer, or rebrand our products or packaging, if feasible; (iv) divert management’s attention and resources; or (v) require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement against us could result in significant monetary damages, costly license or royalty agreements, and recalls, any of which could have a negative effect on our operating results and harm our future prospects.
Organization and Common Stock Risks
If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we provide to the public, our stock price may decline.
We may provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods, including sales and earnings per share. Such guidance is comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results have not always been and may not always be in line with or exceed the guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty or when there are periods of severe weather. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet our guidance or the expectations of investment analysts or we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline.
31
Substantial future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. All outstanding shares of our common stock are freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates. Certain existing holders of a majority of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions, that require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders. In fiscal 2018 (52-week fiscal year ended March 30, 2019), we filed a registration statement on Form S-3 under which certain of our shareholders may sell, from time to time, up to 32,492,421 shares of our common stock that, if sold, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. In the event a large number of shares of common stock are sold in the public market, such sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock.
In the future, we may issue securities if we need to raise capital in connection with a capital raise or acquisitions. The number of shares of our common stock issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.
Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
We are required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and our management is therefore required to provide an annual report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Our independent registered public accounting firm is required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. As such, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.
Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. In addition, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we identify a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by The New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.
The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Additionally, the obligors under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility and the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities are currently restricted from paying cash dividends, and we expect these restrictions to continue in the future.
32
Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our Company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders.
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our Company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders. These include:
● | authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt; |
● | a provision for a classified Board of Directors so that not all members of our Board of Directors are elected at one time; |
● | the removal of directors only for cause; |
● | no provision for the use of cumulative voting for the election of directors; |
● | limiting the ability of shareholders to call special meetings; |
● | requiring all shareholders’ actions to be taken at a meeting of our shareholders (i.e., no provision for shareholder action by written consent); and |
● | establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings. |
In addition, the Delaware General Corporation Law, to which we are subject, prohibits us, except under specified circumstances, from engaging in any mergers, significant sales of stock or assets or business combinations with any shareholder or group of shareholders who owns at least 15% of our common stock.
The provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive venue in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
Our certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or the bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. In addition, our bylaws provide that the federal district courts of the United States are the exclusive forum for any complaint raising a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
General Risks
Our common stock price may be volatile or may decline.
The market price for our common stock has been and may be volatile in the future. As a retailer, our results are significantly affected by various factors which can affect our stock price, many of which are outside of our control, including the following:
● | quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations; |
● | changes in preferences of our customers and buying trends, and our ability to respond to such preferences and trends; |
33
● | announcements of new products or significant price reductions by us or our competitors; |
● | size of the public float; |
● | stock price performance of our competitors; |
● | default on our indebtedness; |
● | actions by competitors or other shopping center tenants; |
● | changes in senior management or key personnel; |
● | changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; |
● | negative earnings or other announcements by us or other retail home goods companies; |
● | downgrades in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our competitors; |
● | weather conditions, particularly during the holiday season and our promotional sales; |
● | natural disasters, climate change, political and civil unrest or other similar events, including the war between Russia and Ukraine, and health epidemics or pandemics; |
● | issuances or expected issuances of common stock; and |
● | global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance. |
In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many retail companies. In the past, shareholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.
As a public company, our management is required to devote substantial time and monetary costs to compliance matters.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations regarding corporate governance practices, including those under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, and the listing requirements of The New York Stock Exchange. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all reporting requirements, rules, and regulations. Such requirements, rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make certain activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, these laws, rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, the committees of our Board of Directors or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, litigation, and other regulatory actions.
34
We are subject to a series of risks relating to climate change and natural disasters, which may affect our worldwide business operations and financial results.
There are inherent climate-related risks wherever business is conducted. Climate change increases both the frequency and severity of meteorological phenomena, extreme weather events and natural disasters (including, but not limited to, storms, flooding, drought, wildfire, and extreme temperatures) that may affect our business operations or those of our suppliers, require us to incur additional operating or capital expenditures or otherwise adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Climate change may impact the frequency and/or intensity of such events, as well as contribute to chronic physical changes, such as shifting precipitation or temperature patterns or rising sea-levels, which may also impact our operations or infrastructure on which we rely. We have suppliers around the world and our employees’ ability to work or our supply chain may be impacted by climate change-related weather events or effects, including natural disasters. Increasing temperatures resulting from global warming could lead to increasing energy costs and unfavorable operating cost impacts, as well as extreme weather events that could cause losses of power, resulting in contractual fines or loss of business. While we may take various actions to mitigate our business risks associated with climate change, this may require us to incur substantial costs and may not be successful, due to, among other things, the uncertainty associated with the longer-term projections associated with managing climate risks. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Increased scrutiny of, and evolving expectations for, sustainability and ESG initiatives could increase our costs, harm our reputation, or otherwise adversely impact our business.
We, as with other organizations, are facing increasing scrutiny related to our ESG practices and disclosures from certain investors, capital providers, shareholder advocacy groups, other market participants, customers, and other stakeholder groups. With this increased focus, public reporting regarding ESG practices is becoming more broadly expected. Increased scrutiny results in increased costs, enhanced compliance or disclosure obligations, and may result in other adverse impacts on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
While we may at times engage in voluntary initiatives (such as voluntary disclosures, certifications, or goals, among others), such initiatives may be costly and may not have the desired effect. For example, expectations around company’s management of ESG matters continues to evolve rapidly, in many instances due to factors that are out of our control. In addition, we may commit to certain initiatives or goals and we may not ultimately be able to achieve such commitments or goals due to cost, technological constraints, or other factors that are within or outside of our control. Moreover, actions or statements that we may take based on expectations, assumptions, or third-party information that we currently believe to be reasonable may subsequently be determined to be erroneous or be subject to misinterpretation. Even if this is not the case, our current actions may subsequently be determined to be insufficient by various stakeholders. If our ESG practices and reporting do not meet investor, consumer, employee, or other stakeholder expectations, which continue to evolve, our brand, reputation and customer retention may be negatively impacted, and we may be subject to investor or regulator engagement regarding such matters, even if they are currently voluntary. Certain market participants, including major institutional investors, use third-party benchmarks or scores to measure our ESG practices in making investment and voting decisions. As ESG best practices, reporting standards and disclosure requirements continue to develop, we may incur increasing costs related to ESG monitoring and reporting. In addition, new sustainability rules and regulations have been adopted and may continue to be introduced in various states and other jurisdictions. Operating in more than one jurisdiction is likely to make our compliance with ESG and sustainability-related rules more complex and expensive, and potentially expose us to greater levels of legal risks associated with our compliance. For example, there are stakeholders who have differing views on ESG matters, and we may be subject to stakeholder engagement, activism or disputes based on the positions we take on various ESG matters. Moreover, our failure to comply with any applicable rules or regulations could lead to penalties and adversely impact our reputation, customer attraction and retention, access to capital and employee retention. Such ESG matters may also impact our suppliers, which may augment or cause additional impacts on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
35
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We lease all of our 97 retail stores. Our leases generally have a term of 10 to 15 years, with renewal options that generally range from 5 to 15 years. Most leases for our retail stores provide for minimum operating lease payments, typically including escalating lease payments. Further, certain leases also include lease payments that are based on a percentage of sales. The leases generally require us to pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses. A summary of our store locations by state as of April 1, 2023 is below:
We lease approximately 1.1 million square feet of space in Coppell, Texas for our support center and distribution center for our TCS segment. The term for this lease expires in April 2025, and we retain three five-year renewal options. We also lease approximately 600,000 square feet of space in Aberdeen, Maryland for our second distribution center for our TCS segment. The term for this lease expires in November 2029. We lease approximately 58,000 square feet of space in Elmhurst, Illinois for C Studio’s manufacturing facility for our TCS segment. The term for this lease expires in September 2024. We lease approximately 2,800 square feet of space in Chicago, Illinois for The Container Store show room. The term for this lease expires in May 2026.
Elfa leases approximately 9,000 square feet for its group headquarters in Malmö, Sweden. The term for this lease expires in May 2028. In addition, Elfa owns three manufacturing facilities, located in Västervik, Sweden (approximately 200,000 square feet), Mullsjö, Sweden (approximately 100,000 square feet), and Koszalin, Poland (approximately 100,000 square feet).
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, including employment claims, wage and hour claims, intellectual property claims, contractual and commercial disputes and other matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the outcome of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition on an individual basis or in the aggregate.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None.
36
Information about our Executive Officers
Name |
| Age |
| Position(s) |
Satish Malhotra | 47 | Chief Executive Officer and President | ||
Jeffrey A. Miller | 51 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
Melissa Collins | 56 | Chief Marketing Officer | ||
Dhritiman Saha |
| 51 | Chief Operating Officer | |
Stacey Shively | 54 | Chief Merchandising Officer |
Satish Malhotra has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since February 2021. Prior to February 2021, Mr. Malhotra held various leadership roles at prestige beauty retailer Sephora Americas, most recently as Chief Retail Officer and Chief Operating Officer from 2019 until his departure. Prior to that role, Mr. Malhotra served as Chief Operating Officer from 2016 to 2019 and was responsible for Technology, Supply Chain, Store Development, Legal, Strategy and Partnerships, including the Sephora inside JCPenney (SiJCP) business. He also spent several years overseeing Sephora’s expansion into Canada and Latin America. Before joining Sephora, Mr. Malhotra was a Transaction Services Senior Associate at PwC. Mr. Malhotra received his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Malhotra also holds an inactive Certified Public Accountant’s license from the State of California.
Dhritiman Saha has served as The Container Store’s Chief Operating Officer since November 2022. Mr. Saha oversees technology, information security, product management, retail operations and logistics. Mr. Saha joined The Container Store as our Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer in May 2021, bringing more than 27 years of expertise in P&L, leading and managing ecommerce, digital marketing, subscription business, omnichannel customer experience, technology and global operations. Prior to joining The Container Store, Mr. Saha served as the Chief Digital Officer at GameStop from February 2021 to April 2021 and led e-commerce business, digital marketing & customer experience, online assortment expansion, digital and omnichannel technology & product management. Prior to GameStop, Mr. Saha served as Global Chief Customer and Digital Officer at Bodybuilding.com from December 2018 to February 2020 and as Senior Vice President of Digital for JCPenney from April 2014 to December 2018. Throughout Mr. Saha’s extensive career, he has also served in a variety of leadership roles driving technology and omnichannel business transformation at other chain retailers such as Target and Kohls. Mr. Saha received his MBA from Johns Hopkins University and completed his bachelors degree in Electronics and Telecommunications Engineering in Jalandhar, India.
Jeffrey A. Miller has been with The Container Store since August 2013 and has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2020. Mr. Miller is responsible for the business areas of Finance, Accounting, Real Estate, Legal, Procurement, Internal Audit, and ESG. Previously, Mr. Miller served as our Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer. Prior to joining The Container Store, Mr. Miller was at FedEx Office for over 10 years and served in a variety of roles with increasing responsibility, progressing to Vice President and Controller from 2008 until his departure. Mr. Miller began his career as an auditor with Arthur Andersen and Ernst & Young. He brings over 26 years of accounting and finance experience to the Chief Financial Officer role. Mr. Miller is a graduate of The University of Arkansas with a bachelor’s degree in Accounting. Mr. Miller is a Certified Public Accountant.
Stacey Shively joined The Container Store as our Chief Merchandising Officer in November 2022. Ms. Shively leads a diverse merchandising team and plays a key role in strategic initiatives including our growing private label products, sustainability and expansion of Custom Spaces. Ms. Shively has a proven track record in successfully managing assortment planning, product development and national and private label brands while driving profitable sales. Prior to joining The Container Store, Ms. Shively served as the Senior Vice President and head of merchandising and product development at Bed Bath & Beyond from May 2021 to November 2022. Prior to Bed Bath & Beyond, Ms. Shively served as the senior vice president, general merchandise manager for JCPenney's home division where she was responsible for overseeing their merchandising strategies for home product categories, from September 2019 to April 2021. Ms. Shively was Senior Vice President of Bluestem Brands from May 2016 to September 2019 and Vice President of Merchandising from February 2012 through April 2016. Ms. Shively also held leadership positions at Dollar Tree and Target. Ms. Shively received a Bachelor of Fine Arts from The Design Institute of San Diego.
37
Melissa Collins has been with The Container Store for 24 years and has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since July 2016. Ms. Collins serves as the Company’s primary marketing strategist, and oversees such key functional areas as brand positioning, advertising, public relations, digital marketing, visual merchandising, social media and Organized Insider (loyalty program) and CRM. Previously, from August 2008 to July 2016, Ms. Collins served as Vice President of Creative and Online. Prior to that, she served in a variety of roles with increasing responsibility, beginning as Art Director and progressing to Senior Director of Creative and Online Services. Ms. Collins is a graduate of The Alberta College of Art with a degree in visual communications.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information and Dividend Policy
Our common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), under the symbol “TCS.”
The number of stockholders of record of our common stock as of May 19, 2023 was 281. This number excludes stockholders whose stock is held in nominee or street name by brokers.
No dividends have been declared or paid on our common stock. The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant.
ITEM 6. [Reserved]
38
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
For a discussion of the Company’s results of operations and liquidity and capital resources for Fiscal 2020, including a year-to-year comparison between Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2021, refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in Part II of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2021, filed with the SEC on June 2, 2022.
Note on Dollar Amounts
All dollar amounts in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise stated.
Overview
The Container Store® is the original and leading specialty retailer of organizing solutions, custom spaces and in-home organizing services in the United States and the only national retailer solely devoted to these categories. We provide a collection of creative, multifunctional and customizable storage and organization solutions that are sold in our stores and online through a high-service, differentiated shopping experience. We feature The Container Store Custom Spaces (“Custom Spaces”) exclusive products consisting of our elfa® Classic, elfa® Décor, Avera® and PrestonTM systems, which are wholly-owned and manufactured by The Container Store. Custom Spaces includes metal-based and wood-based custom space products and in-home installation services. Our customers are highly educated, very busy and primarily homeowners with a higher than average household income. Our customers crave discovery, inspiration, and solutions that simplify their lives and maximize their spaces within their homes. Our vision is to deepen our relationship with our customers, expand our reach and strengthen our capabilities, all while transforming lives through the power of organization.
Our operations consist of two reportable segments:
● | The Container Store (“TCS”) consists of our retail stores, website and call center (which includes business sales), as well as our in-home services business. As of April 1, 2023, we operated 97 stores with an average size of approximately 24,000 square feet (18,000 selling square feet) in 34 states and the District of Columbia. We also offer all of our products directly to customers through our website, responsive mobile site and app, call center, and in-home design specialists and in-home design organizers. Our stores receive substantially all of our products directly from one of our two distribution centers. Our first distribution center in Coppell, Texas, is co-located with our support center and call center, and our second distribution center is located in Aberdeen, Maryland. We operate the C Studio Manufacturing, Inc. (“C Studio”), (formerly known as “Closet Parent Company, Inc.”, or “Closet Works”) facility in Elmhurst, Illinois, which designs and manufactures the Company’s premium wood-based custom space product offering, and is included in the TCS reportable segment. |
39
● | The Container Store, Inc.’s wholly owned Swedish subsidiary, Elfa International AB (“Elfa”), designs and manufactures component-based shelving and drawer systems and made-to-measure sliding doors. Elfa was founded in 1948 and is headquartered in Malmö, Sweden. Elfa’s shelving and drawer systems are customizable for any area of the home, including closets, kitchens, offices and garages. Elfa operates three manufacturing facilities with two located in Sweden and one in Poland. The Container Store began selling elfa® products in 1978 and acquired Elfa in 1999. Today our TCS segment is the exclusive distributor of elfa® products in the U.S. Elfa also sells its products on a wholesale basis to various retailers in approximately 30 countries around the world, with a concentration in the Nordic region of Europe. |
How we assess the performance of our business
We consider a variety of financial and operating measures in assessing the performance of our business. The key measures we use to determine how our business is performing are net sales, gross profit, gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses, pre-opening costs, comparable store sales, and free cash flow. In addition, we also review other important operating metrics including non-GAAP measures such as EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and adjusted net income.
Net sales
Net sales reflect our sales of merchandise plus other services provided, such as installation, shipping, delivery, and organization services, less returns and discounts. Net sales also include wholesale sales by Elfa. Revenue from our TCS segment is recognized upon receipt of the product by our customers or upon completion of the service to our customers. Revenue from our Elfa segment is recognized upon shipment to customers.
The retail and wholesale businesses in which we operate are cyclical, and consequently our sales are affected by general economic conditions. Purchases of our products are sensitive to trends in the levels of consumer spending, which are affected by a number of factors such as consumer disposable income, housing market conditions, stock market performance, consumer debt, interest rates, tax rates, health epidemics or pandemics, and overall consumer confidence. Our sales are also affected by changes in promotional cadence and by changes in the depth and breadth of promotions.
Our unique offering of organizing solutions, custom spaces, and in-home services makes us less susceptible to holiday season shopping patterns than many retailers. Our quarterly results fluctuate, depending upon a variety of factors, including our product offerings, promotional events, store openings, the weather, remodeling or relocations, shifts in the timing of holidays, timing of delivery of orders, competitive factors and general economic conditions, including economic downturns as a result of unforeseen events such as pandemics, inflation, and supply chain disruptions, among other things. Accordingly, our results of operations may fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis, relative to corresponding periods in prior years. In addition, we may take certain pricing or marketing actions that could have a disproportionate effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in a particular quarter or selling season.
Gross profit and gross margin
Gross profit is equal to our net sales less cost of sales. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales is referred to as gross margin. Cost of sales in our TCS segment includes the purchase cost of inventory less vendor rebates, in-bound freight, as well as inventory shrinkage. Direct installation and organization costs, costs incurred to ship or deliver merchandise to customers, and C Studio cost of sales from manufacturing operations are also included in cost of sales in our TCS segment. Elfa segment cost of sales from manufacturing operations includes costs associated with production, primarily material, wages, freight and other variable costs, and applicable manufacturing overhead. The components of our cost of sales may not be comparable to the components of cost of sales or similar measures by other retailers. As a result, data in this report regarding our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.
40
Our gross profit is variable in nature and generally follows changes in net sales. Our gross margin can be affected by fluctuations in commodity and freight costs. Our gross margin can also be affected by changes in the mix of products and services sold. For example, sales from our TCS segment typically provide a higher gross margin than sales to third parties from our Elfa segment. Additionally, sales of products typically provide a higher gross margin than sales of services. Furthermore, sales generated through our website typically have a lower gross margin than sales generated through our stores. Gross margin for our TCS segment is also susceptible to foreign currency risk as certain purchases of elfa® products from our Elfa segment are in Swedish krona, while sales of these products are in U.S. dollars. We mitigate this risk through the use of forward contracts, whereby we hedge purchases of inventory by locking in foreign currency exchange rates in advance. Similarly, gross margin for our Elfa segment is susceptible to foreign currency risk as certain purchases of raw materials are transacted in currencies other than Swedish krona, which is the functional currency of Elfa.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses include all operating costs not included in cost of sales, stock-based compensation, and pre-opening costs. For our TCS segment, these include payroll and payroll-related expenses, marketing expenses, occupancy expenses (which include operating lease expense, real estate taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, telephone, property insurance, and repairs and maintenance), costs to ship product from the distribution center to our stores, and supplies expenses. We also incur costs for our distribution center and corporate office operations. For our Elfa segment, these include sales and marketing expenses, product development costs, and all expenses related to operations at headquarters. Depreciation and amortization are excluded from both gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include both fixed and variable components and, therefore, are not directly correlated with net sales. The components of our selling, general and administrative expenses may not be comparable to the components of similar measures of other retailers. We expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods with expected future store growth.
Pre-opening costs
Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, relocating stores, and net costs associated with opening distribution centers, including lease expenses, marketing expenses, travel and relocation costs, training costs, and certain corporate overhead costs, are expensed as incurred and are included in pre-opening costs in the consolidated statement of operations. We expect that our pre-opening costs will increase in future periods with expected future store and distribution center growth.
Comparable store sales
Due to the significant business disruption from COVID-19 that led to the temporary closure of all of our stores to in-store traffic in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, we did not evaluate comparable store sales as a key metric in fiscal 2021 and focused on net sales comparisons when evaluating the Company’s topline performance. We evaluated and presented comparable store sales in fiscal 2022 and expect to present comparable store sales in fiscal 2023.
Comparable store sales includes all net sales from our TCS segment, except for sales from stores open less than sixteen months, stores that have been closed permanently, stores that have been closed temporarily for more than seven days, and C Studio sales to third parties. A store is included in the comparable store sales calculation on the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store’s opening. When a store is relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable store sales. A store permanently closed is not considered comparable in the fiscal month that it closes. A store temporarily closed for more than seven days is not considered comparable in the fiscal month it is closed. The store then becomes comparable on the first day of the following fiscal month in which it reopens.
Comparable store sales allow us to evaluate how our retail store base is performing by measuring the change in period over period net sales in stores that have been open for fifteen months or more. The comparable store sales growth
41
metric is an operating measure intended only as supplemental information and is not a substitute for net sales presented in accordance with GAAP. Various factors affect comparable store sales, including:
• | national and regional economic trends in the United States; |
• | changes in our merchandise mix; |
• | changes in pricing; |
• | changes in timing of promotional events or holidays; and |
• | weather. |
Opening new stores is part of our long-term growth strategy. As we continue to pursue our growth strategy, we anticipate that a portion of our net sales will come from stores not included in our comparable store sales calculation. Accordingly, comparable store sales is only one measure we use to assess the success of our growth strategy.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are key metrics used by management, our Board of Directors and Leonard Green and Partners, L.P. (“LGP”) to assess our financial performance. In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA in connection with covenant compliance, incentive compensation performance evaluations, and to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. We believe it is useful for investors to see the measures that management uses to evaluate the Company, its executives and our covenant compliance, as applicable. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry.
We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility (defined below) and is one of the components for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA reflects further adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including certain non-cash and other items, that we do not consider representative of our ongoing operating performance. For reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Adjusted net income and adjusted net income per common share—diluted
We use adjusted net income and adjusted net income per common share—diluted to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. We present adjusted net income and adjusted net income per common share—diluted because we believe they assist investors in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance and because we believe it is useful for investors to see the measures that management uses to evaluate the Company. Adjusted net income is a supplemental measure of financial performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP.
42
We define adjusted net income (loss) as net income (loss) before restructuring charges, charges related to the impact of COVID-19 on business operations, credits pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act, Elfa severance charges, acquisition-related costs, impairment charges related to intangible assets, losses on extinguishment of debt, certain losses (gains) on disposal of assets, certain management transition costs incurred, legal settlements, and the tax impact of these adjustments and unusual or infrequent tax items. We define adjusted net income per common share—diluted as adjusted net income (loss) divided by the diluted weighted average common shares outstanding. For a reconciliation of adjusted net income to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Free cash flow
The Company presents free cash flow, which the Company defines as net cash provided by operating activities in a period minus payments for property and equipment made in that period, because it believes it is a useful indicator of the Company’s overall liquidity, as the amount of free cash flow generated in any period is representative of cash that is available for debt repayment, investment, and other discretionary and non-discretionary cash uses. Accordingly, we believe that free cash flow provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our liquidity in the same manner as management. Our definition of free cash flow is limited in that it does not solely represent residual cash flows available for discretionary expenditures due to the fact that the measure does not deduct the payments required for debt service and other contractual obligations. Therefore, we believe it is important to view free cash flow as a measure that provides supplemental information to our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Although other companies report their free cash flow, numerous methods may exist for calculating a company’s free cash flow. As a result, the method used by our management to calculate our free cash flow may differ from the methods used by other companies to calculate their free cash flow.
Adjustment for currency exchange rate fluctuations
Additionally, this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations also refers to the change in Elfa third party net sales after the conversion of Elfa’s net sales from Swedish krona to U.S. dollars using the prior year’s conversion rate, which is a financial measure not calculated in accordance with GAAP. The Company believes the disclosure of the change in Elfa third-party net sales without the effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations helps investors understand the Company’s underlying performance.
43
Results of Operations
The following data represents the amounts shown in our audited consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, expressed in dollars and as a percentage of net sales and certain operating data and non-GAAP financial information. For segment data, see Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
44
(1) | Comparable store sales includes all net sales from our TCS segment, except for (i) sales from stores open less than sixteen months, (ii) stores that have been closed permanently, (iii) stores that have been closed temporarily for more than seven days and (iv) C Studio sales to third parties. A store is included in the comparable store sales calculation on the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store’s opening. When a store is relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable store sales. A store permanently closed is not considered comparable in the fiscal month that it closes. A store temporarily closed for more than seven days is not considered comparable in the fiscal month it is closed. The store then becomes comparable on the first day of the following fiscal month in which it reopens. Due to the significant business disruption from COVID-19 that led to the temporary closure of all of our stores to in-store traffic in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, we did not evaluate comparable store sales as a key metric in fiscal 2021 and focused on net sales comparisons when evaluating the Company’s topline performance. |
(2) | We have presented Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income, and adjusted net income per common share—diluted as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered as alternatives to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and they should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. These non-GAAP measures are key metrics used by management, our Board of Directors, and LGP to assess our financial performance. We present these non-GAAP measures because we believe they assist investors in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance and because we believe it is useful for investors to see the measures that management uses to evaluate the Company. These non-GAAP measures are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. In evaluating these non-GAAP measures, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of these non-GAAP measures should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using non-GAAP measures supplementally. Our non-GAAP measures are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation. For more information regarding our use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to the GAAP financial measure of net |
45
income, see “How we assess the performance of our business” above and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below. For more information regarding our use of adjusted net income and adjusted net income per common share—diluted, and a reconciliation of adjusted net income and adjusted net income per common share—diluted to the GAAP financial measures of net income and diluted net income per common share, see “How we assess the performance of our business” above and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below. |
Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021
Net sales
The following table summarizes our net sales for fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021:
| April 1, 2023 |
| % total |
| April 2, 2022 |
| % total | |||||
TCS net sales | $ | 991,379 |
| 94.7 | % | $ | 1,023,193 |
| 93.5 | % | ||
Elfa third-party net sales |
| 55,879 |
| 5.3 | % |
| 70,926 |
| 6.5 | % | ||
Net sales | $ | 1,047,258 |
| 100.0 | % | $ | 1,094,119 |
| 100.0 | % |
Net sales in fiscal 2022 decreased by $46,861, or 4.3%, compared to fiscal 2021 net sales of $1,094,119. This decrease is comprised of the following components:
TCS net sales decreased $31,814, or 3.1%. Comparable store sales decreased $38,707 or 3.7%, with general merchandise categories down 6.4%, contributing 430 basis points of the decrease, and Custom Spaces up 1.7%, contributing 60 basis points to comparable sales. Non-comparable sales, inclusive of three new stores and C Studio third party sales, were $6,893 in fiscal 2022. Elfa third-party net sales decreased $15,047, or 21.2%, in fiscal 2022. After converting Elfa’s third party net sales from Swedish krona to U.S. dollars using the prior year’s conversion rate for both fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021, Elfa third party net sales decreased $5,026, or 7.1%.
Gross profit and gross margin
Gross profit in fiscal 2022 decreased by $35,274 or 5.5%, compared to fiscal 2021. The decrease in gross profit was primarily the result of decreased consolidated net sales combined with decreased consolidated gross margin. The following table summarizes gross margin for fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 by segment and in total. The segment margins include the impact of intersegment sales from the Elfa segment to the TCS segment:
| April 1, 2023 |
| April 2, 2022 | ||
TCS gross margin |
| 57.1 | % | 57.6 | % |
Elfa gross margin |
| 32.7 | % | 31.9 | % |
Consolidated gross margin |
| 57.4 | % | 58.2 | % |
TCS gross margin decreased 50 basis points during fiscal 2022, primarily due to increased promotional activity and increased freight costs, partially offset by favorable product and services mix. Elfa segment gross margin increased 80 basis points, primarily due to price increases, partially offset by higher direct material costs. On a consolidated basis, gross margin decreased 80 basis points, primarily due to the decrease in TCS gross margin during fiscal 2022.
46
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2022 increased by $14,845, or 3.1%, compared to fiscal 2021. The following table summarizes selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 by segment and in total:
Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of consolidated net sales increased 330 basis points, with the increase primarily due to deleverage on compensation and benefits, occupancy, and other costs on lower sales.
Goodwill impairment
A non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $197,712 was recorded in fiscal 2022 as compared to zero in fiscal 2021. We conducted an annual impairment test of our goodwill balances on January 1, 2023 in accordance with ASC 350, and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023 due to identified indicators during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization increased to $38,905 as compared to $34,289 in fiscal 2021 primarily due to higher capital investments in stores and technology fiscal 2022.
Interest expense
Interest expense increased by $3,411, or 26.7%, in fiscal 2022 to $16,171 from $12,760 primarily due to a higher interest rate on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and increased borrowings on the revolving credit facility.
Taxes
The provision for income taxes in fiscal 2022 was $15,090 as compared to $30,976 in fiscal 2021. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2022 was -10.5%, as compared to 27.5% in fiscal 2021. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily related to the impact of the non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022.
47
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Adjusted net income, adjusted net income per diluted share, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures that are used by management and external users of our financial statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered as alternatives to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and they should not be construed as an inference that the Company’s future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. These non-GAAP measures are key metrics used by management and the Company’s board of directors, to assess its financial performance. See “How we assess the performance of our business” above for further information. For a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Free cash flow (Non-GAAP)” below.
A reconciliation of net (loss) income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below:
(a) | Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, and relocating stores, including marketing expenses, travel and relocation costs, and training costs. We adjust for these costs to facilitate comparisons of our performance from period to period. |
(b) | Reflects the extent to which our annual GAAP operating lease expense has been above or below our cash operating lease payments. The amount varies depending on the average age of our lease portfolio (weighted for size), as our GAAP operating lease expense on younger leases typically exceeds our cash operating lease payments, while our GAAP operating lease expense on older leases is typically less than our cash operating lease payments. |
(c) | Non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(d) | Non-cash charges related to stock-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on volume and vesting timing of awards. We adjust for these charges to facilitate comparisons from period to period. |
(e) | Costs related to the transition of key executives including signing bonus, severance and relocation expenses recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
48
(f) | Realized foreign exchange transactional gains/losses our management does not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing operations. |
(g) | Elfa severance charges recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(h) | Includes acquisition and legal costs incurred in fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 associated with the acquisition of C Studio on December 30, 2021, all of which are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(i) | Includes incremental costs attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, which consist of sanitization costs in fiscal 2021, all of which are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(j) | Includes other charges unrelated to COVID-19, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
A reconciliation of the GAAP financial measures of net (loss) income and net (loss) income per common share—diluted to the non-GAAP financial measures of adjusted net income and adjusted net income per common share—diluted is set forth below:
(a) | Non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(b) | Costs related to the transition of key executives including signing bonus, severance, and relocation costs recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(c) | Elfa severance charges recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(d) | Includes acquisition and legal costs incurred in fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 associated with the acquisition of C Studio on December 30, 2021, all of which are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
49
(e) | Includes incremental costs attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, which primarily consist of sanitization costs in the first quarter of fiscal 2021, all of which are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(f) | The Company received a legal settlement, net of legal fees, in the second quarter of fiscal 2022. The amount was recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(g) | Tax impact of adjustments to net income that are considered to be unusual or infrequent tax items, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
Seasonality
Our unique offering of organizing solutions, custom spaces, and in-home services makes us less susceptible to holiday season shopping patterns than many retailers. Our quarterly results fluctuate, depending upon a variety of factors, including our product offerings, promotional events, store openings, the weather, remodeling or relocations, shifts in the timing of holidays, timing of delivery of orders, competitive factors and general economic conditions, including economic downturns as a result of unforeseen events such as pandemics, inflation, and supply chain disruptions, among other things. Accordingly, our results of operations may fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis, relative to corresponding periods in prior years. In addition, we may take certain pricing or marketing actions that could have a disproportionate effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in a particular quarter or selling season.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have relied on cash flows from operations, a $100,000 asset-based revolving credit agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility” as further discussed under “Revolving Credit Facility” below), and the SEK 110.0 million (approximately $10,632 as of April 1, 2023) 2019 Elfa revolving credit facility (the “2019 Original Revolving Facility”, as amended, as further discussed under “2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities” below), as our primary sources of liquidity.
Our primary cash needs are for merchandise inventories, direct materials, payroll, store leases, capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and updating existing stores, as well as information technology and infrastructure, including our distribution centers and manufacturing facility enhancements. The most significant components of our operating assets and liabilities are merchandise inventories, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, operating lease assets, other assets, accounts payable, operating lease liabilities, other current and non-current liabilities, taxes receivable and taxes payable. Our liquidity fluctuates as a result of our building inventory for key selling periods, and as a result, our borrowings are generally higher during these periods when compared to the rest of our fiscal year. Our borrowings generally increase in our second and third fiscal quarters as we prepare for our promotional campaigns and the holiday season. In fiscal 2023, we expect total capital expenditures to be in the range of $45,000 to $50,000 for technology infrastructure and software projects, existing store merchandising and refresh activities, our Elfa business, and new store development inclusive of six new store openings planned in the second half of fiscal 2023. We believe that cash expected to be generated from operations and the remaining availability of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities, as amended (as further discussed under “2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities” below) will be sufficient to meet liquidity requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and payments due under our existing credit facilities for at least the next 12 months. In the future, we may seek to raise additional capital, which could be in the form of loans, bonds, convertible debt or equity, to fund our operations and capital expenditures. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital on favorable terms or at all.
On April 1, 2023, we had $6,958 of cash, of which $2,122 was held by our foreign subsidiaries. In addition, we had $91,830 of additional availability under the Revolving Credit Facility and approximately $8,209 of additional availability under the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities on April 1, 2023. There were $3,170 in letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and other contracts at that date.
50
On August 1, 2022, our board of directors approved a stock repurchase program with authorization to purchase up to $30,000 of our common stock. Repurchases under the program may be made in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, with the amount and timing of repurchases to be determined at our discretion, depending on market conditions and corporate needs. Open market repurchases will be structured to occur in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including within the pricing and volume requirements of Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We may also, from time to time, enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans to facilitate repurchases of our shares under this authorization. This program does not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of common stock and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the discretion of our board of directors. We expect to fund repurchases with existing cash on hand. As of April 1, 2023, the Company has repurchased 939,967 shares of our common stock at an average price of $5.30 per share, totaling $5,000, under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as part of the share repurchase program. Therefore, an amount of $25,000 remains available to repurchase common stock under the share repurchase program.
Cash flow analysis
A summary of our key components and measures of liquidity are shown in the following table:
(1) | See below for a discussion of this non-GAAP financial measure and reconciliation to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. |
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of net (loss) income adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes and the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $59,305 for fiscal 2022. Net loss of $158,856 was combined with non-cash items of $242,713 primarily driven by the $197,712 non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022 and depreciation and amortization, partially offset by an increase in working capital of $24,552. The increase in working capital during fiscal 2022 was primarily due to timing of payments for accounts payable and accrued liabilities, partially offset by a decrease in merchandise inventory.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $56,990 for fiscal 2021. Net income of $81,718 was combined with non-cash items of $42,686, primarily depreciation and amortization and partially offset by an increase in working capital of $67,414. The increase in working capital during fiscal 2021 was primarily due to an increase in merchandise inventory as a result of increased commodity and freight costs in fiscal 2021, combined with lower units on hand at the end of fiscal 2020.
Net cash used in investing activities
Investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures for new store openings, existing store remodels and maintenance, infrastructure, information systems, and our distribution centers, as well as acquisition costs and investments and proceeds in the Company’s non-qualified retirement plan.
51
Net cash used in investing activities was $64,411 for fiscal 2022. Our total capital expenditures for fiscal 2022 were $64,223. We incurred capital expenditures of $29,039 related to three new store openings and existing store maintenance. We incurred capital expenditures of $27,566 primarily related to investments in stores and information technology. The remaining $7,618 of capital expenditures were primarily related to the distribution centers. The Company expects capital expenditures for fiscal 2023 to be in the range of approximately $45,000 to $55,000 for technology infrastructure and software projects, existing store merchandising and refresh activities, our Elfa business, and new store development inclusive of six new stores opening in the second half of fiscal 2023.
Net cash used in investing activities was $50,422 for fiscal 2021. Our total capital expenditures for fiscal 2021 were $33,389. We incurred capital expenditures of $21,007 primarily related to investments in information technology and new product rollouts. We incurred capital expenditures of $8,287 related to one new store opening and existing store maintenance. The remaining $4,095 of capital expenditures were primarily related to the distribution centers. In addition, we had net investing cash outflows of $19,445 related to the acquisition of C Studio, partially offset by net proceeds of $2,346 from the non-qualified retirement plan and proceeds of $66 from the sale of property and equipment.
Net cash used in financing activities
Financing activities consist primarily of borrowings and payments under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility, and the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities.
Net cash used in financing activities was $1,669 for fiscal 2022. This included net borrowings of $5,000 on the Revolving Credit Facility, combined with net borrowings of $795 on the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities and proceeds of $340 from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by share repurchases of $5,000, repayments of $2,092 on indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, and payments of $712 in connection with the withholding of shares upon vesting of restricted stock awards.
Net cash used in financing activities was $9,381 for fiscal 2021. This included repayments of $7,167 on indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities combined with tax payments of $4,677 in connection with the withholding of shares upon vesting of restricted stock awards, partially offset by net borrowings of $1,898 on the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities and proceeds of $565 from the exercise of stock options.
As of April 1, 2023, we had a total of $91,830 of unused borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility and $5,000 borrowings outstanding.
As of April 1, 2023, Elfa had a total of $8,209 of unused borrowing availability under the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities and $2,423 borrowings outstanding.
Free cash flow (Non-GAAP)
The Company presents free cash flow, which the Company defines as net cash provided by operating activities in a period minus payments for property and equipment made in that period, because it believes it is a useful indicator of the Company’s overall liquidity, as the amount of free cash flow generated in any period is representative of cash that is available for debt repayment, investment, and other discretionary and non-discretionary cash uses. Accordingly, we believe that free cash flow provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our liquidity in the same manner as management. Our definition of free cash flow is limited in that it does not solely represent residual cash flows available for discretionary expenditures due to the fact that the measure does not deduct the payments required for debt service and other contractual obligations. Therefore, we believe it is important to view free cash flow as a measure that provides supplemental information to our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Although other companies report their free cash flow, numerous methods may exist for calculating a company’s free cash flow. As a result, the method used by our management to calculate our free cash flow may differ from the methods used by other companies to calculate their free cash flow.
52
Our free cash flow fluctuates as a result of seasonality of net sales, building inventory for key selling periods, and timing of investments in new store openings, existing store remodels and maintenance, infrastructure, information systems, and our distribution centers, among other things. We utilized free cash flow of $4,918 for fiscal 2022 as compared to free cash flow generated of $23,601 in fiscal 2021.
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of free cash flow, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net cash provided by operating activities, which we believe to be the GAAP financial measure most directly comparable to free cash flow:
Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||
April 1, | April 2, |
|
| |||||
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
|
| |||
Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 59,305 | $ | 56,990 | ||||
Less: Additions to property and equipment |
| (64,223) |
| (33,389) | ||||
Free cash flow | $ | (4,918) | $ | 23,601 |
Senior Secured Term Loan Facility
On April 6, 2012, the Company, The Container Store, Inc. and certain of our domestic subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility”). On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 7 (the “Seventh Amendment”) to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. In connection with the Seventh Amendment, the Company (a) paid down approximately $47,200 of the outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, which reduced the aggregate principal amount of the loans under the facility to $200,000 and (b) amended the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date to January 31, 2026 and impose a 1.00% premium if a voluntary prepayment is made from the proceeds of a repricing transaction within the one year anniversary of the Seventh Amendment. The Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments of $500 on the term loan facility, with the balloon payment for the remaining balance due on January 31, 2026. Prior to the date of delivery of a compliance certificate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2023, the applicable interest rate margin for LIBOR loans was 4.75%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%, and 3.75% for base rate loans and, thereafter, may step up to 5.00% for LIBOR Loans and 4.00% for base rate loans unless the consolidated leverage ratio achieved is less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00. As of April 1, 2023, the aggregate principal amount in outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was $160,312, net of deferred financing costs, and the consolidated leverage ratio was approximately 1.4x.
The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is secured by (a) a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65%, assets of non-guarantors and subject to certain other exceptions) (other than the collateral that secures the Revolving Credit Facility described below on a first-priority basis) and (b) a second priority security interest in the assets securing the Revolving Credit Facility described below on a first-priority basis. Obligations under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by the Company and each of The Container Store, Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve ourselves, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the financing agreements contain certain cross-default provisions and also require certain mandatory prepayments of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, among these an Excess Cash Flow (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility) requirement. As of April 1, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility) had occurred.
53
Revolving Credit Facility
On April 6, 2012, the Company, The Container Store, Inc. and certain of our domestic subsidiaries entered into an asset-based revolving credit agreement with the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”). On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 5 (the “Fifth Amendment”). The Fifth Amendment amends the Revolving Credit Facility to extend the maturity date to the earlier of (a) November 25, 2025 and (b) October 31, 2025 if any portion of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility remains outstanding on such date and the maturity date of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is not extended. On May 22, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 6 (the “Sixth Amendment”). Pursuant to the terms of the Sixth Amendment, the parties agreed to replace the LIBOR-based interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility with a SOFR-based interest rate, subject to adjustment as specified in the Sixth Amendment.
The aggregate principal amount of the facility is $100,000. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility that were drawn(i) prior to May 22, 2023 accrue interest at LIBOR + 1.25% and (ii) on and after May 22, 2023 accrue interest at Adjusted Term SOFR + 1.25%. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility includes an uncommitted incremental revolving facility in the amount of $50,000, which is subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of specified conditions.
The Revolving Credit Facility provides that proceeds are to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, and allows for swing line advances of up to $15,000 and the issuance of letters of credit of up to $40,000.
The availability of credit at any given time under the Revolving Credit Facility is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility could be less than the stated amount of the Revolving Credit Facility (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility).
The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in substantially all of our personal property, consisting of inventory, accounts receivable, cash, deposit accounts, and other general intangibles, and (b) a second-priority security interest in the collateral that secures the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility on a first-priority basis, as described above (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65%, and assets of non-guarantor subsidiaries and subject to certain other exceptions). Obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company and each of The Container Store, Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries.
The Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve ourselves, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the financing agreements contain certain cross-default provisions. We are required to maintain a consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 if excess availability is less than $10,000 at any time. As of April 1, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility and no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) had occurred.
2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities
On April 1, 2014, Elfa entered into a master credit agreement with Nordea Bank AbpAB, filial i Sverige, which consisted of a term loan facility (the “2014 Elfa Term Loan Facility”) and a revolving credit facility (the “2014 Elfa Revolving Credit Facility,” and together with the 2014 Elfa Term Loan Facility, the “2014 Elfa Facilities”). On March 18, 2019, Elfa refinanced the 2014 Elfa Facilities and entered into a master credit agreement with Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Sverige (“Nordea Bank”), which consists of (i) an SEK 110.0 million (approximately $10,632 as of April 1, 2023) revolving credit facility (the “2019 Original Revolving Facility”), (ii) upon Elfa’s request, an additional SEK 115.0
54
million (approximately $11,115 as of April 1, 2023) revolving credit facility (the “2019 Additional Revolving Facility” and together with the 2019 Original Revolving Facility, the “2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities”), and (iii) an uncommitted term loan facility in the amount of SEK 25.0 million (approximately $2,416 as of April 1, 2023), which is subject to receipt of Nordea Bank’s commitment and satisfaction of specified conditions (the “Incremental Term Facility”, together with the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities, the “2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The term for the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities began on April 1, 2019 and, pursuant to an amendment entered into in April 2023, matures on March 31, 2025. Loans borrowed under the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities bear interest at Nordea Bank’s base rate +1.40%. Any loan borrowed under the Incremental Term Facility would bear interest at the Stockholm Interbank Offered Rate (Stibor) +1.70%.
The 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by the majority of assets of Elfa. The 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict Elfa’s ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional liens, sell or dispose of assets, merge with other companies, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business and make guarantees. In addition, Elfa is required to maintain (i) a Group Equity Ratio (as defined in the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of not less than 32.5% and (ii) a consolidated ratio of net debt to EBITDA (as defined in the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of less than 3.20. As of April 1, 2023, Elfa was in compliance with all covenants under the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities and no Event of Default (as defined in the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) had occurred.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Management evaluates its accounting policies, estimates, and judgments on an on-going basis. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
Management evaluated the development and selection of its critical accounting estimates and believes that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. More information on all of our significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Revenue recognition
We recognize revenues and the related cost of goods sold for our TCS segment when merchandise is received by our customers, which reflects an estimate of shipments that have not yet been received by the customer. This estimate is based on shipping terms and historical delivery times. We recognize revenues and the related cost of goods sold for our Elfa segment upon shipment.
We recognize shipping and handling fees as revenue when the merchandise is shipped to the customer. Costs of shipping and handling are included in cost of goods sold. We recognize fees for installation and other services as revenue upon completion of the service to the customer. Costs of installation and other services are included in cost of goods sold.
Sales tax collected is not recognized as revenue as it is ultimately remitted to governmental authorities.
We reserve for projected merchandise returns based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. The reserve reduces sales and cost of sales, accordingly. Merchandise exchanges of similar product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are excluded when calculating the sales returns
55
reserve. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions used to recognize revenue during the periods presented.
Inventories
Inventories at retail stores and distribution centers are comprised of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value, with cost determined on a weighted-average cost method including associated in-bound freight costs. Manufacturing inventories are comprised of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods and are valued on a first-in, first out basis using full absorption accounting which includes material, labor, other variable costs, and other applicable manufacturing overhead. To determine if the value of inventory is recoverable at cost, we consider current and anticipated demand, customer preference, the merchandise age and general economic conditions, including the duration and severity of the economic downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. We adjust our inventory for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and our estimates of future retail sales prices.
Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of cost of sales based on historical shrinkage results and current inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded throughout the year based upon periodic cycle counts. Actual inventory shrinkage can vary from estimates due to factors including the mix of our inventory and execution against loss prevention initiatives in our stores and distribution center.
Due to these factors, our obsolescence and shrinkage reserves contain uncertainties. Both estimates have calculations that require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. If actual obsolescence or shrinkage estimates change from our original estimates, we will adjust our inventory reserves accordingly throughout the period. Management does not believe that changes in the assumptions used in these estimates would have a significant effect on our inventory balances. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions included in the calculations of the obsolescence and shrinkage reserves during the periods presented.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes utilizing the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires an asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that the realization of those deferred tax assets will not occur. Valuation allowances are released as positive evidence of future taxable income sufficient to realize the underlying deferred tax assets becomes available (e.g., three-year cumulative financial income).
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years when those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes from a change in the tax rate is recognized through continuing operations in the period that includes the enactment of the change. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future.
We operate in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. ASC 740-30 provides that the undistributed earnings of a foreign subsidiary be accounted for as a temporary difference under the presumption that all undistributed earnings will be distributed to the parent company as a dividend. Sufficient evidence of the intent to permanently reinvest the earnings in the jurisdiction where earned precludes a company from recording the temporary difference. For purposes of ASC 740-30, the Company does not consider the earnings subject to the transition tax and global intangible low-taxed income under the Tax Act permanently reinvested. All other earnings are considered permanently reinvested. The Company has elected an accounting policy to recognize GILTI as a period cost when incurred.
Judgment is required in determining the provision for income and other taxes and related accruals, and deferred tax assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax
56
outcome is uncertain. Additionally, the Company's various tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities. Although the Company believes that its estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.
Leases
In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), we recognize a lease liability upon lease commencement, measured at the present value of the fixed future minimum lease payments over the lease term. We have elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components. Therefore, lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability include all fixed payments in the lease arrangement. We record a right-of-use asset for an amount equal to the lease liability, increased for any prepaid lease costs and initial direct costs and reduced by any lease incentives. We remeasure the lease liability and right-of-use asset when a change to our future minimum lease payments occurs. Lease expense on operating leases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and is recorded in Selling, general, and administrative expense (“SG&A”).
Key assumptions and judgments included in the determination of the lease liability include the discount rate applied to the present value of the future lease payments, and the exercise of renewal options. Our leases do not provide information about the rate implicit in the lease; therefore, we utilize an incremental borrowing rate to calculate the present value of our future lease obligations. The incremental borrowing rate represents the rate of interest we would have to pay on a collateralized borrowing, for an amount equal to the lease payments, over a similar term and in a similar economic environment. A significant basis point change in the incremental borrowing rate would have a material impact on the value of our new or remeasured right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. Additionally, many of our leases contain renewal options. The option periods are generally not included in the lease term used to measure our lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon commencement as exercise of the options is not reasonably certain. We remeasure the lease liability and right-of-use asset when we are reasonably certain to exercise a renewal option. Although we believe that the assumptions and estimates made are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.
Intangibles and long-lived assets
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill annually to determine whether it is impaired. Goodwill is also tested between annual impairment tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset. If an impairment indicator exists, we test goodwill for recoverability. We have identified two reporting units and we have selected the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter as the date we perform our annual goodwill impairment testing.
When performing a quantitative test for impairment, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.
The fair value of each reporting unit is determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis using the income approach, as well as a market approach to compare the estimated fair value to comparable companies. The determination of fair value requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, including among others, our nature and our history, financial and economic conditions affecting us, our industry and the general economy, past results, our current operations and future prospects, sales of similar businesses or capital stock of publicly held similar businesses, as well as prices, terms and conditions affecting past sales of similar businesses. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management’s expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.
57
We conducted an annual impairment test of our goodwill balances on January 1, 2023, in accordance with ASC 350, and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023 due to identified indicators during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022. In connection with our annual and interim assessments, we determined there was an impairment of goodwill in the TCS segment and recorded total non-cash goodwill impairment charges in fiscal 2022 of $197,712. Future impairment charges could also be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections or if our weighted average cost of capital increases.
Trade names
We annually evaluate whether our trade names continue to have an indefinite life. Trade names are reviewed for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
When performing a quantitative test, the impairment review is performed by comparing the carrying amount of the trade name to the estimated fair value, determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. If the recorded carrying amount of the trade name exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to write the trade name down to its estimated fair value. Factors used in the valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives include, but are not limited to, future revenue growth assumptions, estimated market royalty rates that could be derived from the licensing of our trade names to third parties, and a rate used to discount the estimated royalty cash flow projections to their present value (or estimated fair value).
The valuation of trade names requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, which are consistent with the factors discussed under “Goodwill” above. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management’s expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.
As discussed above, we conducted an annual impairment test of our trade name balances on January 1, 2023 in accordance with ASC 350 and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023, neither of which resulted in an impairment. Future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections.
Long-lived assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, lease right-of-use assets, and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset are less than the carrying amount, we recognize a loss equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted cash flow analysis of the asset.
For our TCS segment, we generally evaluate long-lived tangible assets at the store level, which is the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level. For our Elfa segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at the segment level.
Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on store-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While we believe our
58
estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.
Business combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities requires estimates and the use of valuation techniques when market value is not readily available. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired is assigned to goodwill. The transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as they are incurred. We recognize any adjustments to provisional amounts and goodwill that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, with the effect on current period earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. Although we believe that the fair value assumptions and estimates made are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.
Contractual obligations
We enter into long-term obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily debt obligations and non-cancelable operating leases. As of April 1, 2023, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods were as follows:
(1) | We enter into operating leases during the normal course of business. Most lease arrangements provide us with the option to renew the leases at defined terms. The future operating lease obligations would change if we were to exercise these options, or if we were to enter into additional operating leases. |
(2) | For purposes of this table, interest has been estimated based on interest rates in effect for our indebtedness as of April 1, 2023, and estimated borrowing levels in the future. Actual borrowing levels and interest costs may differ. |
(3) | Purchase obligations include legally binding contracts such as firm commitments for inventory, equipment purchases, marketing-related contracts, software acquisition/license commitments, as well as commitments to make capital expenditures, and legally binding service contracts. Purchase orders for other services are not included in the table above. Purchase orders represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. For the purposes of this table, contractual obligations for the purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. |
59
(4) | The table above excludes defined benefit pension plan obligations of $3,402, which were included in “Other long-term liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as of April 1, 2023. Defined benefit pension plan obligations were excluded from the table as the timing of the forthcoming cash payments is uncertain. |
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Please refer to Note 1—Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a summary of recent accounting pronouncements.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Not applicable.
60
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Container Store Group, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Container Store Group, Inc. (the Company) as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 1, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 1, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of April 1, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated May 26, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
61
their annual impairment test of goodwill on January 1, 2023, and an interim impairment test as of April 1, 2023, due to indicators identified during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, that resulted in total impairment charges of $197.7 million. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. Auditing the Company’s impairment tests for goodwill is complex and required significant judgment in estimating the fair value of reporting units. In particular, the fair value estimate was sensitive to assumptions such as forecasted net sales growth rates, gross margin and selling, general and administrative percentages and weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”), all of which are affected by management’s expectations about future market or economic conditions, as well as Company specific strategic initiatives. | ||
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit | We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment review process, including controls over management’s review of the significant assumptions described above. We also tested controls over management’s review of the data used in its valuation models. To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We compared projected cash flows to the Company’s historical cash flows and other available industry information. We involved our valuation specialists to assist in reviewing the valuation methodologies and testing the WACC. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates by performing retrospective reviews of forecasts used in prior year and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting units that would result from changes in the assumptions. In addition, we also tested management’s reconciliation of the fair value of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the Company. |
Valuation of operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities | ||
Description of the Matter | As discussed in Note 1 and Note 12 in the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded noncurrent operating lease right-of-use assets, current operating lease liabilities and noncurrent operating lease liabilities of $348.0 million, $57.2 million and $314.1 million, respectively, as of April 1, 2023. The Company’s reported operating lease liabilities utilize discount rates to calculate the estimated present value of future lease payments. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of future lease payments. The computation of the IBR required significant management judgment based on the selection of inputs, including the determination of the appropriate credit rating, credit spread and adjustments for the impacts of collateralization used to determine the rate. Evaluating the appropriateness of the selection by management of the key inputs involved a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the involvement of our valuation specialists. |
62
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit | We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over management’s review of the methodology, inputs and assumptions used to determine the Company’s selection of the IBR. Our audit procedures included, among others, evaluating (i) the reasonableness of the methodology used to estimate the IBR; (ii) the significant inputs used to derive the IBR; and (iii) the mathematical accuracy of the computation of the IBR, with the assistance of our valuation specialists. Additionally, with the assistance of our valuation specialists, we created independent estimates of the IBR and compared the results to the Company’s IBR. |
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s
since 2000.Dallas, Texas
May 26, 2023
63
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated balance sheets
April 1, | April 2, |
| |||||
(In thousands) |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||
Assets | |||||||
Current assets: | |||||||
Cash | $ | 6,958 | $ | 14,252 | |||
Accounts receivable, net |
| 25,870 |
| 30,225 | |||
Inventory |
| 170,637 |
| 192,783 | |||
Prepaid expenses |
| 14,989 |
| 11,628 | |||
Income taxes receivable | 858 | 1,687 | |||||
Other current assets |
| 10,914 |
| 9,836 | |||
Total current assets |
| 230,226 |
| 260,411 | |||
Noncurrent assets: | |||||||
Property and equipment, net |
| 158,702 |
| 140,198 | |||
Noncurrent operating lease right-of-use assets | 347,959 | 347,519 | |||||
Goodwill |
| 23,447 |
| 221,159 | |||
Trade names |
| 221,278 |
| 224,938 | |||
Deferred financing costs, net |
| 150 |
| 203 | |||
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net |
| 568 |
| 865 | |||
Other assets |
| 2,844 |
| 2,284 | |||
Total noncurrent assets |
| 754,948 |
| 937,166 | |||
Total assets | $ | 985,174 | $ | 1,197,577 |
See accompanying notes.
64
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated balance sheets
| April 1, |
| April 2, |
| |||
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| ||
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity | |||||||
Current liabilities: | |||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 52,637 | $ | 84,059 | |||
Accrued liabilities |
| 74,673 |
| 89,004 | |||
Current borrowings on revolving lines of credit |
| 2,423 |
| 1,790 | |||
Current portion of long-term debt |
| 2,063 |
| 2,096 | |||
Current operating lease liabilities | 57,201 | 52,540 | |||||
Income taxes payable |
| 1,318 |
| 6,026 | |||
Total current liabilities |
| 190,315 |
| 235,515 | |||
Noncurrent liabilities: | |||||||
Long-term debt |
| 163,385 |
| 158,564 | |||
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities | 314,100 | 317,345 | |||||
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net |
| 49,338 |
| 50,493 | |||
Other long-term liabilities |
| 5,851 |
| 7,564 | |||
Total noncurrent liabilities |
| 532,674 |
| 533,966 | |||
Total liabilities |
| 722,989 |
| 769,481 | |||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13) | |||||||
Shareholders’ equity: | |||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 49,181,562 shares issued at April 1, 2023; 49,635,447 shares issued at April 2, 2022 |
| 492 |
| 496 | |||
Additional paid-in capital |
| 872,204 |
| 874,190 | |||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
| (32,509) |
| (27,444) | |||
Retained deficit |
| (578,002) |
| (419,146) | |||
Total shareholders’ equity |
| 262,185 |
| 428,096 | |||
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity | $ | 985,174 | $ | 1,197,577 |
See accompanying notes.
65
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of operations
Fiscal Year Ended |
| |||||||||
April 1, | April 2, | April 3, |
| |||||||
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) | 2023 | 2022 |
| 2021 |
| |||||
Net sales | $ | 1,047,258 | $ | 1,094,119 | $ | 990,088 | ||||
Cost of sales (excluding depreciation and amortization) |
| 446,295 |
| 457,882 |
| 419,611 | ||||
Gross profit |
| 600,963 |
| 636,237 |
| 570,477 | ||||
Selling, general, and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) |
| 486,431 |
| 471,586 |
| 426,765 | ||||
Impairment charges | 197,712 | — | — | |||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| 3,382 |
| 4,263 |
| 7,823 | ||||
Pre-opening costs |
| 2,006 |
| 694 |
| 1,026 | ||||
Depreciation and amortization |
| 38,905 |
| 34,289 |
| 34,731 | ||||
Other expenses |
| — |
| — |
| 1,112 | ||||
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets |
| 122 |
| (49) |
| 16 | ||||
(Loss) income from operations |
| (127,595) |
| 125,454 |
| 99,004 | ||||
Interest expense, net |
| 16,171 |
| 12,760 |
| 17,268 | ||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| — |
| — |
| 893 | ||||
(Loss) income before taxes | (143,766) |
| 112,694 |
| 80,843 | |||||
Provision for income taxes |
| 15,090 |
| 30,976 |
| 22,560 | ||||
Net (loss) income | $ | (158,856) | $ | 81,718 | $ | 58,283 | ||||
Net (loss) income per common share — basic | $ | (3.21) | $ | 1.65 | $ | 1.20 | ||||
Net (loss) income per common share — diluted | $ | (3.21) | $ | 1.62 | $ | 1.17 | ||||
Weighted-average common shares — basic | 49,539,875 | 49,447,612 | 48,537,883 | |||||||
Weighted-average common shares — diluted |
| 49,539,875 |
| 50,294,118 |
| 49,712,637 | ||||
See accompanying notes.
66
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income
Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
April 1, | April 2, | April 3, | ||||||||
(In thousands) |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| 2021 |
| |||
Net (loss) income | $ | (158,856) | $ | 81,718 | $ | 58,283 | ||||
Unrealized (loss) gain on financial instruments, net of tax (benefit) provision of ($26), ($1,093), and $3,071 |
| (51) |
| (3,123) |
| 8,737 | ||||
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax provision of $168, $145, and $53 |
| 792 |
| 506 |
| 196 | ||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| (5,806) |
| (5,824) |
| 8,359 | ||||
Comprehensive (loss) income | $ | (163,921) | $ | 73,277 | $ | 75,575 |
See accompanying notes.
67
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity
Accumulated |
| |||||||||||||||||
Additional | other | Total |
| |||||||||||||||
Common stock | paid-in | comprehensive | Retained | shareholders’ |
| |||||||||||||
(In thousands, except share amounts) |
| Shares |
| Amount |
| capital |
| income (loss) |
| deficit |
| equity |
| |||||
Balance at March 28, 2020 |
| 48,316,559 | 483 | 866,667 | (36,295) | (559,147) | 271,708 | |||||||||||
Net income | — | — | — | — | 58,283 | 58,283 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | — | — | 7,823 | — | — | 7,823 | ||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted stock awards | 478,795 | 5 | (5) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Taxes related to net share settlement of restricted stock awards | — | — | (1,933) | — | — | (1,933) | ||||||||||||
Stock options exercised | 42,907 | — | 496 | — | — | 496 | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment | — | — | — | 8,359 | — | 8,359 | ||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on financial instruments, net of $3,071 tax provision | — | — | — | 8,737 | — | 8,737 | ||||||||||||
Pension liability adjustment, net of $53 tax provision | — |
| — |
|
| — |
| 196 |
| — |
|
| 196 | |||||
Balance at April 3, 2021 | 48,838,261 | 488 | 873,048 | (19,003) | (500,864) | 353,669 | ||||||||||||
Net income | — | — | — | — | 81,718 | 81,718 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | — | — | 4,263 | — | — | 4,263 | ||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted stock awards | 671,409 | 7 | (7) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Taxes related to net share settlement of restricted stock awards | — | — | (3,678) | — | — | (3,678) | ||||||||||||
Stock options exercised | 125,777 | 1 | 564 | — | — | 565 | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment | — | — | — | (5,824) | — | (5,824) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on financial instruments, net of $1,093 tax benefit | — | — | — | (3,123) | — | (3,123) | ||||||||||||
Pension liability adjustment, net of $145 tax provision | — | — | — | 506 | — | 506 | ||||||||||||
Balance at April 2, 2022 | 49,635,447 | 496 | 874,190 | (27,444) | (419,146) | 428,096 | ||||||||||||
Net loss | — | — | — | — | (158,856) | (158,856) | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | — | — | 3,382 | — | — | 3,382 | ||||||||||||
Vesting of restricted stock awards | 412,488 | 4 | (4) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Taxes related to net share settlement of restricted stock awards | — | — | (712) | — | — | (712) | ||||||||||||
Stock options exercised | 73,594 | 1 | 339 | — | — | 340 | ||||||||||||
Repurchases of common stock | (939,967) | (9) | (4,991) | (5,000) | ||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment | — | — | — | (5,806) | — | (5,806) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on financial instruments, net of $26 tax benefit | — | — | — | (51) | — | (51) | ||||||||||||
Pension liability adjustment, net of $168 tax provision | — | — | — | 792 | — | 792 | ||||||||||||
Balance at April 1, 2023 | 49,181,562 | $ | 492 | $ | 872,204 | $ | (32,509) | $ | (578,002) | $ | 262,185 |
See accompanying notes.
68
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of cash flows
Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||||||
April 1, | April 2, | April 3, | ||||||||
(In thousands) |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| 2021 |
| |||
Operating activities | ||||||||||
Net (loss) income | $ | (158,856) | $ | 81,718 | $ | 58,283 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 38,905 |
| 34,289 |
| 34,731 | |||||
Stock-based compensation | 3,382 |
| 4,263 |
| 7,823 | |||||
Impairment charges | 197,712 |
| — |
| — | |||||
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets | 122 |
| (49) |
| 16 | |||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt | — | — | 893 | |||||||
Deferred tax (benefit) expense | (351) |
| 3,621 |
| (4,740) | |||||
Non-cash interest | 1,884 |
| 1,883 |
| 1,870 | |||||
Other | 1,059 |
| (1,321) |
| 161 | |||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities (exclusive of effects of acquisition): | ||||||||||
Accounts receivable | 1,836 |
| (1,631) |
| (1,497) | |||||
Inventory | 20,450 |
| (63,533) |
| (2,403) | |||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets | (4,584) |
| (1,474) |
| (3,821) | |||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | (37,684) |
| 9,814 |
| 35,203 | |||||
Net change in lease assets and liabilities | 1,013 | (6,232) | (4,118) | |||||||
Income taxes | (5,213) |
| (1,811) |
| 11,346 | |||||
Other noncurrent liabilities | (370) |
| (2,547) |
| 2,912 | |||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 59,305 | 56,990 | 136,659 | |||||||
Investing activities | ||||||||||
Additions to property and equipment | (64,223) |
| (33,389) |
| (17,176) | |||||
C Studio acquisition, net of cash acquired | — | (19,445) | — | |||||||
Investments in non-qualified plan trust | (1,147) | (362) | (182) | |||||||
Proceeds from non-qualified plan trust redemptions | 916 | 2,708 | 1,810 | |||||||
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment | 43 |
| 66 |
| 65 | |||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (64,411) |
| (50,422) |
| (15,483) | |||||
Financing activities | ||||||||||
Borrowings on revolving lines of credit | 80,292 |
| 75,167 |
| 56,132 | |||||
Payments on revolving lines of credit | (79,497) |
| (73,269) |
| (66,227) | |||||
Borrowings on long-term debt | 40,000 |
| 38,000 |
| 200,000 | |||||
Payments on long-term debt | (37,092) | (45,167) | (355,954) | |||||||
Payment of debt issuance costs | — |
| — | (5,579) | ||||||
Repurchases of common stock | (5,000) | — | — | |||||||
Payment of taxes with shares withheld upon restricted stock vesting | (712) | (4,677) | (931) | |||||||
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options | 340 |
| 565 |
| 496 | |||||
Net cash used in financing activities | (1,669) |
| (9,381) |
| (172,063) | |||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | (519) |
| (622) |
| 819 | |||||
Net decrease in cash | (7,294) |
| (3,435) |
| (50,068) | |||||
Cash at beginning of fiscal period | 14,252 |
| 17,687 |
| 67,755 | |||||
Cash at end of fiscal period | $ | 6,958 | $ | 14,252 | $ | 17,687 | ||||
Supplemental information: | ||||||||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 13,688 | $ | 10,745 | $ | 16,661 | ||||
Cash paid for taxes | $ | 21,275 | $ | 30,163 | $ | 16,939 | ||||
Purchases of property and equipment (included in accounts payable) | $ | 3,653 | $ | 9,469 | $ | 2,251 | ||||
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities | $ | 90,468 | $ | 94,869 | $ | 86,720 | ||||
Additions to right-of-use assets | $ | 52,902 | $ | 85,715 | $ | 57,708 |
See accompanying notes.
69
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Notes to consolidated financial statements
(In thousands, except share amounts and unless
otherwise stated)
April 1, 2023
1. Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies
Description of business
The Container Store, Inc. was founded in 1978 in Dallas, Texas, as a retailer with a mission to provide customers with storage and organizing solutions to accomplish their projects through an assortment of innovative products and unparalleled customer service. In 2007, The Container Store, Inc. was sold to The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “Company”), a holding company, of which a majority stake was purchased by Leonard Green and Partners, L.P. (“LGP”), with the remainder held by certain employees of The Container Store, Inc. On November 6, 2013, the Company completed the initial public offering of its common stock (the “IPO”) at which time LGP held a controlling interest in the Company as the majority shareholder. In fiscal 2020, LGP sold some of the common stock of the Company, reducing their ownership to less than 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Although LGP is no longer the majority shareholder, LGP continues to have significant influence over the Company.
The Container Store, Inc. consists of our retail stores, website and call center (which includes business sales), as well as our in-home services business. As of April 1, 2023, The Container Store, Inc. operated 97 stores with an average size of approximately 24,000 square feet (18,000 selling square feet) in 34 states and the District of Columbia. The Container Store, Inc. also offers all of its products directly to its customers through its website, responsive mobile site and app, and call center. The Container Store, Inc.’s wholly owned Swedish subsidiary, Elfa International AB (“Elfa”), designs and manufactures component-based shelving and drawer systems and made-to-measure sliding doors that are customizable for any area of the home. elfa® branded products are sold exclusively in the United States in The Container Store® retail stores, website, and call center and Elfa sells to various retailers and distributors primarily in the Nordic region and throughout Europe on a wholesale basis. C Studio Manufacturing, Inc. (“C Studio”), formerly known as “Closet Parent Company, Inc.”, or “Closet Works”, assumed its new name effective January 2023. We own and operate the C Studio manufacturing facility in Elmhurst, Illinois, which designs and manufactures the Company’s premium wood-based custom space product offering, and is included in the TCS reportable segment.
Basis of presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company eliminates all significant intercompany balances and transactions, including intercompany profits, in consolidation.
Fiscal year
The Company follows a 4-4-5 fiscal calendar, whereby each fiscal quarter consists of
weeks grouped into two four-week “months” and one five-week “month”, and its fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to March 31st. Elfa’s fiscal year ends on the last day of the calendar month of March.All references to “fiscal 2023” herein represent the results of the
-week fiscal year ending March 30, 2024, references to “fiscal 2022” represent the results of the -week fiscal year ended April 1, 2023, references to “fiscal 2021” represent the results of the -week fiscal year ended April 2, 2022 and references to “fiscal 2020” represent the results of the -week fiscal year ended April 3, 2021.70
Management estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant accounting judgments and estimates include fair value estimates for operating lease assets and liabilities, indefinite-lived intangible assets, obsolescence and shrink reserve, assessments of long-lived asset impairments, gift card breakage, and assessment of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets.
Revenue recognition
Revenue from sales related to retail operations is recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer at the point of sale. Revenue from sales that are shipped or delivered directly to customers is recognized upon estimated delivery to the customer and includes applicable shipping or delivery revenue. Revenue from sales that are installed is recognized upon completion of the installation service to the customer and includes applicable installation revenue. Revenue from sales of other services is recognized upon the completion of the service. Revenue from sales related to manufacturing operations is recorded upon shipment. Sales are recorded net of sales taxes collected from customers. A sales return allowance is recorded for estimated returns of merchandise subsequent to the balance sheet date that relate to sales prior to the balance sheet date. The returns allowance is based on historical return patterns and reduces sales and cost of sales, accordingly. Merchandise exchanges of similar product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are excluded when calculating the sales returns allowance. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions used to recognize revenue during the periods presented.
Contract Balances
Contract balances as a result of transactions with customers primarily consist of trade receivables included in Accounts receivable, net, unearned revenue included in Accrued liabilities, and gift cards and store credits outstanding included in Accrued liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. See Note 3 for disclosure on the Company's trade receivables, unearned revenue, and gift cards and store credits outstanding with customers as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022.
Gift cards and merchandise credits
Gift cards are sold to customers in retail stores, through the call center and website, and through certain third parties. We issue merchandise credits in our stores and through our call center. Revenue from sales of gift cards and issuances of merchandise credits is recognized when the gift card is redeemed by the customer, or the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote (gift card breakage). The gift card breakage rate is determined based upon historical redemption patterns. An estimate of the rate of gift card breakage is applied over the period of estimated performance (48 months as of the end of fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020) and the breakage amounts are included in net sales in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company recorded $1,548, $1,403, and $1,914 of gift card breakage in fiscal years 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales related to retail operations includes the purchase cost of inventory sold (net of vendor rebates), in-bound freight, as well as inventory loss reserves. Costs incurred to ship or deliver merchandise to customers, as well as direct installation and organization services costs, are also included in cost of sales. Cost of sales from manufacturing operations includes costs associated with production, including materials, wages, other variable production costs, and other applicable manufacturing overhead.
Leases
We recognize a lease liability upon lease commencement, measured at the present value of the fixed future minimum lease payments over the lease term. We have elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-
71
lease components. Therefore, lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability include all fixed payments in the lease arrangement. We record a right-of-use asset for an amount equal to the lease liability, increased for any prepaid lease costs and initial direct costs and reduced by any lease incentives. We remeasure the lease liability and right-of-use asset when a change to our future minimum lease payments occurs. Lease expense on operating leases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”).
Advertising
All advertising costs of the Company are expensed when incurred, or upon the release of the initial advertisement, except for production costs related to direct mailings to customers, which are initially capitalized. Production costs related to direct mailings consist primarily of printing and postage and are expensed upon initial mailing to the customer. Advertising costs are recorded in SG&A. Pre-opening advertising costs are recorded in pre-opening costs. Total advertising expense incurred for fiscal years 2022, 2021, 2020, was $35,786, $36,784, and $32,088, respectively.
Pre-opening costs
Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and distribution centers and relocating stores, including marketing expenses, travel and relocation costs are expensed as incurred and are included in pre-opening costs in the consolidated statement of operations.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes utilizing ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 requires an asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. There were no uncertain tax positions requiring an accrual as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022. Valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that the realization of those deferred tax assets will not occur. Valuation allowances are released as positive evidence of future taxable income sufficient to realize the underlying deferred tax assets becomes available.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years when those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes from a change in the tax rate is recognized through continuing operations in the period that includes the enactment of the change. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future.
We operate in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. ASC 740-30 provides that the undistributed earnings of a foreign subsidiary be accounted for as a temporary difference under the presumption that all undistributed earnings will be distributed to the parent company as a dividend. Sufficient evidence of the intent to permanently reinvest the earnings in the jurisdiction where earned precludes a company from recording the temporary difference. For purposes of ASC 740-30, the Company does not consider the earnings subject to the transition tax and global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) permanently reinvested. All other earnings are considered permanently reinvested. The Company has elected an accounting policy to recognize GILTI as a period cost when incurred.
Judgment is required in determining the provision for income and other taxes and related accruals, and deferred tax assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Additionally, the Company's various tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities. Although the Company believes that its estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.
72
Stock-based compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, which requires the fair value of stock-based payments to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements as compensation expense over the requisite service period. For time-based awards, compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. For performance-based awards, compensation expense is estimated based on achievement of the performance condition and is recognized using the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period for awards that actually vest. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in the stock-based compensation line in the consolidated statements of operations. ASC 718 also provides guidance for determining whether certain financial instruments awarded in share-based payment transactions are liabilities. The guidance requires that instruments that include conditions other than service, performance or market conditions that affect their fair value, exercisability or vesting be classified as a liability and be remeasured at fair value at each fiscal period.
Restricted Stock Awards
The fair value of each restricted stock award is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported on The New York Stock Exchange on the grant date.
Stock Options
The Board determines the exercise price of stock options based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported on The New York Stock Exchange on the grant date. The Company estimates the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant based upon the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires various significant judgmental assumptions in order to derive a final fair value determination for each type of award including:
● | Expected Term—The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled, including an estimate of options still outstanding. For future grants, we would expect to utilize TCS historical data to calculate the expected term. |
● | Expected Volatility—The expected volatility incorporates historical and implied volatility of comparable public companies for a period approximating the expected term. For future grants, we would expect to utilize the TCS stock price volatility. |
● | Expected Dividend Yield—The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future. |
● | Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term. |
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable consist primarily of trade receivables, receivables from The Container Store, Inc.’s credit card processors for sales transactions, and tenant improvement allowances from The Container Store, Inc.’s landlords in connection with new leases. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established on trade receivables, if necessary, for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Factors such as payment terms, historical loss experience, and economic conditions are generally considered in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $820 and $327 at April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, respectively.
73
Inventories
Inventories at retail stores and distribution centers are comprised of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value, with cost determined on a weighted-average cost method including associated in-bound freight costs. Manufacturing inventories are comprised of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods and are valued on a first-in, first out basis using full absorption accounting which includes material, labor, other variable costs, and other applicable manufacturing overhead. To determine if the value of inventory is recoverable at cost, we consider current and anticipated demand, customer preference and the merchandise age. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. We adjust our inventory for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and our estimates of future retail sales prices.
Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of cost of sales based on historical shrinkage results and current inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded throughout the year based upon periodic cycle counts. Actual inventory shrinkage can vary from estimates due to factors including the mix of our inventory and execution against loss prevention initiatives in our stores and distribution center.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Significant additions and improvements are capitalized, and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed. Gains and losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recognized in the period incurred.
Depreciation, including amortization of assets recorded under finance lease obligations, is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets as follows:
Buildings |
| 30 | years | |||
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment |
| 3 | to | 10 | years | |
Computer software |
| 2 | to | 5 | years | |
Leasehold improvements |
| Shorter of useful life or lease term | ||||
Finance leases | Shorter of useful life or lease term |
Costs of developing or obtaining software for internal use or developing the Company’s website, such as external direct costs of materials or services and internal payroll costs directly related to the software development projects, are capitalized. For the fiscal years ended April 1, 2023, April 2, 2022, and April 3, 2021, the Company capitalized $28,211, $11,068, and $2,036, respectively, and amortized $7,610, $4,823, and $4,121, respectively, of costs in connection with the development of internally used software.
Long-lived assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, lease right-of-use assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset is less than the carrying amount, we recognize a loss equal to the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted cash flow analysis of the asset.
For our TCS segment (see Note 15), we generally evaluate long-lived tangible assets at a store level, or at the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level. For our Elfa segment (see Note 15), we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at the segment level.
74
Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on store-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions, and the competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.
Foreign currency forward contracts
We account for foreign currency forward contracts in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. In the TCS segment, we may utilize foreign currency forward contracts in Swedish krona to stabilize our retail gross margins and to protect our domestic operations from downward currency exposure by hedging purchases of inventory from our wholly owned subsidiary, Elfa. In the Elfa segment, we may utilize foreign currency forward contracts to hedge purchases of raw materials that are transacted in currencies other than Swedish krona, which is the functional currency of Elfa.
Generally, the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts have terms from 1 to 12 months and require the Company to exchange currencies at agreed-upon rates at settlement. The Company does not hold or enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company records all foreign currency forward contracts on its consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The Company records its foreign currency forward contracts on a gross basis. Forward contracts not designated as hedges are adjusted to fair value through income as SG&A. The Company accounts for its foreign currency hedge instruments as cash flow hedges, as defined. Changes in the fair value of the foreign currency hedge instruments that are considered to be effective, as defined, are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item (inventory) is sold to the customer, at which time the deferred gain or loss is recognized through cost of sales. Any portion of a change in the foreign currency hedge instrument’s fair value that is considered to be ineffective, as defined, or that the Company has elected to exclude from its measurement of effectiveness, is immediately recorded in earnings as cost of sales.
Self-insured liabilities
We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, employee health benefits and general liability claims. We record self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed, including the development of those claims, and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. Factors affecting these estimates include future inflation rates, changes in severity, benefit level changes, medical costs and claim settlement patterns. Should a different amount of claims occur compared to what was estimated, or costs of the claims increase or decrease beyond what was anticipated, reserves may need to be adjusted accordingly. Self-insurance reserves for employee health benefits, workers’ compensation and general liability claims are recorded in the accrued liabilities line item of the consolidated balance sheet and were collectively $2,450 and $2,331 as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, respectively.
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill annually to determine whether it is impaired. Goodwill is also tested between annual impairment tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset. If an impairment indicator exists, we test goodwill for recoverability. We have identified two reporting units and we have selected the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter as the date we perform our annual goodwill impairment testing.
When performing a quantitative test for impairment, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.
75
We measure the fair value of the operating segment using a combination of the income approach and market approach to determine the fair value of the Company to be compared against the carrying value of net assets, both level 3 valuations (as defined in Note 14).The determination of fair value requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, including among others, our nature and our history, financial and economic conditions affecting us, our industry and the general economy, past results, our current operations and future prospects, sales of similar businesses or capital stock of publicly held similar businesses, as well as prices, terms and conditions affecting past sales of similar businesses. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management’s expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.
We conducted an annual impairment test of our goodwill balances on January 1, 2023 in accordance with ASC 350 and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023 due to identified indicators during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022. In connection with our annual and interim assessments of TCS segment goodwill, we determined there was an impairment of goodwill in the TCS segment and recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $99,726 and $97,986, as of January 1, 2023 and April 1, 2023, respectively. The charges were primarily the result of continued macroeconomic impacts on our business which led to a decline in customer demand.
Future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections or if our weighted average cost of capital increases.
Trade names
We annually evaluate whether our trade names continue to have an indefinite life. Trade names are reviewed for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
When performing a quantitative test, the impairment review is performed by comparing the carrying amount to the estimated fair value, determined using a discounted cash flow methodology, a level 3 valuation (as defined in Note 14). If the recorded carrying amount of the trade name exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to write the trade name down to its estimated fair value. Factors used in the valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives include, but are not limited to, future revenue growth assumptions, estimated market royalty rates that could be derived from the licensing of our trade names to third parties, and a rate used to discount the estimated royalty cash flow projections.
The valuation of trade names requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, which are consistent with the factors discussed under “Goodwill” above. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management’s expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.
We conducted an annual impairment test of our trade name balances on January 1, 2023 in accordance with ASC 350 and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023, neither of which resulted in an impairment.
Future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections.
76
Foreign currency
The Company operates foreign subsidiaries in the following countries: Sweden, Norway, Finland, Denmark, Germany and Poland. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable country’s currency. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are translated at year-end rates of exchange. Revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are translated at average rates of exchange for the year. Unrealized gains and losses on translation are reported as cumulative translation adjustments through other comprehensive income (loss).
The functional currency for the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Elfa, is the Swedish krona. During fiscal 2022, the rate of exchange from U.S. dollar to Swedish krona increased from 9.3 to 10.3. The carrying amounts of assets related to Elfa and subject to currency fluctuation were $110,215 and $111,035 as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, respectively. Foreign currency realized losses of $23, realized gains of $14, and realized losses of $200, are included in SG&A in the consolidated statements of operations in fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, respectively.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities requires estimates and the use of valuation techniques when market value is not readily available. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired is assigned to goodwill. The transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as they are incurred. We recognize any adjustments to provisional amounts and goodwill that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined, with the effect on current period earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. Although we believe that the fair value assumptions and estimates made are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In July 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 changes how to recognize expected credit losses on financial assets. The standard requires a more timely recognition of credit losses on loans and other financial assets and also provides additional transparency about credit risk. The current credit loss standard generally requires that a loss actually be incurred before it is recognized, while the new standard requires recognition of full lifetime expected losses upon initial recognition of the financial instrument. The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. The adoption of this standard did not result in a material impact to the Company’s financial statements.
2. Goodwill and trade names
The estimated goodwill and trade name fair values are computed using estimates as of the measurement date, which is defined as the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter or as of an interim assessment date. The Company makes estimates and assumptions about sales, gross margins, selling, general and administrative percentages and profit margins, based on budgets and forecasts, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and marketplace data. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period and our estimated weighted average cost of capital. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. Another estimate using different, but still reasonable, assumptions could produce different results. As there are numerous assumptions and estimations utilized to derive the estimated enterprise fair value of each reporting unit, it is possible that actual results may differ from estimated results requiring future impairment charges.
77
In fiscal 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the voting equity interest in C Studio, which designs and manufactures the Company’s premium wood-based custom space product offering, and is included in the TCS reportable segment. The acquisition price of $21,438 was allocated among assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value, with the excess of $18,344 recorded as goodwill. Please refer to Note 5 for additional information regarding the C Studio acquisition.
We conducted an annual impairment test of our goodwill balances on January 1, 2023 in accordance with ASC 350 and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023 due to identified indicators during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022. In connection with our annual and interim assessments, we determined there was an impairment of goodwill in the TCS segment and recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $99,726 and $97,986, as of January 1, 2023 and April 1, 2023, respectively. The charges were primarily the result of continued macroeconomic impacts on our business which led to a decline in customer demand.
We conducted an annual impairment test of our trade name balances on January 1, 2023 in accordance with ASC 350 and an interim assessment as of April 1, 2023, neither of which resulted in an impairment.
Future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current net sales and profitability projections or if our weighted average cost of capital increases.
The Company recorded no impairments during fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020 as a result of the goodwill and trade names impairment tests performed.
The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill and trade names were as follows in fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021:
78
3. Detail of certain balance sheet accounts
April 1, | April 2, | |||||
| 2023 |
| 2022 | |||
Accounts receivable, net: | ||||||
Trade receivables, net | $ | 18,269 | $ | 19,170 | ||
Credit card receivables |
| 6,165 |
| 9,308 | ||
Other receivables |
| 1,436 |
| 1,747 | ||
$ | 25,870 | $ | 30,225 | |||
Inventory: | ||||||
Finished goods | $ | 160,108 | $ | 186,025 | ||
Raw materials |
| 9,289 |
| 5,769 | ||
Work in progress |
| 1,240 |
| 989 | ||
$ | 170,637 | $ | 192,783 | |||
Property and equipment, net: | ||||||
Land and buildings | $ | 15,693 | $ | 16,923 | ||
Furniture and fixtures | 84,359 | 79,161 | ||||
Machinery and equipment | 110,908 | 110,498 | ||||
Computer software and equipment | 163,943 | 129,978 | ||||
Leasehold improvements | 171,522 | 158,884 | ||||
Construction in progress | 10,363 | 16,280 | ||||
Other | 646 | 1,011 | ||||
557,434 | 512,735 | |||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization | (398,732) | (372,537) | ||||
$ | 158,702 | $ | 140,198 | |||
Accrued liabilities: | ||||||
Accrued payroll, benefits and bonuses | $ | 24,224 | $ | 32,316 | ||
Unearned revenue | 15,700 | 22,603 | ||||
Accrued transaction and property tax | 14,072 | 15,056 | ||||
Gift cards and store credits outstanding | 13,002 | 11,921 | ||||
Accrued sales returns | 3,366 | 3,197 | ||||
Accrued interest | 189 | 121 | ||||
Other accrued liabilities | 4,120 | 3,790 | ||||
$ | 74,673 | $ | 89,004 |
Contract balances as a result of transactions with customers primarily consist of trade receivables included in Accounts receivable, net, Unearned revenue included in Accrued liabilities, and Gift cards and store credits outstanding included in Accrued liabilities in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Unearned revenue was $22,603 as of April 2, 2022, and $20,908 was subsequently recognized into revenue in fiscal 2022. Gift cards and store credits outstanding was $11,921 as of April 2, 2022, and $3,934 was subsequently recognized into revenue in fiscal 2022. See Note 15 for disaggregated revenue disclosures.
79
4. Long-term debt and revolving lines of credit
Long-term debt and revolving lines of credit consist of the following:
(1) | Represents deferred financing costs related to our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, which are presented net of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. |
Scheduled total revolving lines of credit and debt maturities for the fiscal years subsequent to April 1, 2023, are as follows:
Within 1 year |
| $ | 2,063 | |
2 years |
| 4,465 | ||
3 years |
| 166,531 | ||
4 years |
| — | ||
5 years |
| — | ||
Thereafter |
| — | ||
$ | 173,059 |
Senior Secured Term Loan Facility
On April 6, 2012, the Company, The Container Store, Inc. and certain of our domestic subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lenders party thereto (the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility”). On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No.7 (the “Seventh Amendment”) to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. In connection with the Seventh Amendment, the Company (a) paid down approximately $47,200 of the outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, which reduced the aggregate principal amount of the loans under the facility to $200,000 and (b) amended the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date to January 31, 2026 and impose a 1.00% premium if a voluntary prepayment is made from the proceeds of a repricing transaction within the one year anniversary of the Seventh Amendment. The Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments of $500 on the term loan facility, with the balloon payment for the remaining balance due on January 31, 2026. Prior to the date of delivery of a compliance certificate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2023, the applicable interest rate margin for LIBOR loans was 4.75%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%, and 3.75% for base rate loans and, thereafter, may step up to 5.00% for LIBOR Loans and 4.00% for base rate loans unless the consolidated leverage ratio achieved is less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00. As of April 1, 2023, the aggregate principal amount in outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was $160,312, net of deferred financing costs, and the consolidated leverage ratio was approximately 1.4.
The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with issuance of various debt instruments. These deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line method, which is materially consistent with the effective interest method, over the terms of the related debt agreements. In fiscal 2020, the Company capitalized $5,579 of fees associated with the Seventh Amendment, which will be amortized through January 31, 2026.
80
The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is secured by (a) a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65%, assets of non-guarantors and subject to certain other exceptions) (other than the collateral that secures the Revolving Credit Facility described below on a first-priority basis) and (b) a second priority security interest in the assets securing the Revolving Credit Facility described below on a first-priority basis. Obligations under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by the Company and each of The Container Store, Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries.
The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve ourselves, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the financing agreements contain certain cross-default provisions and also require certain mandatory prepayments of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, among these an Excess Cash Flow (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility) requirement. As of April 1, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility) had occurred.
Revolving Credit Facility
On April 6, 2012, the Company, The Container Store, Inc. and certain of our domestic subsidiaries entered into an asset-based revolving credit agreement with the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”). On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 5 (the “Fifth Amendment”). The Fifth Amendment amends the Revolving Credit Facility to extend the maturity date to the earlier of (a) November 25, 2025 and (b) October 31, 2025 if any portion of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility remains outstanding on such date and the maturity date of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is not extended. On May 22, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 6 (the “Sixth Amendment”). Pursuant to the terms of the Sixth Amendment, the parties agreed to replace the LIBOR-based interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility with a SOFR-based interest rate, subject to adjustment as specified in the Sixth Amendment.
The aggregate principal amount of the facility is $100,000. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility that were drawn (i) prior to May 22, 2023 accrue interest at LIBOR +1.25% and (ii) on and after May 22, 2023 accrue interest at Adjusted Term SOFR +1.25%. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility includes an uncommitted incremental revolving facility in the amount of $50,000, which is subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of specified conditions.
The Revolving Credit Facility provides that proceeds are to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes, and allows for swing line advances of up to $15,000 and the issuance of letters of credit of up to $40,000.
The availability of credit at any given time under the Revolving Credit Facility is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility could be less than the stated amount of the Revolving Credit Facility (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility.)
The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in substantially all of our personal property, consisting of inventory, accounts receivable, cash, deposit accounts, and other general intangibles, and (b) a second-priority security interest in the collateral that secures the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility on a first-priority basis, as described above (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65%, and assets of non-guarantor subsidiaries and subject to certain other exceptions). Obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company and each of The Container Store, Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries.
81
The Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve ourselves, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the financing agreements contain certain cross-default provisions. We are required to maintain a consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 if excess availability is less than $10,000 at any time. As of April 1, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility and no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) had occurred.
Under the Revolving Credit Facility, provided no event of default has occurred and is continuing, The Container Store, Inc. is permitted to pay dividends to the Company, if after giving effect to such payments, on a pro forma basis, (i) availability under the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds $15,000 or (ii) availability under the Revolving Credit Facility exceeds $12,500 and the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) is not less than 1.10 to 1.0, and pursuant to certain other limited exceptions.
There was $91,830 available under the Revolving Credit Facility as of April 1, 2023, based on the factors described above. Maximum borrowings, including letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility during the period ended April 1, 2023, were $43,170. The Container Store, Inc. had $5,000 of borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of April 1, 2023.
2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities
On March 18, 2019, Elfa refinanced its master credit agreement with Nordea Bank AbpAB, filial i Sverige entered into on April 1, 2014 and the senior secured credit facilities thereunder, and entered into a new master credit agreement with Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Sverige (“Nordea Bank”), which consists of (i) an SEK 110.0 million (approximately $10,632 as of April 1, 2023) revolving credit facility (the “2019 Original Revolving Facility”), (ii) upon Elfa’s request, an additional SEK 115.0 million (approximately $11,115 as of April 1, 2023) revolving credit facility (the “2019 Additional Revolving Facility” and together with the 2019 Original Revolving Facility, the “2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities”), and (iii) an uncommitted term loan facility in the amount of SEK 25.0 million (approximately $2,416 as of April 1, 2023), which is subject to receipt of Nordea Bank’s commitment and satisfaction of specified conditions (the “Incremental Term Facility”, together with the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities, the “2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The term for the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities began on April 1, 2019 and, pursuant to an amendment entered into in April 2023, matures on March 31, 2025. Loans borrowed under the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities bear interest at Nordea Bank’s base rate +1.40%. Any loan borrowed under the Incremental Term Facility would bear interest at Stibor +1.70%.
The 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by the majority of assets of Elfa. The 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict Elfa’s ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional liens, sell or dispose of assets, merge with other companies, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business and make guarantees. In addition, Elfa is required to maintain (i) a Group Equity Ratio (as defined in the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of not less than 32.5% and (ii) a consolidated ratio of net debt to EBITDA (as defined in the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of less than 3.20. As of April 1, 2023, Elfa was in compliance with all covenants under the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities and no Event of Default (as defined in the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) had occurred.
There was $8,209 available under the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities as of April 1, 2023, based on the factors described above. There were $2,423 of borrowings outstanding under the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities as of April 1, 2023.
Deferred financing costs
The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with issuance of various debt instruments. These deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line method, which is materially consistent with the
82
effective interest method, over the terms of the related debt agreements. In fiscal 2020, the Company capitalized $5,579 of fees associated with the Seventh Amendment, which will be amortized through January 31, 2026.
Amortization expense of deferred financing costs was $1,884, $1,883, and $1,870, in fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, respectively. The following is a schedule of amortization expense of deferred financing costs:
closet
5. C Studio Acquisition
On December 30, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the voting equity interest in “Closet Parent Company, Inc”, or “Closet Works” (now C Studio), which designs and manufactures the Company’s premium wood-based custom space product offering.
The acquisition date fair value of the consideration transferred totaled $21,438 of cash (subject to working capital and certain other adjustments as set forth in the purchase agreement for the acquisition). The C Studio acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination in accordance with the requirements of ASC 805. The acquisition price has been allocated among assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value, with the excess recorded as goodwill.
The allocation of consideration to the net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed reflects fair value estimates and analyses using the cost and market approaches. The following table summarizes the provisional measurements of tangible assets, liabilities, goodwill and deferred income tax assets at the acquisition date and purchase accounting entries made subsequent to the acquisition date. During fiscal 2022, we had immaterial true-ups as noted below.
83
The goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition, which is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes, was included in our TCS segment. The goodwill recognized is attributable primarily to expected synergies and the assembled workforce of C Studio. The goodwill for C Studio was included in the annual impairment assessment as of January 1, 2023, conducted in accordance with ASC 350, and the interim assessment as of April 1, 2023 due to identified indicators during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022. In connection with our annual and interim assessments, we determined there was an impairment of TCS segment goodwill and recorded total non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $99,726 and $97,986, as of January 1, 2023 and April 1, 2023, respectively.
Certain assets and liabilities assumed as part of the acquisition, including receivables, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable and accrued liabilities were recorded at their carrying values which were concluded to approximate fair value, as of the date of acquisition, due to the short term nature of these balances. Substantially all the receivables acquired are expected to be collectible.
The following fair value measurements were primarily based on significant inputs that are observable in the market and thus represent a Level 2 measurement as defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement. The fair value of acquired inventory was based upon the estimated selling price of the eventual finished inventories adjusted for expected (1) costs to complete the manufacturing process, (2) costs of selling efforts, and (3) reasonable profit allowance for the remaining manufacturing and selling effort. The acquired value of property and equipment, in line with our accounting policies, was estimated using common industry valuation methods for similar asset types, based primarily on cost inputs. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic utility, was used, as appropriate, for property and equipment. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the property, less an allowance for loss in value due to depreciation. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities were recorded at the discounted value of future obligations in accordance with ASC 842, Leases.
The Company recognized $745 of acquisition-related costs that were expensed as incurred in fiscal 2021. These costs were included in the consolidated statement of operations as selling, general and administrative expenses.
The Company began consolidating C Studio upon completion of the acquisition effective December 30, 2021.
6. Income taxes
Components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
84
Effective income tax rate reconciliation
Differences between the actual provision for income taxes and the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate to income before taxes are as follows:
Deferred taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, are as follows:
The Company has recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon estimates of their realizable value with such estimates based upon likely future tax consequences. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized, the Company records a valuation allowance.
Foreign and domestic tax credits, net of valuation allowances, totaled approximately $472 at April 1, 2023 and approximately $551 at April 2, 2022. The various credits available at April 1, 2023 expire in the 2026 tax year.
85
The Company had deferred tax assets for foreign and state net operating loss carryovers of $1,975 at April 1, 2023, and approximately $2,231 at April 2, 2022. Valuation allowances of $1,975 and $2,051 were recorded against the net operating loss deferred tax assets at April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, respectively.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is currently subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for the year ended March 30, 2019 and forward. With respect to state and local jurisdictions and countries outside of the United States, the Company and subsidiaries are typically subject to examination for three to six years after the income tax returns have been filed.
We operate in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. ASC 740-30 provides that the undistributed earnings of a foreign subsidiary be accounted for as a temporary difference under the presumption that all undistributed earnings will be distributed to the parent company as a dividend. Sufficient evidence of the intent to permanently reinvest the earnings in the jurisdiction where earned precludes a company from recording the temporary difference. For purposes of ASC 740-30, the Company does not consider the earnings subject to the transition tax and GILTI under the Tax Act permanently reinvested. All other earnings are considered permanently reinvested. The Company has elected an accounting policy to recognize GILTI as a period cost when incurred.
7. Employee benefit plans
401(k) Plan
Prior to January 1, 2020, employees of the Company had to complete 11 months of service to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan. Effective January 1, 2020, all domestic employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan immediately upon date of hire. Participants may contribute up to 80% of annual compensation, limited to
annually ( for participants aged 50 years and over). Effective March 22, 2020, the Company temporarily ceased 401(k) matching contributions. Effective September 2021, the Company reinstated 401(k) matching contributions up to 4% of compensation. The amount charged to expense for the Company’s matching contribution was $4,062, $2,083 and $0, for fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, respectively.Non-qualified retirement plan
The Company has a non-qualified retirement plan whereby certain employees can elect to defer a portion of their compensation into retirement savings accounts. Under the plan, there is no requirement that the Company match contributions, although the Company may contribute matching payments at its sole discretion. No matching contributions were made to the plan during any of the periods presented. The Company has established a rabbi trust that serves as an investment to the corresponding non-qualified plan liability. The assets of the rabbi trust are general assets of the Company and primarily consist of mutual funds.
The total fair value of the plan asset recorded in other current assets was $3,743 and $3,747 as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, respectively. The total carrying value of the plan liability recorded in accrued liabilities was $3,754 and $3,763 as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, respectively.
Pension plan
The Company provides pension benefits to the employees of Elfa under collectively bargained pension plans in Sweden, which are recorded in other long-term liabilities. The defined benefit plan provides benefits for participating employees based on years of service and final salary levels at retirement. The defined benefit plans are unfunded and the plan was frozen in fiscal 2021. As such, a curtailment gain of $669 was recorded in the Consolidated statement of income during fiscal 2021. Certain employees also participate in defined contribution plans for which Company contributions are determined as a percentage of participant compensation.
86
The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the defined benefit obligations, a statement of funded status, and the related weighted-average assumptions:
The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for fiscal years 2022, 2021, and 2020:
8. Stock-based compensation
On October 16, 2013, the Board approved the 2013 Incentive Award Plan (“2013 Equity Plan”). The 2013 Equity Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock awards, deferred stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividends equivalents, performance awards, and stock payments.
On September 12, 2017, the Company's shareholders approved The Container Store Group Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Incentive Award Plan (the “Amended and Restated Plan”). The Amended and Restated Plan (i) increased the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under such plan from 3,616,570 shares to 11,116,570 shares; (ii) was intended to allow awards under the Amended and Restated Plan to continue to qualify as tax-deductible performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, subject to anticipated changes resulting from the Tax Act as described below; and (iii) made certain minor technical changes to the terms of the Amended and Restated Plan.
As of April 1, 2023, there are 11,116,570 shares authorized and 5,855,186 shares available for grant under the Amended and Restated Plan. Awards that are surrendered or terminated without issuance of shares are available for future grants.
87
Restricted Stock Awards
The Company periodically grants time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards under the Company’s Amended and Restated Plan to certain Directors and employees. The following table summarizes the Company's restricted stock award grants during fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020.
Number of | |||||||||||||||
Performance- | |||||||||||||||
Number of | Based | ||||||||||||||
Total | Number of | Performance- | Performance- | Awards | |||||||||||
Number of | Time-Based | Time-Based | Based | Based | that Met | ||||||||||
Awards | Grant Date | Awards | Vesting | Awards | Vesting | Performance | |||||||||
Grant Date |
| Granted |
| Fair Value |
| Granted |
| Period |
| Granted |
| Period |
| Condition | |
June 1, 2020 | 1,358,709 | $ | 3.03 | 336,876 | 3 | years | 1,021,833 | (1) | 3 | years | 1,021,833 | ||||
August 26, 2020 | 203,048 | $ | 3.94 | 203,048 | 3 | years | — | N/A | N/A | ||||||
February 1, 2021 | 50,100 | $ | 15.51 | 50,100 | 3 | years | — | N/A | N/A | ||||||
June 1, 2021 | 335,719 | $ | 13.22 | 98,343 | 3 | years | 237,376 | (2) | 3 | years | 237,376 | ||||
September 1, 2021 | 90,040 | $ | 11.55 | 90,040 | 1 | year | — | N/A | N/A | ||||||
March 29, 2022 | 6,408 | $ | 8.67 | 6,408 | 1 | year | — | N/A | N/A | ||||||
June 1, 2022 | 994,681 | $ | 7.56 | 234,062 | 3 | years | 760,619 | (3) | 3 | years | 0 | ||||
August 31, 2022 | 153,392 | $ | 6.78 | 153,392 | 1 | years | — | N/A | N/A |
(1) | These performance-based restricted stock awards vest based on achievement of fiscal 2020 performance targets and are also subject to time-based vesting requirements. |
(2) | These performance-based restricted stock awards vest based on achievement of fiscal 2021 performance targets and are also subject to time-based vesting requirements. |
(3) | These performance-based restricted stock awards vest based on achievement of fiscal 2022 performance targets and are also subject to time-based vesting requirements. |
Stock-based compensation cost related to restricted stock awards was $3,382, $4,262 and $7,470 for fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, respectively. During fiscal 2020, the Company remeasured certain performance-based restricted stock awards at fair value subsequent to the grant date as a result of liability accounting under ASC 718. Unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding restricted stock awards to employees as of April 1, 2023 is expected to be $2,638 (net of estimated forfeitures) to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.
The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted stock awards activity during fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022:
88
Stock Options
The Company periodically grants nonqualified stock options under the Amended and Restated Plan to non-employee directors of the Company. The stock option grants generally vest in equal annual installments over 3 years. The stock option grants are approved by the Board and consist of nonqualified stock options as defined by the IRS for corporate and individual tax reporting purposes. There were no stock option grants in fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021 or fiscal 2020.
In connection with our stock-based compensation plans, the Board considers the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock when setting the stock option exercise price as of the date of each grant. The Board determines the exercise price of stock options based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported on The New York Stock Exchange on the grant date. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date fair value and is recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of operations, on a straight-line basis, over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant). The Company estimates forfeitures for option grants that are not expected to vest. The Company issues new shares of common stock upon stock option exercise.
Stock-based compensation cost related to stock options was $0, $0, and $354, during fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, respectively. As of April 1, 2023, there was zero remaining unrecognized compensation cost (net of estimated forfeitures). The intrinsic value of shares exercised was $155, $415, and $882 during fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, respectively. The fair value of shares vested was $0, $0, and $779, during fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, respectively.
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity during fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020:
9. Shareholders’ equity
Common stock
As of April 1, 2023, the Company had 250,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, with a par value of $0.01, of which 49,181,562 were issued.
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per common share. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemptions or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Common stock is subordinate to any preferred stock outstanding with respect to rights upon liquidation and dissolution of the Company.
89
Preferred stock
As of April 1, 2023, the Company had 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized, with a par value of $0.01, of which no shares were issued or
.Share repurchase program
On August 1, 2022, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a share repurchase program with authorization to purchase up to $30,000 of the Company’s common stock. Repurchases under the program may be made in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, with the amount and timing of repurchases to be determined at the Company’s discretion, depending on market conditions and corporate needs. Open market repurchases will be structured to occur in accordance with applicable federal securities laws, including within the pricing and volume requirements of Rule 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company may also, from time to time, enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans to facilitate repurchases of its shares under this authorization. This program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time at the discretion of its board of directors. The Company expects to fund repurchases with existing cash on hand.
As of April 1, 2023, the Company repurchased 939,967 shares of our common stock at an average price of $5.30 per share, totaling $5,000, under a Rule 10b5-1 plan as part of the share repurchase program. Therefore, an amount of $25,000 remains available to repurchase common stock under the share repurchase program.
10. Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”) consists of changes in our foreign currency hedge contracts, pension liability adjustment, and foreign currency translation. The components of AOCL, net of tax, were as follows for fiscal 2020, 2021 and 2022:
90
The unrecognized net actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022 was $1,117 and $1,909, respectively. Amounts reclassified from AOCL to earnings for the pension liability adjustment category are generally included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. For a description of the Company’s employee benefit plans, refer to Note 7. Amounts reclassified from AOCL to earnings for the foreign currency hedge instruments category are generally included in cost of sales in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. For a description of the Company’s use of foreign currency forward contracts, refer to Note 11.
11. Foreign currency forward contracts
The Company’s international operations and purchases of its significant product lines from foreign suppliers are subject to certain opportunities and risks, including foreign currency fluctuations. In the TCS segment, we utilize foreign currency forward contracts in Swedish krona to stabilize our retail gross margins and to protect our domestic operations from downward currency exposure by hedging purchases of inventory from our wholly owned subsidiary, Elfa. Forward contracts in the TCS segment are designated as cash flow hedges, as defined by ASC 815. In the Elfa segment, we utilize foreign currency forward contracts to hedge purchases, primarily of raw materials, that are transacted in currencies other than Swedish krona, which is the functional currency of Elfa. Forward contracts in the Elfa segment are economic hedges, and are not designated as cash flow hedges as defined by ASC 815.
In fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and fiscal 2020, the TCS segment used forward contracts for 1%, 97%, and 93% of inventory purchases in Swedish krona each year, respectively. Generally, the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts have terms from 1 to 12 months and require the Company to exchange currencies at agreed-upon rates at settlement.
The counterparties to the contracts consist of a limited number of major domestic and international financial institutions. The Company does not hold or enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company records its foreign currency forward contracts on a gross basis and generally does not require collateral from these counterparties because it does not expect any losses from credit exposure.
The Company records all foreign currency forward contracts on its consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The Company accounts for its foreign currency hedge instruments in the TCS segment as cash flow hedges, as defined. Changes in the fair value of the foreign currency hedge instruments that are considered to be effective, as defined, are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item (inventory) is sold to the customer, at which time the deferred gain or loss is recognized through cost of sales. Any portion of a change in the foreign currency hedge instrument’s fair value that is considered to be ineffective, as defined, or that the Company has elected to exclude from its measurement of effectiveness, is immediately recorded in earnings as cost of sales. The Company assessed the effectiveness of the foreign currency hedge instruments and determined the foreign currency hedge instruments were highly effective during the fiscal years ended April 1, 2023, April 2, 2022, and April 3, 2021. Forward contracts not designated as hedges in the Elfa segment are adjusted to fair value as SG&A expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. During fiscal 2022, the Company did not recognize any amounts associated with the change in fair value of forward contracts not designated as hedge instruments.
The Company had zero net impact in AOCL related to foreign currency hedge instruments at April 1, 2023. There was zero net impact for unrealized gain/loss for settled foreign currency hedge instruments related to inventory on hand as of April 1, 2023.
The changes in fair value of the Company’s foreign currency hedge instruments that qualify as cash flow hedges and are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, are presented in Note 10 of these financial statements.
12. Leases
We conduct all of our U.S. operations from leased facilities that include our support center, distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, and 97 store locations. The support center, distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, and
91
stores are leased under operating leases that generally expire over the next 1 to 15 years. We also lease computer hardware under operating leases that generally expire over the next few years. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. The Company also has finance leases at our Elfa segment which are immaterial.
Lease expense on operating leases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, commencing on the date the Company takes possession of the leased property and is recorded in SG&A.
We consider lease payments that cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty upon lease commencement to be variable lease payments, which are recorded as incurred each period and are excluded from our calculation of lease liabilities. Our variable lease payments include lease payments that are based on a percentage of sales.
Upon lease commencement, we recognize the lease liability measured at the present value of the fixed future minimum lease payments. We have elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components. Therefore, lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability include all fixed payments in the lease arrangement. We record a right-of-use asset for an amount equal to the lease liability, increased for any prepaid lease costs and initial direct costs and reduced by any lease incentives. We remeasure the lease liability and right-of-use asset when a change to our future minimum lease payments occurs. Key assumptions and judgments included in the determination of the lease liability include the discount rate applied to present value of the future lease payments and the exercise of renewal options.
Many of our leases contain renewal options. The option periods are generally not included in the lease term used to measure our lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon commencement as exercise of the options is not reasonably certain. We remeasure the lease liability and right-of-use asset when we are reasonably certain to exercise a renewal option.
Discount Rate
Our leases do not provide information about the rate implicit in the lease. Therefore, we utilize an incremental borrowing rate to calculate the present value of our future lease obligations. The incremental borrowing rate represents the rate of interest we would have to pay on a collateralized borrowing, for an amount equal to the lease payments, over a similar term and in a similar economic environment.
The components of lease costs for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022 were as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended | ||||||
April 1, 2023 | April 2, 2022 | |||||
Operating lease costs | $ | 91,009 | $ | 87,791 | ||
Variable lease costs |
| 1,113 |
| 1,676 | ||
Total lease costs | $ | 92,122 | $ | 89,467 |
We do not have sublease income and do not recognize lease assets or liabilities for short-term leases, defined as operating leases with initial terms of less than 12 months. Our short-term lease costs were not material for fiscal 2022.
Weighted average remaining operating lease term and incremental borrowing rate as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022 were as follows:
Fiscal Year Ended | |||||
April 1, 2023 | April 2, 2022 | ||||
Weighted average remaining lease term (years) | 6.5 | 7.1 | |||
Weighted average incremental borrowing rate | 10.5 | % | 11.2 | % |
92
As of April 1, 2023, future minimum lease payments under our operating lease liabilities were as follows:
(1) | Operating lease payments exclude approximately $45,456 of legally binding minimum lease payments for five leases that have been signed but not yet commenced. |
13. Commitments and contingencies
In connection with insurance policies and other contracts, the Company has outstanding standby letters of credit totaling $3,960 as of April 1, 2023.
The Company is subject to ordinary litigation and routine reviews by regulatory bodies that are incidental to its business, none of which is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements on an individual basis or in the aggregate.
14. Fair value measurements
Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is required to a) measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value or b) disclose the fair values of certain assets and liabilities recorded at cost. Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is calculated assuming the transaction occurs in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability and includes consideration of non-performance risk and credit risk of both parties. Accounting standards pertaining to fair value establish a three-tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:
● | Level 1—Valuation inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. |
● | Level 2—Valuation inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. |
● | Level 3—Valuation inputs are unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. |
As of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, the Company held certain items that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These items included the non-qualified retirement plan, which consists of investments
93
purchased by employee contributions to retirement savings accounts. The fair value amount of the non-qualified retirement plan is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient, and therefore, is not classified in the fair value hierarchy. The Company also considers counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk in its determination of all estimated fair values. The Company has consistently applied these valuation techniques in all periods presented and believes it has obtained the most accurate information available for the types of contracts it holds. See Note 5 for non-recurring fair value measurements related to the C Studio acquisition on December 30, 2021.
The following items are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, subject to the disclosure requirements of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, at April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022:
April 1, | April 2, |
| |||||||||
Description |
|
| Balance Sheet Location |
| 2023 |
| 2022 |
| |||
Assets |
| ||||||||||
Nonqualified retirement plan |
| N/A |
| Other current assets | $ | 3,743 | $ | 3,747 | |||
Total assets | $ | 3,743 | $ | 3,747 |
The fair value of long-term debt was estimated using quoted prices as well as recent transactions for similar types of borrowing arrangements (level 2 valuations). As of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, the estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt, including current maturities, was as follows:
15. Segment reporting
The Company’s reportable segments were determined on the same basis as how management evaluates performance internally by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The Company has determined that the Chief Executive Officer is the CODM and the Company’s two reportable segments consist of TCS and Elfa.
The TCS segment includes the Company’s retail stores, website and call center, as well as in-home services. On December 30, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of C Studio, which designs and manufactures the Company’s premium wood-based custom space product offering. We determined that TCS and C Studio have similar economic characteristics and meet the aggregation criteria set forth in ASC 280, Segment Reporting. Therefore, we have combined these two operating segments into the TCS reportable segment. Please refer to Note 5 for additional information regarding the C Studio acquisition.
The Elfa segment includes the manufacturing business that produces the elfa® brand products that are sold domestically exclusively through the TCS segment, as well as on a wholesale basis in approximately 30 countries around the world with a concentration in the Nordic region of Europe. The intersegment sales in the Elfa column represent elfa® product sales to the TCS segment. These sales and the related gross margin on merchandise recorded in TCS inventory balances at the end of the period are eliminated for consolidation purposes in the Eliminations column. The net sales to third parties in the Elfa column represent sales to customers outside of the United States.
The Company has determined that adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) is the profit or loss measure that the CODM uses to make resource allocation decisions and evaluate segment performance. Adjusted EBITDA assists management in comparing our performance on a consistent basis for purposes of business decision-making by removing the impact of certain items that management believes do not directly reflect our core operations and, therefore, are not included in measuring segment performance. Adjusted
94
EBITDA is calculated in accordance with the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility and we define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, certain non-cash items, and other adjustments that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance from period to period.
Fiscal Year Ended April 2, 2022 |
| TCS |
| Elfa |
| Eliminations |
| Total | ||||
Net sales to third parties | $ | 1,023,193 | $ | 70,926 | $ | — | $ | 1,094,119 | ||||
Intersegment sales | — | 60,794 | (60,794) | — | ||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA | 141,217 | 13,114 | 4,678 | 159,009 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 31,061 | 3,228 | — | 34,289 | ||||||||
Interest expense, net | 12,488 | 272 | — | 12,760 | ||||||||
Capital expenditures (1) | 29,746 | 3,643 | — | 33,389 | ||||||||
Goodwill | 221,159 | — | — | 221,159 | ||||||||
Trade names (1) | 187,048 | 37,890 | — | 224,938 | ||||||||
Assets (1) | 1,093,447 | 107,822 | (3,692) | 1,197,577 |
Fiscal Year Ended April 3, 2021 |
| TCS |
| Elfa |
| Eliminations |
| Total | ||||
Net sales to third parties | $ | 923,083 |
| $ | 67,005 |
| $ | — |
| $ | 990,088 | |
Intersegment sales |
| — |
|
| 62,918 |
|
| (62,918) |
|
| — | |
Adjusted EBITDA |
| 126,543 |
|
| 24,865 |
|
| (885) |
|
| 150,523 | |
Depreciation and amortization |
| 31,043 |
|
| 3,688 |
|
| — |
|
| 34,731 | |
Interest expense, net | 16,947 |
| 321 |
| — |
| 17,268 | |||||
Capital expenditures (1) | 15,073 |
|
| 2,103 |
|
| — |
|
| 17,176 | ||
Goodwill | 202,815 |
|
| — |
|
| — |
|
| 202,815 | ||
Trade names (1) | 187,048 |
|
| 40,621 |
|
| — |
|
| 227,669 | ||
Assets (1) | 979,411 |
| 106,408 |
| (7,350) |
| 1,078,469 |
(1) | Tangible assets and trade names in the Elfa column are located outside of the United States. |
95
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to income before taxes is set forth below:
(a) | Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, relocating stores, including marketing expenses, travel and relocation costs. We adjust for these costs to facilitate comparisons of our performance from period to period. |
(b) | Reflects the extent to which our annual GAAP operating lease expense has been above or below our cash operating lease payments. The amount varies depending on the average age of our lease portfolio (weighted for size), as our GAAP operating lease expense on younger leases typically exceeds our cash operating lease payments, while our GAAP operating lease expense on older leases is typically less than our cash operating lease payments. Non-cash lease expense decreased in fiscal 2021 due to renegotiated terms with landlords in fiscal 2020 due to COVID-19 that resulted in deferral of $11,900 of certain cash lease payments, which was repaid as of April 2, 2022. |
(c) | Non-cash goodwill impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(d) | Non-cash charges related to stock-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on volume and vesting timing of awards. We adjust for these charges to facilitate comparisons from period to period. |
(e) | Costs related to the transition of key executives including signing bonus, severance and relocation expenses recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(f) | Loss recorded as a result of the Seventh Amendment made to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility in December 2020, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing operations. |
(g) | Realized foreign exchange transactional gains/losses our management does not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing operations. |
(h) | Employee retention credit related to the CARES Act recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 as selling, general and administrative expense which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
96
(i) | Includes acquisition and legal costs incurred in fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2021 associated with the acquisition of C Studio on December 30, 2021, all of which are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(j) | Elfa severance charges recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(k) | Includes incremental costs attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, which consist of sanitization costs in fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2020, and hazard pay for distribution center employees in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, all of which are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance. |
(l) | Severance and other credits/costs include amounts our management does not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing operations. The fiscal 2020 amounts include costs primarily incurred in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2020 associated with the reduction in workforce as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related temporary store closures in fiscal 2020. |
The following table shows sales by merchandise category as a percentage of total net sales for fiscal 2022, fiscal 2021, and 2020:
(1) | Custom Spaces includes metal-based and wood-based custom space products and in-home installation services and Elfa segment sales to third parties. Starting in fiscal 2022, the closet lifestyle department products sold by the TCS segment are now included in the remaining general merchandise categories versus prior inclusion in Custom Spaces. |
16. Net (loss) income per common share
Basic net (loss) income per common share is computed as net (loss) income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is computed as net (loss) income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period plus common stock equivalents consisting of shares subject to stock-based awards with exercise prices less than or equal to the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the period, to the extent their inclusion would be dilutive. Potential dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted net (loss) income per share if their effect is anti-dilutive.
97
The following is a reconciliation of net (loss) income and the number of shares used in the basic and diluted net (loss) income per common share calculations:
17. Subsequent Events
The term for the 2019 Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities began on April 1, 2019 and, pursuant to an amendment entered into in April 2023, matures on March 31, 2025. Loans borrowed under the 2019 Elfa Revolving Facilities bear interest at Nordea Bank’s base rate +1.40%. Any loan borrowed under the Incremental Term Facility would bear interest at the Stockholm Interbank Offered Rate (Stibor) +1.70%.
On May 22, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 6 (the “Sixth Amendment”). Pursuant to the terms of the Sixth Amendment, the parties agreed to replace the LIBOR-based interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility with a SOFR-based interest rate, subject to adjustment as specified in the Sixth Amendment. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility that were drawn (i) prior to May 22, 2023 accrue interest at LIBOR + 1.25% and (ii) on and after May 22, 2023 accrue interest at Adjusted Term SOFR + 1.25%.
98
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of April 1, 2023.
Changes in Internal Control
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended April 1, 2023 identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in “Internal Control–Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of April 1, 2023, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
This annual report includes an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial reporting.
99
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Container Store Group, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited The Container Store Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 1, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, The Container Store Group, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 1, 2023, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 1, 2023, and the related notes, and our report dated May 26, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
May 26, 2023
100
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
We have adopted a written code of conduct and ethics, which applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer. Our Code of Conduct and Ethics is available on our website www.containerstore.com under the heading “Corporate Governance.” In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or New York Stock Exchange listing rules concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of our Code of Conduct and Ethics. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The information regarding the Company’s executive officers is located at the end of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Information about our Executive Officers”. All other information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Proposal 1—Election of Directors,” and “Committees of the Board”.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Executive and Director Compensation”.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Compensation Plan Information”.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Corporate Governance,” “Committees of the Board” and “Certain Relationships”.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Other Matters”.
101
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
1. Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are included in Part II, Item 8:
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42) | 61 |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 1, 2023 and April 2, 2022 | 64 |
66 | |
67 | |
68 | |
69 | |
70 |
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have not been included either because they are not applicable or because the information is included elsewhere in this Report.
102
3. Exhibits
103
Incorporated by Reference | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exhibit |
| Exhibit Description |
| Form |
| File No. |
| Exhibit |
| Filing |
| Filed/ | |||
10.12 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.11 | 9/30/2013 | |||||||||||
10.13 | 10-K | 001-36161 | 10.13 | 5/28/2014 | |||||||||||
10.14 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.12 | 9/30/2013 | |||||||||||
10.15 | Amendment No. 1 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2013 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.13 | 9/30/2013 | ||||||||||
10.16 | Amendment No. 2 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2015 | 8-K | 001-36161 | 10.1 | 10/09/2015 | ||||||||||
10.17 | Amendment No. 3 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2016 | 10-Q | 001-36161 | 10.6 | 8/10/2016 | ||||||||||
10.18 | 8-K | 001-36161 | 10.2 | 8/21/2017 | |||||||||||
10.19 | Amendment No.5 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2020 | 10-Q | 001-36161 | 10.2 | 2/3/2021 | ||||||||||
10.20*** | Amendment No. 6 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2023 | * | |||||||||||||
10.21 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.14 | 9/30/2013 | |||||||||||
10.22 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.15 | 9/30/2013 |
104
Incorporated by Reference | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exhibit |
| Exhibit Description |
| Form |
| File No. |
| Exhibit |
| Filing |
| Filed/ | |||
10.23 | 8-K | 001-36161 | 10.1 | 11/27/2013 | |||||||||||
10.24 | Amendment No. 3 to Term Facility Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2016 | 10-Q | 001-36161 | 10.5 | 8/10/2016 | ||||||||||
10.25 | 8-K | 001-36161 | 10.1 | 8/21/2017 | |||||||||||
10.26 | 8-K | 001-36161 | 10.1 | 9/17/2018 | |||||||||||
10.27 | 10-K | 001-36161 | 10.24 | 5/30/2019 | |||||||||||
10.28 | 10-Q | 001-36161 | 10.1 | 2/3/2021 | |||||||||||
10.29 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.9 | 9/30/2013 | |||||||||||
10.30 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.10 | 9/30/2013 |
105
Incorporated by Reference | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exhibit |
| Exhibit Description |
| Form |
| File No. |
| Exhibit |
| Filing |
| Filed/ | |||
10.31† | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.17 | 9/30/2013 | |||||||||||
10.32 | S-1 | 333-191465 | 10.18 | 9/30/2013 | |||||||||||
10.33 | 10-K | 001-36161 | 10.33 | 5/30/2019 | |||||||||||
10.34† | * | ||||||||||||||
10.35† | 10-Q | 001-36161 | 10.1 | 8/04/2021 | |||||||||||
10.36† | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement and Grant Notice (time-vesting) | 10-Q | 001-36161 | 10.7 | 8/10/2016 | ||||||||||
10.37† | Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement and Grant Notice (performance-vesting) | 10-K | 001-36161 | 10.31 | 6/17/2020 | ||||||||||
21.1 | * | ||||||||||||||
23.1 | * | ||||||||||||||
31.1 | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) | * | |||||||||||||
31.2 | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) | * | |||||||||||||
32.1 | Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 | ** | |||||||||||||
32.2 | Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 | ** | |||||||||||||
101.INS | Inline XBRL Instance Document | * | |||||||||||||
101.SCH | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | * | |||||||||||||
101.CAL | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document | * | |||||||||||||
101.DEF | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | * | |||||||||||||
101.LAB | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document | * | |||||||||||||
101.PRE | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation | * |
106
Incorporated by Reference | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exhibit |
| Exhibit Description |
| Form |
| File No. |
| Exhibit |
| Filing |
| Filed/ | |||
104 | Cover Page Interactive Data File – the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline Instance XBRL Document | ||||||||||||||
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
*** Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant will furnish copies of any such schedules and exhibits to the SEC upon request.
† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
None.
107
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
The Container Store Group, Inc. (Registrant) | |
/s/ JEFFREY A. MILLER | |
Jeffrey A. Miller | |
Date: May 26, 2023 | Chief Financial Officer (duly authorized officer and Principal Financial Officer) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
| Title |
| Date |
/s/ SATISH MALHOTRA | President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer), Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
Satish Malhotra | ||||
/s/ JEFFREY A. MILLER | Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) | May 26, 2023 | ||
Jeffrey A. Miller | ||||
/s/ KRISTIN SCHWERTNER | Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer) | May 26, 2023 | ||
Kristin Schwertner | ||||
/s/ ROBERT E. JORDAN | Chairman of the Board | May 26, 2023 | ||
Robert E. Jordan | ||||
/s/ J. KRISTOFER GALASHAN | Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
J. Kristofer Galashan | ||||
/s/ LISA KLINGER | Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
Lisa Klinger | ||||
/s/ANTHONY LADAY | Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
Anthony Laday | ||||
/s/ NICOLE OTTO | Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
Nicole Otto | ||||
/s/ JONATHAN SOKOLOFF | Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
Jonathan Sokoloff | ||||
/s/ CARYL STERN | Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
Caryl Stern | ||||
/s/ WENDI STURGIS | Director | May 26, 2023 | ||
Wendi Sturgis |
108
Employment Agreement
This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of October 30, 2022 and effective as of November 14, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Stacey Shively (the “Executive”) and The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and any of its subsidiaries and affiliates as may employ the Executive from time to time (collectively, and together with any successor thereto, the “Company”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure itself of the services of the Executive by engaging the Executive to perform services on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the Executive desires to provide services to the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
The Container Store Group, Inc.
500 Freeport Parkway
Coppell, TX 75019
ATTN: General Counsel, Chief Human Resource Officer
15
(b)If to the Executive, to the address set forth in the Company’s records or at any other address as any party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other party.
16
17
18
[Signature Pages Follow]
19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.
By: /s/ Satish Malhotra
Name: Satish Malhotra
Title: Chief Executive Officer
[Employment Agreement with Stacey Shively]
EXECUTIVE
By: /s/ Stacey Shively
Stacey Shively
[Employment Agreement with Stacey Shively]
EXHIBIT A
Form of Release Agreement
Stacey Shively (the “Executive”) agrees for the Executive, the Executive’s spouse and child or children (if any), the Executive’s heirs, beneficiaries, devisees, executors, administrators, attorneys, personal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby forever to release, discharge, and covenant not to sue The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company’s past, present, or future parent, affiliated, related, and/or subsidiary entities, and all of their past and present directors, shareholders, officers, general or limited partners, employees, agents, and attorneys, and agents and representatives of such entities, and employee benefit plans in which the Executive is or has been a participant by virtue of the Executive’s employment with the Company, from any and all claims, debts, demands, accounts, judgments, rights, causes of action, equitable relief, damages, costs, charges, complaints, obligations, promises, agreements, controversies, suits, expenses, compensation, responsibility and liability of every kind and character whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees and costs), whether in law or equity, known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, suspected or unsuspected, which the Executive has or may have had against such entities based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date this release (the “Release”) is executed, arising directly or indirectly out of, relating to, or in any other way involving in any manner whatsoever, (a) the Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination thereof or (b) the Executive’s status as a holder of any securities of the Company based on any events or circumstances arising or occurring on or prior to the date this Release is executed, and any and all claims based on, relating to, or arising under federal, state, or local laws, including without limitation claims of discrimination, harassment, retaliation, wrongful discharge, breach of express or implied contract, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, liability in tort, or for violation of public policy, claims of any kind that may be brought in any court or administrative agency, any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act, the Texas Anti-Retaliation Act, the Texas Labor Code, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and similar state or local statutes, ordinances, and regulations; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, that this general release shall not extend to (i) benefit claims under employee pension benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant by virtue of the Executive’s employment with the Company or to benefit claims under employee welfare benefit plans (e.g., claims for medical care, death, or onset of disability), (ii) accrued and vested benefits under applicable employee benefit plans, or the Executive’s right to continue or convert coverage under certain employee benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of those plans and applicable law; (iii) any obligation under this Release, or under that Employment Agreement entered into on and effective as of [ ], 2022, by and between the Company and the Executive, assumed by any party thereto; and (iv) reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to, otherwise communicating with or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, or providing documents and other information, without notice to the Company, to, any federal, state or local governmental authority, including in accordance with the provisions of and rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Exchange Act or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as each may have been amended
from time to time, or any other whistleblower protection provisions of state or federal law or regulation. Pursuant to 18 USC Section 1833(b), the Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made: (x) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (y) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.
The Executive understands that this Release includes a release of claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA). The Executive understands and warrants that he has been given a period of twenty-one (21) days to review and consider this Release and such period shall not be affected or extended by any changes, whether material or immaterial, that might be made to this Release. The Executive is hereby advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing the Release. By the Executive’s signature below, the Executive warrants that he has had the opportunity to do so and to be fully and fairly advised by that legal counsel as to the terms of this Release. The Executive further warrants that he understands that he may use as much or all of his twenty-one (21)-day period as he wishes before signing, and warrants that he has done so.
The Executive further warrants that he understands that he has seven (7) days after signing this Release to revoke the Release by notice in writing to _____________________________________________________________________________. This Release shall be binding, effective, and enforceable upon both parties upon the expiration of this seven (7)-day revocation period without _____________ having received such revocation, but not before such time.
* * * * *
The Executive acknowledges and agrees that this Release is a legally binding document and the Executive’s signature will commit the Executive to its terms. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Release and that the Executive voluntarily enters into this Release by signing below. Upon execution, the Executive agrees to deliver a signed copy of this Release to .
____________________________________
Stacey Shively
Date: _______________________________
Exhibit 10.20
Execution Version
AMENDMENT NO. 6, dated as of May 22, 2023 (this “Amendment”), by and among THE CONTAINER STORE, INC., a Texas corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors party hereto, the Lenders party hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and Collateral Agent, and the other parties hereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Amended Credit Agreement (as defined below).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Borrower is party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other parties thereto;
WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, Section 11.01 of the Credit Agreement provides that the relevant Loan Parties and the Lenders may amend the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents for certain purposes;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
Section 1. Amendments to Credit Agreement. In reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Amendment, but subject to the satisfaction of each condition precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date (as defined below) in the manner provided in this Section 1.
(a)The Credit Agreement (other than the signature pages, Exhibits and Schedules thereto, except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) below) is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Annex A hereto (the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, the “Amended Credit Agreement”);
(b)Exhibit A-1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit A-1 attached hereto as Exhibit A-1;
(c)Exhibit A-2 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit A-2 attached hereto as Exhibit A-2; and
(d)Schedule 11.02 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with Schedule 11.02 attached hereto as Schedule 11.02.
Section 2. Representations and Warranties, No Default. In order to induce each Lender to enter into this Amendment and to amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to each Lender that:
(a)After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the representations and warranties of each Loan Party in the Amended Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that any such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date; and
(b)At the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Amended Credit Agreement.
Section 3. Effectiveness. Section 1 of this Amendment shall become effective on the date (such date, if any, the “Amendment No. 6 Effective Date”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:
(a)Counterparts. The Administrative Agent shall have received executed signature pages hereto from the Borrower, the Guarantors and each Lender; and
(b)Other Fees and Expenses. The Borrower shall have paid, to the extent invoiced prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (including the reasonable fees and expenses of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel to the Administrative Agent).
Section 4. Existing LIBO Rate Loans. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Amendment or the Amended Credit Agreement, the current LIBO Rate on each LIBO Rate Loan outstanding on the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date (as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto) (each, an “Existing LIBO Rate Loan”) shall continue to represent the LIBO Rate for such Loan until the date the Interest Period (as defined in the Credit Agreement prior to giving effect to this Amendment) for such Loan expires in accordance with its terms (as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto) or, if earlier, as of the date of any acceleration or prepayment of such Loan (the earlier of such dates, the “LIBO Rate Expiration Date”). Upon the LIBO Rate Expiration Date for each Existing LIBO Rate Loan, such Loan shall cease to bear interest at a rate that is based upon the LIBO Rate and each such Loan shall be converted or repaid, as applicable, in accordance with the Amended Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) other than the Existing LIBO Rate Loans, no Loan or Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate that is based upon the LIBO Rate, (b) from the date hereof until the applicable LIBO Rate Expiration Date, each Existing LIBO Rate Loan shall bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of (i) the LIBO Rate for such Loan set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto plus (ii) the Applicable Margin (as defined and in effect immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment) for such Loan set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto, (c) from and after the date hereof, no Loan or Borrowing may be made, renewed, extended or continued as a LIBO Rate Borrowing or LIBO Rate Loan, (d) all
2
terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement (as in effect immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment) that relate to LIBO Rate Borrowings or LIBO Rate Loans (including, in each case, provisions relating to breakage costs) shall continue to apply to the Existing LIBO Rate Loans, and (e) unless otherwise indicated or defined in this Amendment, each capitalized term in this Section 4 shall have the meaning ascribed such term in the Credit Agreement (prior to giving effect to this Amendment).
Section 5. Parties in Interest. All of the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
Section 6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by fax or other electronic transmission (e.g., “.pdf”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include, without limitation, use or acceptance of a manually signed paper counterpart to this Amendment which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format), or an electronically signed counterpart to this Amendment converted into another format, for transmission, delivery and/or retention.
Section 7. COMPLETE AGREEMENT. THIS AMENDMENT, THE AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES REGARDING THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.
Section 8. Review and Construction of Documents. This Amendment has been negotiated at arms-length and in good faith by the parties hereto. Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges, and represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, that (a) such Loan Party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Amendment with its legal counsel, (b) such Loan Party has reviewed this Amendment and fully understands the effects thereof and all terms and provisions contained herein, (c) such Loan Party has executed this Amendment of its own free will and volition, and (d) this Amendment shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Loan Parties and the Lenders. The recitals contained in this Amendment shall be construed to be part of the operative terms and provisions of this Amendment.
Section 9. Interpretation. Wherever the context hereof shall so require, the singular shall include the plural, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and the neuter and vice versa.
Section 10. Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Amendment shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof,
3
and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
Section 11. Applicable Law. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 12. Headings. Section and Subsection headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.
Section 13. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly set forth herein, (i) this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent, in each case under the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Amended Credit Agreement or any other provision of either such agreement or any other Loan Document. Each and every term, condition, obligation, covenant and agreement contained in the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document is hereby ratified and re-affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Each Loan Party reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is party and the validity of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for purposes of the Amended Credit Agreement and from and after the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, all references to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document and all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Each of the Loan Parties hereby (i) consents to this Amendment, (ii) confirms that all obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and (iii) agrees that all security interests granted by it pursuant to any Loan Document shall secure the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
Section 14. Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that Section 11.14 of the Amended Credit Agreement is incorporated herein mutatis mutandis.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
THE CONTAINER STORE, INC., as Borrower
By:/s/ Satish Malhotra
Name: Satish Malhotra
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.,
as a Guarantor
By:/s/ Satish Malhotra
Name: Satish Malhotra
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
TCS GIFT CARD SERVICES, LLC,
as a Guarantor
By:/s/ Satish Malhotra
Name: Satish Malhotra
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
C STUDIO MANUFACTURING INC,
as a Guarantor
By:/s/ Satish Malhotra
Name: Satish Malhotra
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
C STUDIO MANUFACTURING LLC,
as a Guarantor
By:/s/ Satish Malhotra
Name: Satish Malhotra
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:/s/ Ryan Viaclovsky
Name: Ryan Viaclovsky
Title: Authorized Officer
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:/s/ Tamar Scoville
Name: Tamar Scoville
Title: Vice President
ANNEX A
[Attached]
Annex A
ANNEX A
to
AMENDMENT NO. 56 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Execution Version
CREDIT AGREEMENT
$100,000,000
Dated as of April 6, 2012 among
THE CONTAINER STORE, INC.,
as Borrower,
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Syndication Agent, and
THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. and
WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,
as Joint Bookrunning Managers
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.071.08 Senior Debt 5859
1.081.09 Available Amount Transactions 5859
1.091.10 Pro Forma Calculations 5859
1.101.11 Interest Rates; LIBORBenchmark Notifications. 5960
1.121.13 Letters of Credit. 6061
2.02Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans 6162
2.06Termination or Reduction of Commitments 7980
2.07Repayment of Loans 8081
2.08Interest 8081
2.11Evidence of Debt 8283
2.14Settlement Amongst Lenders 8586
2.15Incremental Commitments 8687
2.16Extension Offers 8788
ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY 9091
3.01Taxes 9091
3.03Base Rate; Inability to Determine Rates 94
3.43.03Increased Costs 9697
i
3.05Compensation for Losses3.04Break Funding Payments 98
3.063.05 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders99
3.073.06 Survival99
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS99
4.01Conditions of Initial Credit Extension99
4.02Conditions to All Credit Extensions102
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES102
5.01Existence, Qualification and Power 102103
5.02Authorization; No Contravention 102103
5.03Governmental Authorization; Other Consents103
5.04Binding Effect103
5.05Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect 103104
5.06Litigation104
5.07[reserved]104
5.08Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments104
5.09Environmental Matters105
5.10Insurance105106
5.11Taxes106
5.12ERISA Compliance106
5.13Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties107
5.14Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act107
5.15Disclosure107108
5.16Compliance with Laws108
5.17Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc108
5.18Solvency108
5.19Casualty, Etc108
5.20Labor Matters 108109
5.21Collateral Documents109
5.22USA PATRIOT Act109
5.23Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions 109110
5.24Affected Financial Institutions 109110
5.25Plan Assets110
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS110
6.01Financial Statements and Other Information110
6.02Certificates; Other Information 111112
6.03Notices 114115
6.04Payment of Obligations115
6.05Preservation of Existence, Etc. 115116
6.06Maintenance of Properties116
6.07Maintenance of Insurance116
6.08Compliance with Laws 117118
6.09Books and Records 117118
ii
6.11Use of Proceeds 118119
6.12Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security 118119
6.13Cash Management 120121
6.16Lenders Meetings 122123
6.17Designation as Senior Debt 122123
ARTICLE VII NEGATIVE COVENANTS 123124
7.01Liens 123124
7.03Investments 127128
7.06Restricted Payments 133134
7.08Transactions with Affiliates 135136
7.10Amendments of Material Indebtedness 137138
7.14Deposit Accounts 138139
9.09Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim 147148
iii
9.16Relation Among Lenders 150151
9.17Certain ERISA Matters. 150151
ARTICLE X CONTINUING GUARANTY 152153
10.01Guaranty152153
10.02Rights of Lenders 153154
10.03Certain Waivers 153154
10.04Obligations Independent 153155
10.05Subrogation 153155
10.06Termination; Reinstatement 154155
10.07Subordination 154155
10.08Stay of Acceleration 154156
10.09Condition of Borrower 154156
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS 155156
11.01Amendments, Etc. 155156
11.02Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications 157158
11.03No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies 159161
11.04Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver 159161
11.05Payments Set Aside 161163
11.06Successors and Assigns 162163
11.07Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality 166167
11.08Right of Setoff 167168
11.09Interest Rate Limitation 167169
11.10Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness 168169
11.11Survival of Representations and Warranties 169170
11.12Severability 169170
11.13Replacement of Lenders 169171
11.14Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc. 170171
11.15WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 171172
11.16No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility 171173
11.17USA PATRIOT Act Notice 172173
11.18No Strict Construction 172173
11.19Attachments 172173
11.20Intercreditor Agreement 172174
11.21Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions 173174
11.22Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs 173174
iv
SCHEDULES
2.01Commitments and Applicable Percentages 2.03(m)Existing Letters of Credit
5.01Organization Information
5.08(c)Owned Real Estate 5.08(d)(i)Leased Real Estate (Lessee) 5.08(d)(ii)Leased Real Estate (Lessor) 5.08(e)Existing Investments
5.10Insurance
5.13Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
5.17Intellectual Property Rights
6.12 | Guarantors |
6.13 | Credit Card Arrangements |
7.01(b)Existing Liens
7.02Existing Indebtedness
7.09Burdensome Agreements
11.02Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
Form of
A-1 | Committed Loan Notice |
A-2 | Conversion/Continuation Notice |
B | Swing Line Loan Notice |
C | Intercreditor Agreement |
D | Compliance Certificate |
E | Form of Note |
F | Assignment and Assumption |
H-1 | Perfection Certificate |
H-2 | Perfection Certificate Supplement |
I | Borrowing Base Certificate |
J | Credit Card Notification |
K | Blocked Account Agreement |
L | Collateral Access Agreement |
M-1 | U.S. Tax Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes |
M-2 | U.S. Tax Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes |
M-3 | U.S. Tax Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes |
M-4 | U.S. Tax Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. |
Federal Income Tax Purposes
v
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of April 6, 2012, among THE CONTAINER STORE, INC., a Texas corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors party hereto, each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (“JPMCB”), as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. and WELLS FARGO CAPITAL
FINANCE, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agent.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), and the Borrower have requested that the Lenders establish a $100.0 million revolving credit facility with the Borrower to provide ongoing working capital and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Accounts” means “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also means a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, (c) for a policy of insurance issued or to be issued, (d) for a secondary obligation incurred or to be incurred, or (e) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card.
“ACH” means automated clearing house transfers.
“Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR” means an interest rate per annum equal to (a) Daily Simple SOFR, plus (b) 0.10%; provided that if Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.
“Adjusted Term SOFR Rate” means, for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Term SOFR Rate for such Interest Period, plus (b) 0.10%; provided that if the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.
1
“Administrative Agent” means JPMCB in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent as provided in Section 9.06.
“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
“Agent Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(c).
“Agents” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent. “Aggregate Commitments” means, at any time, the sum of the Commitments of all the
Lenders at such time. As of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitments
are $100.0 million.
“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Amendment No. 1” means Amendment No 1 to this Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders party thereto.
“Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1. “Amendment No. 2” means Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement, dated as of October 8,
2015, by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent and the Lenders party thereto.
“Amendment No. 2 Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 2. “Amendment No. 5” means Amendment No. 5 to this Agreement, dated as of November
[ ]25, 2020, by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders party thereto.
“Amendment No. 5 Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Amendment No 5.
2
“Amendment No. 6” means Amendment No. 6 to this Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2023, by and among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders party thereto.
“Amendment No. 6 Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Amendment No 6. “Ancillary Document” has the meaning specified in Section 11.10(b).
“Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
“Applicable Margin” means, with respect to any LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan (if applicable) from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 1.25% and, with respect to any Base Rate Loan from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, 0.25%.
“Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the percentage (carried out to the fourth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of any L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Section 2.03(n) when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” as used in such Section 2.03(n) with respect to any non-Defaulting Lender shall mean the percentage of the Aggregate Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitments) represented by such non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment.
“Appraised Value Percentage” means the net appraised recovery value of the Borrower’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ Inventory as set forth in the Borrower’s accounting ledger (expressed as a percentage of the cost of such Inventory) as reasonably determined from time to time by reference to the most recent appraisal received by the Administrative Agent conducted by an independent appraiser reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender,
(b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Arrangers” means JPMCB and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunning managers.
“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
3
“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)(iii)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit F or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease Obligations of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capital Lease Obligation and (c) all Synthetic Debt of such Person.
“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited Consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the 2008, 2009 and 2010 Fiscal Years for Holdings ended February 28, 2009, February 27, 2010 and February 26, 2011 (including its Consolidated Subsidiaries) (in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP).
“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of any L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
“Availability Reserves” means, without duplication of any other Reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, an amount, if any, established in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, equal to the sum of (a) the amount of all sales taxes that have been collected by the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors and not remitted to any state taxing authority when due, (b) an amount equal to two (2) months’ gross rent for each leased Store or distribution center of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors located in a Landlord Lien State (consistent with the Administrative Agent’s usual practices) other than those Stores and distribution centers with respect to which the Collateral Agent has received a Collateral Access Agreement, (c) 50% of Customer Credit Liabilities, (d) an amount based on rent which is past due for more than ten days for any of the Borrower’s or Subsidiary Guarantors’ leased locations, with the exception of past due rent that is the subject of a Permitted Protest as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, (e) such other reserves established in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion relating to obligations of the Loan Parties in respect of Bank Products (including Swap Contracts) and Cash Management Services, (f) such other reserves established in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion which are reasonably required pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, reserves implemented in connection with Permitted Liens, Permitted Encumbrances, and Permitted Indebtedness, but in the case of each of the foregoing, only to the extent such Liens, encumbrances and Indebtedness relate or in any way affect the Borrowing Base, and (g) reserves implemented in order to protect the Credit Parties from any Liens, encumbrances or claims that
4
could, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, take priority over the Liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral.
“Availability Triggering Event” means either (a) the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, or
(b) the occurrence of (i) an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(g), (ii) an Event of Default arising from a failure to make any delivery required by Section 6.02(c) and the failure has continued for 10 days after such delivery is required to be made or (iii) to the extent arising due to an event under the Term Facility, an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f)(i)(A).
“Available Amount” means, at any time, (a) Excess Cash Flow generated in each Fiscal Year of Holdings beginning with the Fiscal Year ending February 23, 2013, to the extent the financial statements for each such Fiscal Year shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), plus (b) net cash proceeds received by Holdings from the issuance after the Closing Date by Holdings of Equity Interests in Holdings (other than (i) proceeds from Specified Equity Contributions, (ii) proceeds from the issuance of Equity Interests in Holdings that were used finance substantially concurrent Investments pursuant to Section 7.03(k), and (iii) proceeds from issuances of Disqualified Equity Interests in Holdings), plus (c) to the extent the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has made any Investment pursuant to Section 7.03(l), the net amount of any return on such Investment (whether through dividends, distributions, sale, cash repayments of principal, or other disposition of such Investment) actually received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary from such Investment, minus (d) any prepayments out of such Excess Cash Flow (or any similar term under the Term Facility) so generated that are or shall be required to be made under the Term Facility in respect of such Excess Cash Flow (or any similar term under the Term Facility), minus (e) the aggregate amount of (x) Investments made pursuant to Section 7.03(m), (y) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(e), and (z) repayments of Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 7.12(b) prior to such time.
“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark (or component thereof) or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark (or component thereof), as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period for any term rate or otherwise, for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to clause (e) of Section 3.03(f)3.02.
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other
5
financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
“Bank Products” means any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by any Agent, Lender, Former Lender or any Affiliate of an Agent, Lender or Former Lender (but excluding Cash Management Services) on account of (a) Swap Contracts, (b) purchase cards, and (c) merchant services constituting a line of credit.
“Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the LIBOAdjusted Term SOFR Rate for a one month Interest Period onas published two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such day (or if such day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the immediately preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day) plus 1%,; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the LIBOpurpose of this definition, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate for any day shall be based on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page)Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. London5:00 a.m. Chicago time on such day (without any roundingor any amended publication time for the Term SOFR Reference Rate, as specified by the CME Term SOFR Administrator in the Term SOFR Reference Rate methodology). Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the LIBOAdjusted Term SOFR Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the LIBOAdjusted Term SOFR Rate, respectively. If the Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 3.02 or Section 3.03 (for the avoidance of doubt, only until the Benchmark Replacement has been determined pursuant to Section 3.033.02(b)), then the Base Rate shall be the greater of clauseclauses (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Base Rate as determined pursuant to the foregoing would be less than 1.00%, such rate shall be deemed to be 1.00% for purposes of this Agreement.
“Base Rate Committed Loan” means a Committed Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.
“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
“Benchmark” means, initially, LIBOthe Term SOFR Rate; provided that if a Benchmark
Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its and the related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to LIBOthe Term SOFR Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 3.03clause (b) orof Section 3.03(c)3.02.
“Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:
(a)the sum of: (i) Term SOFR and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;
6
(ba) the sum of: (i)Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; or
(cb) the sum of: (i) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (A) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (B) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time in the United States and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;.
provided that, in the case of clause (a), such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided further that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event, and the delivery of a Term SOFR Notice, on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date, the “Benchmark Replacement” shall revert to and shall be deemed to be the sum of (x) Term SOFR and (y) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment, as set forth in clause (a) of this definition (subject to the first proviso above).
If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a), or (b) or (c) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement:
, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by (a) for purposes of clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement”, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent:
(i)the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for the applicable Corresponding Tenor;
(ii)the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that would apply to the fallback rate for a derivative transaction referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon an index cessation event with respect to such Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor; and
7
(b)for purposes of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement”, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by thethe Administrative Agent and the Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and/or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities; at such time.
provided that, in the case of clause (a) above, such adjustment is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such Benchmark Replacement Adjustment from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement and/or any Term Benchmark Loan, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate”, the definition of “Business Day”, the definition of “U.S. Government Securities Business Day”, the definition of “Interest Period”, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides in its reasonable discretion may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
“Benchmark Replacement Date” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to thesuch then-current Benchmark:
(a)in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or
(b)in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the first date of the publicon which all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) have been determined and announced by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be no longer representative; provided, that such non-representativeness will be determined by
8
reference to the most recent statement or publication of information referenced therein; in such clause (c) and even if any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) continues to be provided on such date.
(c)in the case of a Term SOFR Transition Event, the date that is thirty (30) days after the date a Term SOFR Notice is provided to the Lenders and the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.03(c); or
(d)in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.
For the avoidance of doubt, (Ai) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (Bii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (a) or (b) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Transition Event” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to thesuch then-current Benchmark:
(a)a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
(b)a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the FRB, the NYFRB, the CME Term SOFR Administrator, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), in each case, which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely,; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or
9
(c)a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer, or as of a specified future date will no longer be, representative.
For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the period (if any) (ax) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (a) or
(b) of thethat definition thereof has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced thesuch then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 3.033.02 and (by) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced thesuch then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 3.033.02.
“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership or control as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
“Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, and (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.
“BHC Act Affiliate” means, as to any Person, an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such Person.
“Blocked Account” has the meaning provided in Section 6.13(a)(ii).
“Blocked Account Agreement” has the meaning provided in Section 6.13(a)(ii). “Blocked Account Bank” means each bank with whom deposit accounts are maintained
in which any funds of any of the Loan Parties from one or more DDAs are concentrated, and, in each case, with whom a Blocked Account Agreement has been, or is required to be, executed in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto. “Borrower Materials” has the meaning provided in Section 6.02.
“Borrowing” means a Committed Borrowing (including the borrowing of an Extended Loan) or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.
10
“Borrowing Base” means, at any time of calculation, an amount equal to:
(a) | the Credit Card Receivables Component; plus |
(b) | the Inventory Component; minus |
(c) | the then amount of all Availability Reserves. |
“Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning provided in Section 6.02(c).
“Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday, or a Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any LIBO Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market.) on which banks are open for business in New York City; provided that, in addition to the foregoing, a Business Day shall be (a) in relation to RFR Loans and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such RFR Loan, or any other dealings of such RFR Loan and (b) in relation to Loans referencing the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such Loans referencing the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate or any other dealings of such Loans referencing the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, any such day that is only a U.S. Government Securities Business Day.
“Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to any Person for any period, any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or capital asset (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations) which is, or should be in accordance with GAAP, reflected as a “capital expenditure” in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of such Person for the period in which such expenditure occurs, provided that “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (a) any such expenditures which are contractually required to be, and are, reimbursed to the Loan Parties in cash by landlords with respect to such period of calculation, (b) any such expenditure with the proceeds from any casualty insurance or condemnation or eminent domain, to the extent that the proceeds therefrom are utilized for Capital Expenditures within twelve months of the receipt of such proceeds, (c) any such expenditure with the proceeds or consideration received from any trade in of any Loan Party’s assets, or (d) any such expenditures which constitute a Permitted Acquisition.
“Capital Lease Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date.
“Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
“Cash Dominion Event” means the occurrence of any Availability Triggering Event. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed
11
continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option (a) so long as the Event of Default giving rise to the Availability Triggering Event is continuing, and/or (b) if the Cash Dominion Event arises as a result of the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, until Excess Availability has exceeded $10.0 million for 30 consecutive days, in which case a Cash Dominion Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement.
“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by Holdings, the Borrower, or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries:
(a)readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;
(b)time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender that offers such deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances in the ordinary course of such Lender’s business or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System,
(ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1.0 billion, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
(c)commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
(d)Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of Holdings, the Borrower, or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition; and
(e)in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (d) customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.
“Cash Management Services” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by any Agent, Lender, Former Lender or any Affiliate of an Agent, Lender or Former Lender: (a) ACH transactions, (b) cash management services,
12
including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit or debit cards, and (e) merchant services not constituting a Bank Product.
“CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.
“CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
“CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the
Code.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the
following: (a) the adoption of or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty,; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (c) the making or issuance ofcompliance by any Lender or L/C Issuer (or, for purposes of Section 3.03(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) byof any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or, issued or implemented.
“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:
(a)any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or its subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan that in each case is not acting in concert with another Person) other than the Sponsor, Affiliates of the Sponsor (other than any portfolio company thereof) and the Management Stockholders (collectively, the “Permitted Holders”) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of the greater of (x) 35% or more of the equity securities of Holdings entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Holdings on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) and (y) a percentage that is greater than the percentage of
13
the equity securities of Holdings entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Holdings that is then beneficially owned by the Permitted Holders; or
(b)Holdings shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own and control legally and beneficially all of the Equity Interests in the Borrower; or
(c)a “change of control” or any comparable term under, and as defined in, the Term Loan Documents or any other instrument, document or agreement governing Material Indebtedness shall have occurred, in any case that gives the holders thereof the right to require Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, offer to repurchase or immediately repay such Indebtedness.
“Class” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Existing Loans, Extended Loans (of the same Extension Series) or Swing Line Loans, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is an Existing Commitment, an Extended Commitment (of each Extension Series) or a Swing Line Commitment and when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a single class.
“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01.
“CME Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited as administrator of the forward-looking term SOFR (or a successor administrator).
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” and “Mortgaged Property” or “Trust Property”, as applicable, referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties.
“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit
L.
“Collateral Agent” means JPMCB in its capacity as collateral agent under any of the
Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent as provided in Section 9.06.
“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Swedish Pledge Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Blocked Account Agreements, the Intercreditor Agreement, each of the Mortgages, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, control agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to Sections 6.12, and 6.13, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties.
14
“Commercial Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or services by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor.
“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations,
(c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans and (d) if such Lender is an Extending Lender, make Extended Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Commitment” or in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2.15. Unless the context shall otherwise requires, the term “Commitment” shall include any Incremental Loan Commitment and Extended Commitment of such Lender.
“Commitment Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a).
“Committed Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the same Type and, in the case of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.
“Committed Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01, and shall include each Extended Loan made in extension thereof in accordance with Section 2.16.
“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of a Committed Borrowing, which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D. “Concentration Account” has the meaning provided in Section 6.13(b).
“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Measurement Period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating
15
Consolidated Net Income for such Measurement Period: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges,
(ii) the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) non-cash stock compensation paid to officers, directors, employees or consultants during such Measurement Period, (v) all non-cash losses from Dispositions during such Measurement Period, other than Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (vi) Transaction Expenses, (vii) expenses incurred in connection with the prepayment, amendment, or refinancing of Indebtedness during such Measurement Period, (viii) non-cash expenses related to LIFO/LCM reserves and non-cash rent, (ix) any non-cash purchase accounting adjustments made in connection with any acquisition permitted by this Agreement,
(x) Management Fees for such Measurement Period, (xi) expenses incurred during such Measurement Period in connection with closed stores, store closings and store relocations in an amount not to exceed $8.0 million in the aggregate in such Measurement Period, (xii) all transactional costs, expenses and charges payable to non-Affiliated third parties and made at the time of, and in connection with, any acquisition (whether or not consummated) in an amount not to exceed $8.0 million in the aggregate during such Measurement Period, (xiii) any expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including with respect to Indebtedness, a refinancing thereof, whether or not successful), in each case permitted to be incurred or made hereunder and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions, including such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transaction, (xiv) non-cash losses (minus any non-cash gains) with respect to Swap Contracts during such Measurement Period, (xv) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses, charges or losses during such period (as determined by the Borrower in good faith, it being understood that Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act shall not constitute a limitation on any such determination), and (xvi) pre-opening and grand opening expenses in an amount not to exceed
$20.0 million in such Measurement Period; and minus (b) (i) to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such Measurement Period, all non-recurring, non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any non-cash items that result in an accrual of a reserve for cash items in any future period) (in each case of or by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period), and (ii) non-cash gains from Dispositions other than Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business, provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $24,906,050, $7,621,086, $16,544,906 and $21,820,837 for the Fiscal Quarters ended February 26, 2011, May 28, 2011, August 27, 2011 and November 26, 2011, respectively (without pro forma adjustments for the acquisition of TCS Installation Services, LLC).
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Measurement Period plus
(ii) for the purposes of Section 7.15 only, Specified Equity Contributions made during such Measurement Period minus (iii) Capital Expenditures made in such Measurement Period to
(b) the sum of (i) Debt Service Charges for such Measurement Period plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all scheduled mandatory cash payments on Disqualified Equity Interests made during such Measurement Period, in each case, of or by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
16
“Consolidated Interest Charges” means, for any Measurement Period, Consolidated interest expense (net of interest income) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(a)Total Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Measurement Period.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, at any date of determination, the net income (or loss) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall exclude
(a) extraordinary non-cash gains and extraordinary non-cash losses for such Measurement Period, (b) the net income of any Subsidiary during such Measurement Period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its Organization Documents or any agreement, instrument or Law applicable to such Subsidiary during such Measurement Period (provided, that this clause (b) shall not, with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, exclude income that can only be distributed following the adoption of the relevant annual accounts or Consolidated annual accounts for such Foreign Subsidiary’s Fiscal Year), except that Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced to the extent of any equity held by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any net loss of any such Subsidiary for such Measurement Period,
(c) the income (or loss) of any Person during such Measurement Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries or is merged into or Consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary or that Person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) any income (or loss) for such period of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, except that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such Measurement Period to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (and in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary is not precluded from further distributing such amount to the Borrower as described in clause (b) of this proviso), and (e) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Conversion/Continuation Notice” means a notice of (a) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (b) a continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
17
“Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.
“Cost” means the calculated cost of purchases, based upon the Borrower’s and Subsidiary Guarantors’ accounting practices, known to the Administrative Agent, which practices are in effect on the Closing Date as such calculated cost is determined from invoices received by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Borrower’s and Subsidiary Guarantors’ purchase journals or the Borrower’s and Subsidiary Guarantors’ stock ledger. “Cost” includes inventory capitalization costs and other non-purchase price charges (such as duty, brokerage, freight and expenses related to design, raw material procurement and quality control) used in the Borrower’s or the Subsidiary Guarantors’ calculation of cost of goods sold.
“Covenant Compliance Event” means Excess Availability at any time is less than $10.0 million.
“Covered Entity” means any of the following: (a) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (b) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (c) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Covered Party” has the meaning specified in Section 11.22. “Credit Card Advance Rate” means 90%.
“Credit Card Notifications” has the meaning provided in Section 6.13(a)(i).
“Credit Card Receivables Component” means the face amount of Eligible Credit Card Receivables multiplied by the Credit Card Advance Rate.
“Credit Extensions” mean each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
“Credit Party” means, individually, and “Credit Parties” means collectively, the following: (a) the Lenders and their Affiliates, (b) the Agents, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05, (c) each L/C Issuer, (d) the Arrangers, (e) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (f) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Loan Documents are owing and (g) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.
“Credit Party Expenses” means, without limitation, (a) all reasonable and documented in reasonable detail out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation (i) the reasonable and documented in reasonable detail fees, charges and disbursements of (A) counsel for the Agents and the Arrangers, provided that the Agents and the Arrangers shall be entitled to be reimbursed for no more than one counsel and, if reasonably necessary, for one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interest of the
18
Lenders, in each case, selected by the Agent, absent a conflict of interest between any of such Persons where the affected Persons inform the Borrower of such conflict, in which case the affected Persons may engage and be reimbursed for one additional counsel, (B) outside consultants for the Agents, (C) appraisers, (D) collateral field examinations and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations and (ii) in connection with (A) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (B) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (C) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Loan Documents or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral, or (D) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations,
(b)with respect to each L/C Issuer, and its Affiliates, all reasonable and documented in reasonable detail out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (c) all reasonable and documented in reasonable detail out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Credit Parties who are not the Agents, the Arrangers, an L/C Issuer or any Affiliate of any of them, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, provided that such Credit Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Credit Parties (absent a conflict of interest between the Credit Parties, where the affected Credit Parties inform the Borrower of such conflict, in which case the Credit Parties may engage and be reimbursed for one additional counsel).
“Customer Credit Liabilities” means at any time, the aggregate remaining value at such time of (a) outstanding gift certificates and gift cards sold by the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors entitling the holder thereof to use all or a portion of the certificate or gift card to pay all or a portion of the purchase price for any Inventory, and (b) outstanding merchandise credits issued by and customer deposits received by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
“Customs Broker Agreement” means an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, a customs broker or other carrier, and the Collateral Agent, in which the customs broker or other carrier acknowledges that it has control over and holds the documents evidencing ownership of the subject Inventory for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and agrees, upon notice from the Collateral Agent, to hold and dispose of the subject Inventory solely as directed by the Collateral Agent.
“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, (a “SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion. Rate Day”), a rate per annum equal to SOFR for the day (such day, a “SOFR Determination Date”) that is five (5) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to (i) if such SOFR Rate Day is a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, such SOFR Rate Day or (ii) if such SOFR Rate Day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the U.S. Government
19
Securities Business Day immediately preceding such SOFR Rate Day, in each case, as such SOFR is published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website. Any change in Daily Simple SOFR due to a change in SOFR shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in SOFR without notice to the Borrower.
“DDA” means each checking or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agents and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.
“Debt Service Charges” means for any Measurement Period, the sum of
(a)Consolidated Interest Charges paid in cash or required to be paid in cash for such Measurement Period, plus (b) principal payments required to be made on account of Indebtedness (excluding (i) the Obligations, (ii) any Synthetic Lease Obligations and (iii) any principal payments required to be made with respect to the Term Facility solely as a result of any “excess cash flow” mandatory prepayment requirement under the Term Facility, but including, without limitation, any Capital Lease Obligations) for such Measurement Period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Margin applicable to Base Rate Loans, plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Margin) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and
(b)when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans plus 2% per annum.
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Loan Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder; (iv) has notified the Borrower or any Loan Party in writing, or has made a public statement, to the effect that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit; (v) has failed, within one (1) Business Day after request by the Administrative Agent or a Loan Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations to fund
20
prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Loan Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent; or (vi) has (or whose bank holding company has) (i) been placed into receivership, conservatorship or bankruptcy or (ii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not become a Defaulting Lender solely as a result of the acquisition or maintenance of an ownership interest in such Lender or Person controlling such Lender or the exercise of control over a Lender or Person controlling such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each Lender.
“Discharge of Term Obligations” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease, or other disposition (in one transaction or in a series of transactions and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise) of any property by any Person (including, without limitation, any sale and leaseback transaction and any issuance of Equity Interests or Disqualified Equity Interests of any other Person held by a specified Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, in each case, resulting in consideration to such Person (including assumption of liabilities) for any such transaction or series of related transactions in excess of $1.0 million.
“Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interests of any Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the six month anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date, (b) requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case prior to the six month anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date or (c) is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities or for any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the six month anniversary of the Latest Maturity Date.
“Dividing Person” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Division.”
“Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or
21
similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.
“Division Successor” means any Person that, upon the consummation of a Division of a Dividing Person, holds all or any portion of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations previously held by such Dividing Person immediately prior to the consummation of such Division. A Dividing Person which retains any of its assets, liabilities and/or obligations after a Division shall be deemed a Division Successor upon the occurrence of such Division.
“Dollar”, “dollars” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Early Opt-in Election” means, if the then-current Benchmark is LIBO Rate, the occurrence of:
(a)a notification by the Administrative Agent to (or the request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to notify) each of the other parties hereto that at least five currently outstanding dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) a SOFR-based rate (including SOFR, a term SOFR or any other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate (and such syndicated credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review), and
(b)the joint election by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to trigger a fallback from LIBO Rate and the provision by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Lenders.
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.
“Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Credit Party or any of its Affiliates; (b) a bank, insurance company, or company engaged in the business of making commercial loans, which
22
Person, together with its Affiliates, has a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million; (c) an Approved Fund; (d) any Person to whom a Credit Party assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement as part of an assignment and transfer of such Credit Party’s rights in and to a material portion of such Credit Party’s portfolio of asset based credit facilities, and (e) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent and each L/C Issuer, and (ii) unless an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or 8.01(g) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include a Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries; and provided further that any proposed assignee that would be a Fee Recipient will not be an Eligible Assignee unless such Person is a Permitted Investor.
“Eligible Credit Card Receivables” means Accounts due to the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors on a non-recourse basis from Visa, Mastercard, American Express Company, Discover, and other credit card issuer and processors acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, as arise in the ordinary course of business (net of fees payable to the applicable credit card issuer), which have been earned by performance, and are deemed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion to be eligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the following shall be deemed to be Eligible Credit Card Receivables:
(a)Accounts due from major credit card processors that have been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale;
(b)Accounts due from major credit card processors with respect to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor does not have good, valid and marketable title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens granted to the Collateral Agent for its own benefit and the ratable benefit of the other Credit Parties and Liens to secure the Term Facility);
(c)Accounts due from major credit card processors that are not subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for its own benefit and the ratable benefit of the other Credit Parties (it being the intent that chargebacks in the ordinary course by the credit card processors shall not be deemed violative of this clause);
(d)Accounts due from major credit card processors which are disputed, are with recourse, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted (to the extent of such claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);
(e)Accounts due from major credit card processors as to which the credit card processor has the right under certain circumstances to require the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor to repurchase the Accounts from such credit card processor;
(f)Accounts due from any Person on account of any private label credit card receivables other than such Accounts under programs between a Loan Party and a third party reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent where the third party retains the consumer credit exposure;
23
(g)Accounts due from major credit card processors which the Administrative Agent determines in its reasonable discretion to be uncertain of collection, or
(h)Accounts not subject to Credit Card Notification, except Accounts with credit card processors set forth on Schedule 6.13 for a period of 90 days following the Closing Date (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).
“Eligible In-Transit Inventory” means, as of any date of determination thereof, without duplication of other Eligible Inventory, Inventory:
(a)Which is in transit from one U.S. location of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor to another U.S. location of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor and which otherwise would constitute Eligible Inventory; or
(b)(i) Which has been shipped by a Foreign Subsidiary or other Person from a foreign location for receipt by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor within forty-five
(45) days of the date of shipment, which has left such foreign location in a water borne vessel or is in transit from such vessel on ground in the U.S. but has not yet been delivered to such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor;
(ii)For which the purchase order is in the name of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor and title has passed to such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor;
(iii)For which Collateral Agent has a first priority perfected security interest in such Inventory and all documents of title with respect to such Inventory by either of the following (A) the document of title names the Collateral Agent as consignee or alternatively (B) for Inventory shipped from a foreign location under a document of title, as to which the Collateral Agent has control over the documents of title which evidence ownership of the subject Inventory (such as by the delivery of a Customs Broker Agreement); provided, however, that in the event of any change in law or judicial interpretation thereof the Collateral Agent reasonably believes that any additional actions are required by the Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor in order to ensure that the Collateral Agent has a first priority, perfected security interest in such Inventory, the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to take such actions in order for such Inventory to satisfy this clause (b)(iii);
(iv)Which, at such time, (A) a UCC financing statement naming the Collateral Agent as secured party is on file in the appropriate UCC filing office and (B) is not subject to any Liens in favor of Persons other than the Collateral Agent (other than any Permitted Liens);
(v) | Which is insured in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; |
and
24
(vi) | Which otherwise would constitute Eligible Inventory; |
provided, that at any time, Eligible In-Transit Inventory (other than Eligible In-Transit Inventory which is in transit from one location of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor to another location of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor) shall not exceed 15% (or during the period from October 1 through December 31 of any Fiscal Year, 30%) of Eligible Inventory at such time.
“Eligible Inventory” means, as of the date of determination thereof, without duplication,
(a)Eligible In-Transit Inventory and (b) items of Inventory of the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor that are finished goods, merchantable and readily saleable to the public in the ordinary course deemed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion to be eligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base, in each case that, except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, complies with each of the representations and warranties respecting Inventory made by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the Loan Documents, and that is not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the criteria set forth below. The following items of Inventory shall not be included in Eligible Inventory:
(a)Inventory that is not solely owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(b)Inventory that is leased by or is on consignment to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor or as to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor does not have good and valid title thereto;
(c)Inventory (other than Eligible In Transit Inventory or Inventory which is the subject of an Eligible Letter of Credit) that is not located (x) in the United States of America (excluding Puerto Rico and other territories or possessions of the United States) or (y) at a location that is owned or leased by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, except, in the case of clause (y), to the extent that the Borrower or the Subsidiary Guarantors have furnished the Administrative Agent with (i) any UCC financing statements or other documents that the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to perfect its security interest in such Inventory at such location, and (ii) a Collateral Access Agreement executed by the Person owning such location on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent against the Eligible Inventory held at such location; provided, that in order for Inventory at a location to be deemed Eligible Inventory, Collateral Access Agreements are strictly required if such location is a distribution center or warehouse (excluding any warehouse or other storage facility utilized by a store location for storage of inventory after shipment from a distribution center if the Cost of Inventory at such warehouse or other storage facility is less than $2.0 million), and for locations other than distribution centers and warehouses, such a Collateral Access Agreement shall be so required only if the Cost of the Inventory at such location is greater than $2.0 million; provided, further, that, the Administrative Agent shall, in calculating Eligible Inventory, at any location a Collateral Access Agreement is not in place, make a rent reserve (in an amount reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) against the Eligible Inventory held at such location if such
25
location is in a Landlord Lien State (without regard to the Cost of Inventory at such location).
(d)Inventory that is comprised of goods which (i) are damaged, defective, “seconds,” or otherwise unmerchantable, (ii) are to be returned to the vendor, (iii) are obsolete or slow moving, or custom items, work-in-process, raw materials, or that constitute spare parts, promotional, marketing, packaging and shipping materials or supplies used or consumed in the Borrower’s or a Subsidiary Guarantor’s business,
(iv) are not in compliance with all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Inventory, its use or sale, (v) are vendor serviced merchandise not reflected in the stock ledger, or (vi) are bill and hold goods;
(e)Inventory that is not subject to a perfected first-priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for its own benefit and the ratable benefit of the other Credit Parties;
(f)Inventory that consists of samples, labels, bags, packaging, and other similar non-merchandise categories;
(g) | Inventory that is not insured in compliance with the provisions of Section |
6.07 hereof;
(h)Inventory that has been sold but not yet delivered or as to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor has accepted a deposit;
(i)Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third party from which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement, which would materially interfere with the use of such license, patent, trademark, trade name or copyright by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or
(j)Inventory acquired in an acquisition permitted under Section 7.03, unless and until the Collateral Agent has completed or received (i) an appraisal of such Inventory from appraisers satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, establishes an inventory advance rate and Inventory Reserves (if applicable) therefor, and otherwise agrees that such Inventory shall be deemed Eligible Inventory, and (ii) such other due diligence as the Agents may require, all of the results of the foregoing to be reasonably satisfactory to the Agents.
“Eligible Letter of Credit” means, as of any date of determination thereof, a Commercial Letter of Credit which supports the purchase of Inventory, (a) which Inventory does not constitute Eligible In-Transit Inventory and for which no documents of title have then been issued; (b) which Inventory otherwise would constitute Eligible Inventory, (c) which Commercial Letter of Credit has an expiry within forty-five (45) days of the date of determination, and (d) which Commercial Letter of Credit provides that it may be drawn only after the Inventory is completed and after documents of title have been issued for such Inventory
26
reflecting the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor, or the Collateral Agent as consignee of such Inventory.
“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, common law, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises or licenses, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment or the Release or threat of Release of any hazardous substances, materials or wastes (including Hazardous Materials) into the environment or human health (to the extent related to exposure to Hazardous Materials), or generation, storage, treatment, transport or handling of any Hazardous Materials.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability, whether pending or threatened (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
“Equity Investors” means Holdings, the Sponsor and the Management Stockholders. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. “ERISA Affiliate” means any entity under common control with which Holdings or the
Borrower would be treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.
“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) with respect to any Pension Plan, a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (d) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be,
27
in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code);
(e) a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meanings of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) by Holdings, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or receipt by Holdings or the Borrower of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is insolvent or in reorganization (within the meanings of Sections 4241 and 4245 of ERISA) or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA);
(f) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate under Section 4042 of ERISA a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan;
(g) the appointment of a trustee to administer under Section 4042 of ERISA any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (h) with respect to any Pension Plan the imposition of a lien or the posting of a bond or other security pursuant to Section 436(f) of the Code or Section 206(g)(5) of ERISA.
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01. An “Event of Default” shall be deemed to be continuing unless and until that Event of Default has been duly waived as provided in Section 11.01.
“Excess Availability” means, as of any date of determination thereof by the Administrative Agent, the result, if a positive number, of:
(a) | The lesser of: |
(i) | the Borrowing Base; or |
(ii) | the Aggregate Commitments; minus |
(b) | The aggregate of the outstanding Credit Extensions. |
“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any Fiscal Year of Holdings, the sum (without duplication) of:
(a)the Consolidated Net Income (or loss) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, adjusted (i) to exclude any gains or losses attributable to any events as a result of which a mandatory prepayment (other than from Excess Cash Flow) of the Term Facility is required and (ii) to subtract the amount, if any, by which taxes paid or required to be paid in cash with respect to such Fiscal Year exceeds the amount of taxes deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income and to add the amount, if any, by which taxes paid or required to be paid with respect to such Fiscal Year in cash are less than the amount deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
(b)depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or losses deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income (or loss) for such Fiscal Year; plus
28
(c)the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital decreased during such Fiscal Year (except as a result of the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice-versa); minus
(d)the amount, if any, by which Net Working Capital increased during such Fiscal Year (except as a result of the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice-versa); minus
(e)cash expenditures of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for and incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or Investments pursuant to Section 7.03(l) during such Fiscal Year (except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, equity issuances, casualty proceeds, condemnation proceeds or other proceeds that would not be included in Consolidated Net Income (or loss) for such Fiscal Year); minus
(f)permanent repayments of Indebtedness (including any premium, make-whole or other penalty associated therewith) made in cash by the Restricted Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year and permitted hereunder, but only to the extent that the Indebtedness so prepaid by its terms cannot be reborrowed or redrawn and such prepayments do not occur in connection with a refinancing of all or any portion of such Indebtedness; minus
(g)cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness) to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period; minus
(h)Restricted Payments made in cash by the Borrower during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 7.06(c) or (d); minus
(i)Capital Expenditures actually made in cash by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Fiscal Year (except to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, equity issuances, casualty proceeds, condemnation proceeds or other proceeds that would not be included in Consolidated Net Income (or loss) for such Fiscal Year); minus
(j)any non-cash gains included in determining such Consolidated Net Income (or loss) for such Fiscal Year.
“Excess Swing Line Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
“Excluded Account” means any (a) deposit account which is used solely for purposes of funding payroll, payroll taxes, employee benefit payments, (b) deposit accounts which are zero balance accounts, (c) other controlled disbursement accounts, (d) trust accounts, (e) petty cash accounts, (f) deposit accounts to the extent holding funds from unredeemed gift cards and
(g) other deposit accounts with a demand deposit balance not exceeding $10,000 individually and $100,000 in the aggregate at any time.
29
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time such Loan Party’s obligations under the last paragraph of Section 10.01 become effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation.
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Agents, any Lender, each L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes) and branch profits taxes, in each case,
(i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes,
(b)in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 11.13), any U.S. federal withholding tax to the extent imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01;
(c)taxes attributable to a recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(g), 3.01(h) or 3.01(i) and (d) any tax imposed under FATCA.
“Existing Class” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16. “Existing Commitment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16.
“Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of August 16, 2007 among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto, as amended.
“Existing Letters of Credit” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.03(m). “Existing Loans” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16.
“Existing Term Loan Facility” means that certain $125.0 million senior secured term loan agreement dated as of August 16, 2007 among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the Administrative Agent, the lenders party thereto and the other agents party thereto, as amended.
“Extended Commitments” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16. “Extended Loans” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16.
30
“Extending Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16. “Extension Amendment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16. “Extension Date” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16. “Extension Election” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16. “Extension Request” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16.
“Extension Series” shall mean all Extended Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees, maturity and other terms.
“Facility” means the Commitments, Loans and other Credit Extensions under this Agreement.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement, (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the effective federal funds effective rate, provided that, if the Federal Funds Effective Rate shallas so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.
“Fee Letters” means, collectively (a) the letter agreement, dated March 21, 2012, among the Borrower, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, JPMCB, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, (b) the amended and restated letter agreement, dated October 8, 2015, between the Borrower and JPMCB (the “Agent Fee Letter”), and (c) any other letter agreements entered into from time to time between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any Arranger, providing for the payments of fees to the Administrative Agent (for its own account or the account of the Lenders) and/or any Arranger in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby, in each case, as such letter agreements may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Fee Recipient” means any Person (other than the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such) that will be entitled to receive any payment of fees (however denominated), including, without limitation, any Commitment Fee or any Letter of Credit Fee.
31
“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created on any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is the most senior Lien to which such Collateral is subject (subject to (a) in the case of Mortgages, Permitted Encumbrances, and
(b) otherwise, Permitted Liens).
“Fiscal Month” means any fiscal month of any Fiscal Year; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the Transition Period shall be considered a Fiscal Month.
“Fiscal Quarter” means any fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.
“Fiscal Year” means (i) any period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months ending on the Saturday closest to February 28 in each calendar year (except for 53-week years) and on or prior to February 27, 2016 and (ii) any period of twelve consecutive Fiscal Months ending on the Saturday closest to March 31 in each calendar year (except for 53-week years) after April 2, 2016; provided that, other than for purposes of Section 6.01 and Section 6.02, the Fiscal Year ended April 1, 2017 shall include the Transition Period.
“Flood Documentation” means, with respect to each Mortgaged Property located in the United States or any territory thereof, (i) a completed “life-of-loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination (together with a notice about Special Flood Hazard Area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and the applicable Loan Party relating thereto) and (ii) a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, and a declaration page relating to, the insurance policies required by Section 6.07 hereof and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, each of which shall (A) be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable), (B) name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Credit Parties, as additional insured and loss payee/mortgagee and (C) identify the address of each property located in a Special Flood Hazard Area, the applicable flood zone designation and the flood insurance coverage and deductible relating thereto and (iv) be otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
“Flood Insurance Laws” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.
“Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement (as of the execution of this Agreementthe Amendment No. 6, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to LIBO Rate.the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate or Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the initial Floor for each of the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate or Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR shall be 0.00%.
“Foreign Lender” means any Lender or L/C Issuer that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation, partnership or other entity treated as a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under
32
the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (c) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust. In addition, solely for purposes of clause (b) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”, a Foreign Lender shall include a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, but only to the extent the partners of such partnership (including indirect partners if the direct partners are partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof) are treated as Foreign Lenders under the preceding sentence.
“Foreign Plan” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to employees employed by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary outside the United States that is not subject to the laws of the United States.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. “Former Lender” means any Person that was a Lender but that has assigned all of its
Loans and Commitments, and no longer holds any Loans and Commitments and, at the time of such assignment, was, or an Affiliate of such Lender was, a counterparty under any agreement with respect to Bank Products, or Cash Management Services with any Loan Party, which agreements relating to Bank Products, or Cash Management Services have not expired, been paid out or otherwise terminated or renewed.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United
States.
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in
making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof (including through the adoption of IFRS) on the operation of such provisions (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof (including through the adoption of IFRS), then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
33
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to, with respect to clause (a) above, the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith or, with respect to clause (b) above, the fair market value of the property subject to (or contemplated to be subject to) such Lien as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantors” means, collectively, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule 6.12 and each other Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to sign a counterpart to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(i).
“Guaranty” means the guaranty contained in Article X hereof made by the Guarantors in favor of the Credit Parties.
“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated or defined as hazardous or toxic (or words of similar import) pursuant to any Environmental Law.
“Holdings” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements. “IBA” has the meaning specified in Section 1.10.
34
“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards and applicable accounting requirements set by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto (or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or any successor to either such Board, or the SEC, as the case may be), as in effect from time to time.
“Incremental Amount” means, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $50.0 million over
(b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Commitments established prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.15.
“Incremental Assumption Agreement” means an Incremental Assumption Agreement among, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Lenders.
“Incremental Commitment” means the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.15, to increase (or establish, in the case of such a Lender that did not previously have a Commitment) such Lender’s Commitment. Other than as to the date of establishment thereof, the Incremental Commitments shall be on the same terms as the Commitments and upon establishment shall become part of the Commitments.
“Incremental Lender” means a Lender with an Incremental Commitment. “Incremental Loans” means Loans made by one or more Incremental Lenders to the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.15.
“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(a)all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b)the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial letters of credit), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
(c) | net obligations of such Person under Swap Contracts; |
(d)all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business which are being disputed in good faith by appropriate proceedings or which are not past due for more than 120 days after the date on which such trade account was created, any bona fide earn-out obligation or purchase price adjustment until such obligation is not paid after becoming due and payable and accounts for payroll and other liabilities in the ordinary course of business);
35
(e)indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(f)all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person and all Synthetic Debt of such Person;
(g)all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and
(h) | all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing. |
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of outstanding Indebtedness as of any date shall be the principal amount or accreted value thereof at such date.
“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Borrower and its Affiliates.
“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.
“Information Memorandum” means the Confidential Offering Memorandum dated March 2012 used by the Arrangers in connection with the syndication of the Commitments.
“Initial Maturity Date” means the earlier of (a) November [ ]25, 2025 and (b) October 31, 2025 if any portion of the Term Obligations remains outstanding on such date which has not been refinanced with (i) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with a final maturity date that is no earlier than ninety (90) days after the date in clause (a) of this definition of “Initial Maturity Date” or (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness.
“Intellectual Property” means all present and future: trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information; trademarks, internet domain names, service marks, trade dress, trade names, business names, designs, logos, slogans, indicia of origin, and other source and/or
36
business identifiers, and all registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued thereon throughout the world; copyrights and copyright applications; unpatented inventions (whether or not patentable); patents and patent applications; license agreements related to any of the foregoing; all other intellectual property; and all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing.
“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” means the Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of April 6, 2012, between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent, together with each other intellectual property security agreement and intellectual property security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12, in each case as amended.
“Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
“Interest Payment Date” means (a) as to any LIBO Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a LIBO Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and
(b) aswith respect to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing LineSwingline Loan), the first Business Day after the end of each calendar quarter, upon any prepayment and the Maturity Date,
(b) with respect to any RFR Loan (if applicable), each date that is on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the Borrowing of such Loan (or, if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month), upon any prepayment and the Maturity Date, and (c) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part (and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period), upon any prepayment and the Maturity Date.
“Interest Period” means, as to each LIBO Rate Loanwith respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such LIBO Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a LIBO Rate LoanBorrowing and ending on the datenumerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter (or such other period as agreed by the Borrower and allin each case, subject to the availability for the Benchmark applicable Lenders), as selected byto the relevant Loan or Commitment), as the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may beelect; provided, that:
(a)if (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is notother than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day falls in anotherwould fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
, (b) (b)any Interest Period that beginscommences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last
37
calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and, and (c) no tenor that has been removed from this definition pursuant to Section 3.02(e) shall be available for specification in such Committed Loan Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
(c)no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
“Interpolated Rate” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the LIBO Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period (for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.
“Inventory” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.
“Inventory Component” means (a) Eligible Inventory, net of Inventory Reserves, valued at cost, multiplied by (b) the Appraised Value Percentage, multiplied by 90%.
“Inventory Reserves” means such reserves as may be established from time to time by the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion (exercised in a manner consistent with the Administrative Agent’s practices with respect to other similarly situated customers of the Administrative Agent) which negatively affect the saleability, at retail, of the Eligible Inventory or which reflect such other factors as negatively affect the market value of the Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Inventory Reserves may include (but are not limited to) reserves based on:
(a) | Obsolescence; |
(b) | Seasonality; |
(c) | Shrink; |
(d) | Freight and duties related to Eligible In-Transit Inventory; |
(e) | Change in Inventory character; |
38
(f) | Change in Inventory composition; |
(g) | Change in Inventory mix; |
(h) | Markdowns (both permanent and point of sale); |
(i)Retail markdowns and markups inconsistent with prior period practice and performance, industry standards, current business plans or advertising calendar and planned advertising events; and
(j) | Out-of-date and/or expired Inventory. |
“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person or of the assets of another Person that constitute a discrete business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.
“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
“Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by any L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary Guarantor) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.
“JPMCB” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Landlord Lien State” means such state(s) in which a landlord’s claim for rent has priority over the lien of the Collateral Agent in any of the Collateral (including, without limitation, Virginia, Pennsylvania, and Washington).
39
“Latest Maturity Date” shall mean at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Class of Commitments or Loans that is outstanding hereunder on such date of determination, as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.
“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, laws (including common law), treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, judgments, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing.
“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
“L/C Issuer” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, and any other Lenders selected by the Borrower and approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. Any L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such L/C Issuer, in which case the term “L/C Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amounts available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.061.07. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
“Lease” means any agreement, whether written or oral, no matter how styled or structured, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any space in a structure, land, improvements or premises for any period of time.
“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender”; as the context requires, the term “Lender” includes the Swing Line Lender.
40
“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder.
“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by any L/C Issuer.
“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is five days prior to the Initial Maturity Date or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day; provided that the Letter of Credit Expiration Date may be extended pursuant to an Extension Amendment in accordance with Section 2.16.
“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $40.0 million. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments. A permanent reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall not require a corresponding pro rata reduction in the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided, however, that if the Aggregate Commitments are reduced to an amount less than the Letter of Credit Sublimit, then the Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be reduced to an amount equal to (or, at Borrower’s option, less than) the Aggregate Commitments.
“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any LIBO Rate Loan for any applicable Interest Period or for any Base Rate Loan, the LIBO Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, if the LIBO Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”), then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate, subject to Section 3.02 and Section 3.03 in the event that the Administrative Agent shall conclude that it shall not be possible to determine such Interpolated Rate (which conclusion shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error). Notwithstanding the above, to the extent that “LIBO Rate” is used in connection with a Base Rate Loan, such rate shall be determined as modified by the definition of Base Rate.
“LIBO Rate Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the LIBO Rate.
“LIBO Screen Rate” means, for any day and time, with respect to any LIBO Rate Loan for any Interest Period or for any Base Rate Loan, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the IBA (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars) for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on such day and time on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion); provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement.
41
“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, preference, or priority in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to Real Estate, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
“Liquidation” means the exercise by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent of those rights and remedies accorded to such Agents under the Loan Documents and applicable Law as a creditor of the Loan Parties with respect to the realization on the Collateral, including (after the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default) the conduct by the Loan Parties acting with the consent of the Administrative Agent, of any public, private or going out of business sale or other disposition of the Collateral for the purpose of liquidating the Collateral. Derivations of the word “Liquidation” (such as “Liquidate”) are used with like meaning in this Agreement.
“Liquidity Event” means that Excess Availability is less than $10.0 million for five (5) consecutive Business Days.
“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan (including any Extended Loan) or any Swing Line Loan.
“Loan Account” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).
“Loan Documents” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Collateral Documents, (d) the Fee Letters, (e) any Extension Amendment and (f) any agreement entered into after the Closing Date between or among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and/or any other Credit Party or any of their Affiliates in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby which, in the case of this clause (f), is specified by its terms as a “Loan Document” hereunder.
“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.
“Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement dated as of September 1, 2011 between Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (or any Affiliate of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. to which such agreement has been assigned) and the Borrower as in effect as of the Closing Date or as amended in any manner not materially adverse to the Lenders.
“Management Fees” means all fees and expense reimbursements payable to Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. or any of its controlled Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement.
“Management Stockholders” means the members of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof on the Closing Date.
“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) any change, circumstance, event or effect that would be materially adverse to the assets, liabilities, business, financial condition or results of
42
operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of any of Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or
(c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any of Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of any of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10.0 million for all such Persons. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, the amount of the obligations in respect of any Swap Contract at such time shall be calculated at the Swap Termination Value thereof.
“Material Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property that, individually or in the aggregate, is material to the operation of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Material Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recently ended Measurement Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the Consolidated total assets of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries at such date, or (b) whose gross revenues for such Measurement Period were equal to or greater than 5% of the Consolidated gross revenues of Holdings and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Maturity Date” means, as to the applicable Loan (other than Swing Line Loans), the Initial Maturity Date or any maturity date related to any Extension Series of Extended Commitments and, as to any Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Maturity Date.
“Maximum Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.09.
“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four consecutive Fiscal Quarters of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for which financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) have been, or were required to have been, delivered for the applicable fiscal period (or, in the case of any calculation made prior to the first such delivery, the four Fiscal Quarter period ended November 16, 2011); provided that, with respect to the Fiscal Quarters ending July 2, 2016, October 1, 2016, December 31, 2016 and April 1, 2017, the Measurement Periods will be the twelve consecutive Fiscal Months (i) beginning on July 5, 2015 and ending on July 2, 2016, (ii) beginning on October 4, 2015 and
ending on October 1, 2016, (iii) beginning on January 3, 2016 and ending on December 31, 2016 and (iv) beginning on April 3, 2016 and ending on April 1, 2017, respectively.
“Mezzanine Facility” means $150.0 million in mezzanine notes and any payment in kind notes issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of the August 16, 2007, among the Loan Parties and the purchasers named therein.
43
“Monthly Financial Statement Delivery Period” means each period commencing on any day on which Excess Availability is less than $17.5 million and ending on the first day thereafter that follows 60 consecutive days on which Excess Availability was greater than or equal to $17.5 million.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto. “Mortgage” means any deed of trust, trust deed, deed to secure debt, mortgage or other
similar instrument, as applicable, creating a real property Lien on and security interest in Real Estate in favor of Collateral Agent on behalf of the Credit Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
“Mortgage Policy” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(b).
“Mortgaged Property” means each parcel of Real Estate owned in fee by any Loan Party, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage pursuant to Section 6.12.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.
“Net Cash Proceeds” means with respect to any Disposition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such transaction (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) over (b) the sum of (i) the principal amount of any Indebtedness (plus any premium or other required payment on account thereof) that is secured by a Lien having priority over the Lien of the Collateral Agent (if any) on the applicable asset and that is required to be repaid in connection with such transaction (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, but including, the payment of the proceeds from any Term Priority Collateral in reduction of the Indebtedness under the Term Facility) and (ii) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such transaction.
“Net Working Capital” means, at any date, (a) the Consolidated current assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding cash and current assets in respect of income taxes) minus (b) the Consolidated current liabilities of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding current liabilities in respect of Indebtedness and deferred income taxes). Net Working Capital at any date may be a positive or negative number. Net Working Capital increases when it becomes more positive or less negative and decreases when it becomes less positive or more negative.
“Notes” means the promissory notes of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit E, each payable to a Lender, evidencing the Loans made by the Lenders, as each may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
44
“NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA. “NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
“NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day to the Administrative Agent from a Federalfederal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.
“NYFRB’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.
“Obligations” means (a) all debts (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses), liabilities, obligations, covenants, indemnities, and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit (including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral therefor), whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, and (b) any Other Liabilities, excluding, with respect to any Guarantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.
“Organization Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Agents, any Lender, each L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other
45
transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
“Other Liabilities” means amounts due on account of or arising from (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and (b) any transaction which arises out of any Bank Product entered into with any of the Loan Parties, as each may be amended from time to time.
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
“Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
“Overadvance” means a Credit Extension to the extent that, immediately after its having been made, Excess Availability is less than zero.
“Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurodollar borrowingstransactions denominated in Dollars by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, (as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time,) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the NYFRB shall commence to publish such composite rate).
“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d). “Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d). “Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 9.18(a).
“Payment Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 9.18(b). “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. “PCAOB” means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
“Pension Plan,” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by Holdings, the Borrower or any
46
ERISA Affiliate or to which Holdings, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.
“Perfection Certificate” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit H-1 or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.
“Perfection Certificate Supplement” means a certificate supplement in the form of Exhibit H-2 or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent.
“Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.03(h). “Permitted Encumbrances” has the meaning specified in the Mortgages.
“Permitted Holdco Debt” means Indebtedness of Holdings that (a) is not subject to any Guarantee by the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (b) will not mature prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (c) has no scheduled amortization or mandatory redemption of principal (excluding customary offers to purchase under certain circumstances, such as a “change in control”) prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (d) does not require or permit payments in cash of interest or other amounts in the nature of interest prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (e) is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent,
(f) is unsecured, (g) is not convertible into or exchangeable for any Indebtedness or Equity Interests other than Equity Interests in Holdings (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) on market terms, (h) has covenants, defaults and remedies provisions customary for senior discount notes of an issuer that is the parent of a borrower under senior credit facilities, and (i) the net proceeds from which are contributed by Holdings to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries for its general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, for the payment of the purchase price for acquisitions permitted under Section 7.03(h)).
“Permitted Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.
“Permitted Investor” means any Fee Recipient that, with respect to all payments of fees (however denominated) to be paid under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, is entitled to a complete exemption from United States Federal withholding tax at the time such Person becomes a party to this Agreement (and absent a subsequent change in law, at all times thereafter); provided that any Person claiming an exemption with respect to fees pursuant to Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, (directly or indirectly through Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY) will not be a Permitted Investor unless such exemption is based on the “business profits” or “other income” articles of a tax treaty to which the United States is a party; and provided further that a Person shall not be a Permitted Investor unless it provides the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with one or more executed original copies (as requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or its successor form) or the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or its successor form) no later than the date such Person becomes a party.
47
“Permitted Lien” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.
“Permitted Overadvance” means an Overadvance made by the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, which:
(a)Is made to maintain, protect or preserve the Collateral and/or the Credit Parties’ rights under the Loan Documents or which is otherwise for the benefit of the Credit Parties; or
(b)Is made to enhance the likelihood of, or to maximize the amount of, repayment of any Obligation;
(c) | Is made to pay any other amount chargeable to any Loan Party hereunder; |
and
(d) | Together with all other Permitted Overadvances then outstanding, shall |
not (i) exceed five percent (5%) of the Borrowing Base in the aggregate outstanding at any time or (ii) unless a Liquidation is taking place, remain outstanding for more than forty-five (45) consecutive Business Days, or (iii) be made on more than two occasions in any 180 day period;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not (i) modify or abrogate any of the provisions of Section 2.03 regarding the Lenders’ obligations with respect to L/C Obligations, or (ii) result in any claim or liability against the Administrative Agent (regardless of the amount of any Overadvance) for “inadvertent Overadvances” (i.e., where an Overadvance results from changed circumstances beyond the control of the Administrative Agent (such as a reduction in the collateral value)), and such “inadvertent Overadvances” shall not reduce the amount of Permitted Overadvances allowed hereunder, and provided further that in no event shall the Administrative Agent make an Overadvance, if after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of the Credit Extensions would exceed the Aggregate Commitments (as in effect prior to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, hereof).
“Permitted Protest” means the protest by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Lien (other than any such Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes, or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on the books and records of the applicable Person in such amount (if any) to the extent required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is prosecuted diligently by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in good faith, by appropriate proceedings, (c) such protest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (d) the failure to make payment during the pendency of such protest, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person (or any successor of such Person) by such Person or its successor; provided, that (a) the principal or committed amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the sum of (i) the outstanding principal or committed amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended plus (ii) prepayment premiums and other
48
reasonable amounts paid, and fees (including original issue discount and upfront fees) and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, (b) other than with regard to Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(e) or Section 7.02(g), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has (i) a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and (ii) a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Subordinated Indebtedness, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (i) is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) does not require payments of cash interest prior to the date that is six months following the maturity date of the Indebtedness being refinanced in amounts greater than was required by the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (iii) contains covenants and events of default that are not more restrictive taken as a whole than the covenants and events of default contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), and (d) no property of any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute collateral security for the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, or extended other than any Permitted Liens.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by Holdings, the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
“Plan Asset Regulations” means 29 CFR § 2510.3-101 et seq., as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, as amended from time to time.
“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement dated April 6, 2012, among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent, together with each other pledge agreement and pledge agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(ii), as amended.
“Pledged Debt” means any debt instrument constituting Collateral under any of the Collateral Documents.
“Pledged Equity” means any certificated equity security constituting Collateral under any of the Collateral Documents.
“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMCB as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; eachlast quoted by
49
The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the FRB in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the FRB (as determined by the Administrative Agent). Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.
“Pro Forma Basis” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation hereunder, the determination or calculation of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 1.091.10.
“PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.
“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Public Offering” means a public offering of the Equity Interests of Holdings pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
“QFC Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Section 11.22.
“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
“Real Estate” means all Leases and all land, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas, and other improvements thereon, now or hereafter owned by any Loan Party.
“Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means, (a) if such Benchmark is LIBOthe Term SOFR Rate, 11:00 a.m. (London5:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the day that is two London banking days(2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days preceding the date of such setting, and (b) if the RFR for such Benchmark is Daily Simple SOFR, then four (4) Business Days prior to such setting or (c) if such Benchmark is not LIBOthe Term SOFR Rate or Daily Simple SOFR, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).
50
“Registered Public Accounting Firm” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as prescribed by the Securities Laws.
“Regulation T” means Regulation T of the FRB, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
“Regulation U” means Regulation U of the FRB, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
“Regulation X” means Regulation X of the FRB, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating of any Hazardous Material into or through the environment.
“Relevant Governmental Body” means the FRB and/or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the FRB and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto.
“Relevant Rate” means (a) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate or (b) with respect to any RFR Borrowing, Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR, as applicable.
“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived by regulation.
“Reports” has the meaning provided in Section 9.12(b).
“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, (a) if there are less than three Lenders at such time, all Lenders, and (b) if there are three or more Lenders at such time,
(i) Lenders holding more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, (ii) if the Aggregate Commitments of the Lenders to make Loans and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
51
“Reserves” means all (if any) Inventory Reserves and Availability Reserves.
“Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, any executive or senior vice president, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party or any of the other officers designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any Equity Interest of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any payment by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to Holdings’ or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ direct or indirect stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, payments made pursuant to the Management Agreement shall not be considered Restricted Payments.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Holdings other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. In all events, the Borrower shall be deemed a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings. A Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is also a Subsidiary of the Borrower shall also be deemed to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower.
“Reuters” means, as applicable, Thomas Reuters Corp, Refinitiy, or any successor thereto.
SOFR.
“RFR Borrowing” means, as to any Borrowing, the RFR Loans comprising such Borrowing.
“RFR Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on Adjusted Daily Simple
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGrawHill
Companies, Inc.Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto.
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the timeas of the Amendment No. 26 Effective Date, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and the Crimea region, Zaporizhzhia and Kherson Regions of Ukraine).
52
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the U.S. Department of State or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), or (d) any Person otherwise the subject of Sanctions.
“Sanctions” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or Her, His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“Second Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is second in priority only to the Liens created under the Term Loan Documents (subject to (a) in the case of Mortgages, Permitted Encumbrances) and (b) otherwise, Permitted Liens).
“Section 2.16 Additional Amendment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16(c).
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Securities Laws” means the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (in each case, as amended), and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.
“Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement dated April 6, 2012, among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent, together with each other security agreement and security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12(a)(ii), as amended.
“Settlement Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
“Shrink” means Inventory which has been lost, misplaced, stolen, or is otherwise unaccounted for.
“SOFR” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day publishedas administered by the SOFR
53
Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website at approximately 8:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day..
“SOFR Administrator” means the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).
“SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the NYFRB’s Website, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.
“SOFR Determination Date” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple SOFR”.
“SOFR Rate Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple SOFR”.
“Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
“Special Distribution” means payments in respect of: (i) the payment by the Borrower to Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to redeem a portion of the Equity Interests of Holdings and/or to pay cash dividends or distributions to the holders of the Equity Interests of Holdings and/or (ii) special bonuses, dividend equivalents or other payments payable to officers, employees, consultants and directors who hold options or similar Equity Interests in Holdings; provided that (a) the aggregate amount of such payments does not exceed $90,000,000 and
(b) such payments are made on or prior to the date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.
“Specified Equity Contribution” means cash contributions in exchange for common equity of Holdings (or if preferred equity of Holdings, on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) or a cash capital contribution to Holdings and in each case promptly contributed to the Borrower by Holdings after the Closing Date and on or prior to the day that is ten days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered under Section 6.01(b) (without regard to any cure periods set forth in Section 8.01) for a month which is also a Fiscal Quarter end, which equity contribution shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of calculating compliance with the provisions of Section 7.15 in accordance with the definition of the term Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio; provided
54
that (a) in each four Fiscal Quarter period there shall be a period of at least two Fiscal Quarters in which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (b) there shall be no more than four Specified Equity Contributions in the aggregate, (c) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.15, (d) to the extent that that amount of any Specified Equity Contribution is used to repay Indebtedness, such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to have been repaid for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the period with respect to which such Specified Equity Contribution is made, and (e) all Specified Equity Contributions shall be disregarded for all other purposes of this Agreement.
“Specified Existing Commitment” shall mean any Existing Commitments belonging to a Specified Existing Commitment Class.
“Specified Existing Commitment Class” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).
“Specified Transaction” means any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or a Store or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise, any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid hereunder), any Restricted Payment or Incremental Term Loan and any other transaction that by the terms of this Agreement requires compliance with any financial ratio test to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis.” Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the acquisition of TCS Installation Services, LLC be deemed to be a Specified Transaction.
“Sponsor” means Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. “Standby Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit that is not a Commercial Letter
of Credit and that (a) is used in lieu or in support of performance guaranties or performance, surety or similar bonds (excluding appeal bonds) arising in the ordinary course of business, (b) is used in lieu or in support of stay or appeal bonds, (c) supports the payment of insurance premiums for reasonably necessary casualty insurance carried by any of the Loan Parties,
(d) supports payment or performance for identified purchases or exchanges of products or services in the ordinary course of business or (e) is used for such other purpose as may be approved by Administrative Agent.
“Stated Amount” means at any time the maximum amount for which a Letter of Credit may be honored.
“Store” means any retail store (which includes any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
55
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of a Loan Party that is subordinate in right of payment to any or all of the Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which provide, without limitation, (a) for a maturity after the Latest Maturity Date, (b) that such Indebtedness is unsecured, (c) that no principal payments shall be required to be made until after the Latest Maturity Date, and (d) that interest shall accrue and be payable in cash at a market rate of interest, subject to the right of the Administrative Agent to impose a payment blockage period upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default. In no event shall Disqualified Equity Interests be deemed Subordinated Indebtedness.
“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings.
“Subsidiary Guarantors” means collectively, all Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than (i) any CFC, (ii) any Subsidiary owned directly or indirectly by a CFC or
(iii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of the assets of such Domestic Subsidiary consist of Equity Interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.
“Supermajority Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, (a) if there are less than three Lenders at such time, all Lenders, and (b) if there are three or more Lenders at such time, (i) Lenders holding more than 75% of the Aggregate Commitments or, (ii) if the Commitments of the Lenders to make Loans and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 75% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders.
“Supported QFC” has the meaning specified in Section 11.22.
“Survey” means a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the jurisdiction where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction on the site of such Mortgaged Property or any easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property has been granted or become effective through operation of law or otherwise with respect to such Mortgaged Property which, in either case, can be depicted on a survey, in which events, as applicable, such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have
56
been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, or after the grant or effectiveness of any such easement, right of way or other interest in the Mortgaged Property, provided that with respect to any of the Mortgaged Properties described on Schedule 5.08(c) where no new construction has occurred since the most recent survey and no new encumbrances have been created since the date of such survey, a survey affidavit of no change shall satisfy the provisions of this clause (ii), (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey, and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 6.12, or
(b) otherwise acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
“Swap Contract” means any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement.
“Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Swedish Credit Facility” means the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated April 27, 2009, between Elfa International AB and Swedbank AB, including any related notes, guarantees and collateral documents executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, refinanced, renewed, refunded, restructured or replaced in any manner.
“Swedish Pledge Agreement” means the Share Pledge Agreement, dated April 6, 2012, between the Borrower, as pledgor, and the Collateral Agent.
57
“Swing Line” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.
“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
“Swing Line Lender” means JPMCB in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.
“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).
“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
“Swing Line Maturity Date” means the Initial Maturity Date, as such date may be extended pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with Section 2.16.
“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $15.0 million and
(b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.
“Syndication Agent” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in its capacity as syndication agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor syndication agent.
“Synthetic Debt” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all obligations of such Person in respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds (including any minority interest transactions that function primarily as a borrowing) but are not otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness” or as a liability on the Consolidated balance sheet of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term Benchmark” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate.
“Term Facility” means the credit facilities under the Term Loan Credit Agreement.
58
“Term Loan Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of April 6, 2012 among the Borrower, JPMCB, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time in one or more agreements (in each case with the same or new lenders, institutional investors or agents), including any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof, in each case as and to the extent permitted by this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 7.02(d) hereof) and the Intercreditor Agreement.
“Term Loan Documents” means the Term Loan Credit Agreement and all security agreements, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith.
“Term Obligations” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement. “Term Priority Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.
“Term SOFR” means, for the applicable Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.
“Term SOFR Notice” means a notification by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and the Borrower of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event. Determination Day” has the meaning assigned to it under the definition of Term SOFR Reference Rate.
“Term SOFR Transition Event” means the determination by the Administrative Agent that (a) Term SOFR has been recommended for use by the Relevant Governmental Body, (b) the administration of Term SOFR is administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent and (c) a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, has previously occurred resulting in a Benchmark Replacement in accordance with Section 3.03 that is not Term SOFR.Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m., Chicago time, two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the commencement of such tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, as such rate is published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator.
“Term SOFR Reference Rate” means, for any day and time (such day, the “Term SOFR Determination Day”), and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and identified by the Administrative Agent as the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR. If by 5:00 pm (New York City time) on such Term SOFR Determination Day, the “Term SOFR Reference Rate” for the applicable tenor has not been published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Rate has not occurred, then, so long as such day is otherwise a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such Term SOFR Determination Day will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate as published in respect of the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which
59
such Term SOFR Reference Rate was published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator, so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than five (5) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Term SOFR Determination Day.
“Title Company” means any title insurance company as shall be retained by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.
“Total Debt” means, at any date of determination (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (other than contingent Indebtedness of the type described in clause (b) of the definition of “Indebtedness” and obligations under Swap Contracts permitted by Section 7.02(a) (except to the extent any such Swap Contract has terminated)) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP less (b) the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date in excess of $5.0 million.
“Total Outstandings” means, on any date, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations, after giving effect to any borrowings or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.
“Transaction” means, collectively, (a) the execution of the Term Facility and the borrowing of term loans thereunder by the Borrower, (b) the entering into the Loan Documents by the Loan Parties and their applicable Subsidiaries, (c) the repayment and termination of the Mezzanine Facility and the Existing Term Loan Facility and (d) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.
“Transaction Expenses” means fees and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of this Agreement and the Term Facility.
“Transition Period” means the period from and including February 28, 2016 to and including April 2, 2016.
“Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBO Rate Loan.when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR or the Base Rate.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy under the Loan Documents is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection, priority or availability of such remedy.
“UK Financial Institutions” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook
60
(as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America. “Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 5.13 and designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” (b) any Subsidiary of Holdings designated by the board of directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.18 subsequent to the date hereof, and (c) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Public Law No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.
“U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (a) a Saturday,
(b) a Sunday or (c) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.
“U.S. Loan Party” means any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of one of the states of the United States of America and that is not a CFC.
“U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning specified in Section 11.22. “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(g)(iii).
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to
61
provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a)The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any Law, agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such Law, agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. “Knowledge” shall mean the actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower after reasonable investigation.
(b)In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”
(c)Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
1.03Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Committed Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Committed Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Committed Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Term Benchmark Committed Borrowing”).
62
1.031.04Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
1.041.05Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.051.06Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
1.061.07Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by the terms of any Issuer Documents related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the Stated Amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum Stated Amount is in effect at such time.
1.071.08Senior Debt. The Loans and other Obligations are hereby designated as “Senior Debt” and “Designated Senior Debt” (or other similar terms) for all purposes of any Subordinated Indebtedness.
1.081.09Available Amount Transactions. If more than one action occurs on any given date the permissibility of the taking of which is determined hereunder by reference to the amount of the Available Amount immediately prior to the taking of such action, the permissibility of the taking of each such action shall be determined independently and in no event may any two or more such actions be treated as occurring simultaneously, i.e., each transaction must be permitted under the Available Amount as so calculated.
1.091.10Pro Forma Calculations.
(a)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.091.10.
(b)For purposes of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Measurement Period or (ii) subsequent to such Measurement Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein
63
attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Measurement Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Measurement Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.091.10, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.091.10.
(c)Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of cost savings and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period and as if such cost savings and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual benefits theretofore realized during such period from such actions; provided that (i) such amounts are reasonably identifiable, quantifiable and supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, (ii) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken no later than twelve (12) months after the date of such Specified Transaction, (iii) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (c) to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, with respect to such period and
(iv) the aggregate amount of cost savings and synergies added pursuant to this clause (c) for any such period after the Closing Date shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for such Measurement Period (giving pro forma effect to the relevant Specified Transaction (but not to any cost savings or synergies)).
(d)In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid hereunder), (i) during the applicable Measurement Period or (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Measurement Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Measurement Period.
1.11Interest Rates; Benchmark Notifications1.10 Interest Rates; LIBOR Notifications. The interest rate on LIBO Rate Loans is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate, which is derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the London
64
interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on LIBO Rate Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered ratea Loan denominated in dollars may be derived from an interest rate benchmark that may be discontinued or is, or may in the future become, the subject of regulatory reform. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, such Section 3.033.02(b) and Section 3.03(c) provide theprovides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower, pursuant to Section 3.03(e), of any change to the reference rate upon which the interest rate on LIBO Rate Loans is based. However, the Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission, performance or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of “LIBO Rate”any interest rate used in this Agreement, or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including, without limitation,
(a) any such alternative, successor or replacement rate implemented pursuant to Section 3.03(b) or Section 3.03(c), whether upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, and (b) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes pursuant to Section 3.03(d)),, including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the LIBO Rateexisting interest rate being replaced or have the same volume or liquidity as did the London interbank offeredany existing interest rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates and/or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of any interest rate used in this Agreement or any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) and/or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain any interest rate used in this Agreement, any component thereof, or rates referenced in the definition thereof, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.
1.12Divisions1.11 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any Division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized and acquired on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.
1.121.13Letters of Credit. . Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the amount of such Letter of Credit available
65
to be drawn at such time; provided that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the available amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum amount is available to be drawn at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Article 29(a) of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the applicable time) or Rule 3.13 or Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the applicable time) or similar terms of the Letter of Credit itself, or if compliant documents have been presented but not yet honored, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” and “undrawn” in the amount so remaining available to be paid, and the obligations of the Borrower and each Lender shall remain in full force and effect until the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall have no further obligations to make any payments or disbursements under any circumstances with respect to any Letter of Credit.
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01 Committed Loans; Reserves.
(a)Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Committed Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, subject in each case to the following limitations:
(i)after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Aggregate Commitments, or (B) the Borrowing Base;
(ii)after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed the lesser of (x) such Lender’s Commitment, or (y) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Borrowing Base; and
(iii)the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.
Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans, as further provided herein. Any Extended Loans made in
66
accordance with Section 2.16 and an Extension Amendment shall be subject to this Article II and shall constitute Committed Loans for all purposes hereunder.
2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.
(a)Committed Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) shall be either Base Rate Loans or LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans as the Borrower may request subject to and in accordance with this Section 2.02.All Swing Line Loans shall be only Base Rate Loans. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.02, Committed Borrowings of more than one Type may be incurred at the same time.
(b)Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00
p.m. (i) three(x) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, three U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans or of any conversion of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans to Base Rate Loans or (y) in the case of an RFR Borrowing, five U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of RFR Loans or of any conversion of RFR Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2.0 million or a whole multiple of $1.0 million in excess thereof. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of RFR Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2.0 million or a whole multiple of $1.0 million in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Committed Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (A) the requested date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (B) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, (C) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed, and (D) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. Each Conversion/Continuation Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (1) whether the Borrower is requesting a conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans, (2) the requested date of the conversion or continuation (which shall be a Business Day), (3) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be converted or continued, (4) the Type of Committed Loans to which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (5) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto.If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice of a conversion or continuation in a Conversion/Continuation Notice, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans in any such Committed
67
Loan Notice or a conversion to or continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans in a Conversion/Continuation Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, the Borrower will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swing Line Loan may not be converted to a LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan.
(c)If less than a full Borrowing of Committed Loans is converted, such conversion shall be made pro rata among the Lenders based upon their Applicable Percentages for the applicable Loans.
(d)Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation in a Conversion/Continuation Notice is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(b). In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts to make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds by no later than 4:00 p.m. on the day of receipt by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of JPMCB with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second, shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.
(e)Each Borrowing of Committed Loans (other than Extended Loans) shall be made by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage with respect to the applicable Class. Each Borrowing of Extended Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders of the relevant Extension Series thereof pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Extended Commitments for the applicable Extension Series. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall neither relieve any other Lender of its obligation to fund its Loan in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement nor increase the obligation of any such other Lender.
(f)The Administrative Agent, without the request of the Borrower, may advance any interest, fee, service charge, Credit Party Expenses, or other payment to which any Credit Party is entitled from the Loan Parties pursuant hereto or any other Loan Document and may charge the same to the Loan Account notwithstanding that an Overadvance may result thereby. The Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower a statement of any such advance or charge promptly after the making thereof (or in the case of Credit Party Expenses, at the time that the five (5) Business Days’ notice is furnished) in reasonable detail sufficient to allow the Borrower to verify such interest, fee, service charge, Credit Party Expenses, or other payment. Such action on the part of the Administrative Agent shall not constitute a waiver of the
68
Administrative Agent’s rights and the Borrower’s obligations under Section 2.05. Any amount which is added to the principal balance of the Loan Account as provided in this Section 2.02(f) shall bear interest at the interest rate then and thereafter applicable to Base Rate Loans.
(g)Except as otherwise provided herein, a LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.
(h)The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Prime Rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
(i)After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten (10) Interest Periods in effect with respect to Committed Loans.
(j)The Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuers shall have no obligation to make any Loan or to provide any Letter of Credit if an Overadvance would result. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, make Permitted Overadvances without the consent of the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer and each Lender shall be bound thereby. Any Permitted Overadvance may constitute a Swing Line Loan. A Permitted Overadvance is for the account of the Borrower and shall constitute a Loan and an Obligation. The making of any such Permitted Overadvance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make or permit any Permitted Overadvance on any other occasion or to permit such Permitted Overadvances to remain outstanding. The making by the Administrative Agent of a Permitted Overadvance shall not modify or abrogate any of the provisions of Section 2.03 regarding the Lenders’ obligations to purchase participations with respect to Letter of Credits. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability for, and no Loan Party or Credit Party shall have the right to, or shall, bring any claim of any kind whatsoever against the Administrative Agent with respect to “inadvertent Overadvances” (i.e., where an Overadvance results from changed circumstances beyond the control of the Administrative Agent (such as a reduction in the collateral value)) regardless of the amount of any such Overadvance(s).
(k)For the avoidance of doubt, as of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, the Types of Borrowings available to the Borrower shall be comprised of either Base Rate Loans or Term Benchmark Loans.
2.03 Letters of Credit.
(a) | The Letter of Credit Commitment. |
69
(i)Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) each L/C Issuer (I) to the extent the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed
$20,000,000, agrees to and (II) to the extent the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall exceed $20,000,000, may, but shall have no obligation to, from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) below, and (2) each L/C Issuer agrees to honor drawings under such Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Loan Parties and any drawings thereunder; provided, that, after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments or the Borrowing Base, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
(ii) | No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit, if: |
(A)subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
(B)the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless cash collateralized or subject to credit support reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer on or before five (5) days prior to the Letter of Credit Expiration Date.
(iii) | No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of |
Credit if:
(A) | any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental |
Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain any L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from
70
any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over any L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon any L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon any L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof, and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed not to be in effect on the Closing Date for purposes of this clause (a)(iii)(A), regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented;
(B)the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
(C)such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or
(D)such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the Stated Amount after any drawing thereunder.
(iv)No L/C Issuer shall amend any Letter of Credit if such L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
(v)Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by each L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX, included each L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to each L/C Issuer.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an L/C Issuer shall have no obligation hereunder to issue, and shall not issue, any Letter of Credit, the proceeds of which would be made available to any Person (i) to fund any activity or business of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of any
71
Sanctions or (ii) in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any party to this Agreement.
(b)Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.
(i)Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. at least three (3) Business Days (or such other date and time as the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to such L/C Issuer:
(A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as such L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as such L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.
(ii)Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless such L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV, shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the applicable L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance or amendment of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to (without any further action), and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable L/C Issuer, without recourse or warranty, a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount
72
equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit. Upon any change in the Commitments under this Agreement, it is hereby agreed that with respect to all L/C Obligations, there shall be an automatic adjustment to the participations hereby created to reflect the new Applicable Percentages of the assigning and assignee Lenders.
(iii)If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Standby Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Borrower at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that such L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) such L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02, is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the applicable L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
(iv)Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
(c) | Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations. |
(i)Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof; provided, however, that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such L/C Issuer and the Lenders with respect to any such payment. Not later than 11:00 a.m. within 2 Business Days of the date of any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer
73
by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice).
Any notice given by any L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(ii)Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable L/C Issuer.
(iii)With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.
(iv)Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of such L/C Issuer.
(v)Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuers for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against any L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of
74
the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuers for the amount of any payment made by any L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
(vi)If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of any L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the applicable L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by such L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the applicable L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) | Repayment of Participations. |
(i)At any time after any L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
(ii)If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of any L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The
75
obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
(e)Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse each L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
(i)any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
(ii)the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), any L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
(iii)any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
(iv)any payment by any L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by any L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;
(v)any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(vi) | the fact that any Event of Default shall have occurred and be |
continuing.
The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the applicable L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against such L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
(f)Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no L/C Issuer shall have any responsibility to obtain any
76
document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; (iii) any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit or any error in interpretation of technical terms; or (iv) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 2.03(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against any L/C Issuer, and each L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary (or any such L/C Issuer may refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit), and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
(g)Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if any L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(d) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder.For purposes of this Section 2.03, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(d), “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in an amount equal to 105% of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts
77
and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, deposit accounts at JPMCB; interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over
(y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the L/C Issuers and, to the extent not so applied, shall thereafter (A) if an Event of Default then exists and is continuing, be applied to satisfy other Obligations, or (B) otherwise remitted to the operating account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent.
(h)Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each Commercial Letter of Credit.
(i)Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) (i) for each Commercial Letter of Credit equal to 50% of the Applicable Margin for LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each such Commercial Letter of Credit, and (ii) for each Standby Letter of Credit, equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans times the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each such Standby Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.061.07. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand, and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Margin during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Margin was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
(j)Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee
(i) with respect to each Commercial Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum equal to one-eighth of one percent (0.125%), computed on the amount of such Letter of Credit, and payable upon the issuance thereof (ii) with respect to any amendment of a Commercial Letter of Credit increasing the amount of such Letter of Credit, at a rate separately agreed between the Borrower and each
78
L/C Issuer, computed on the amount of such increase, and payable upon the effectiveness of such amendment, and (iii) with respect to each Standby Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum equal to one-eighth of one percent (0.125%), computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.061.07. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(k)Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
(l)Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiary Guarantor. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse each L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiary Guarantors inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiary Guarantors.
(m)Existing Letters of Credit. Schedule 2.03(m) contains a schedule of certain letters of credit issued prior to the Closing Date (the “Existing Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Borrower by the issuers set forth on such Schedule 2.03(m). On the Closing Date, (i) the Existing Letters of Credit, to the extent outstanding, shall be automatically and without further action by the parties thereto converted to Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 for the account of the Borrower and subject to the provisions hereof, and for this purpose the fees specified in Section 2.03(i) and (j) shall be payable (in substitution for any fees set forth in the applicable letter of credit reimbursement agreements or applications relating to the Existing Letters of Credit) as if the Existing Letters of Credit had been issued on the Closing Date, (ii) issuers of the Existing Letters of Credit, if not otherwise L/C Issuers hereunder, shall be deemed to be “L/C Issuers” hereunder with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit only,
(iii) the face amount of the Existing Letters of Credit shall be included in the calculation of L/C Obligations and (iv) all liabilities of the Borrower with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit shall constitute Obligations.
(n)Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, and any L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans exist at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then:
(i)all or any part of such L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent (A) the aggregate Applicable Percentages
79
of all non-Defaulting Lenders of the Total Outstandings does not exceed the lesser of (1) the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (2) the aggregate Applicable Percentages of all non-Defaulting Lenders of the Borrowing Base then in effect, and
(B) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at such time;
(ii)if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (A) first, prepay such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding Swing Line Loans (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) and (B) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(g) for so long as such L/C Obligations are outstanding;
(iii)if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.03(n), the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(i) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations is cash collateralized;
(iv)if the L/C Obligations attributable to the non-Defaulting Lenders are reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.03(n), then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.03(i) and Section 2.09(a) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; or
(v)if any Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of L/C Obligations is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.03(n), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder, all commitment fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such L/C Obligations) under Section 2.09(a) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.03(i) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations shall be payable to the applicable L/C Issuer until such LC Obligations are cash collateralized and/or reallocated.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no L/C Issuer shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, and the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loan, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.03(g), and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swing Line Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.03(n)(i) (and any Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
80
2.04 Swing Line Loans.
(a)The Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, the Swing Line Lender (I) to the extent the Outstanding Amount of the Swing Line Loans shall not exceed
$10,000,000, agrees to and (II) to the extent the Outstanding Amount of the Swing Line Loans shall exceed $10,000,000, may elect, but shall have no obligation, to make loans (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Aggregate Commitments, or (B) the Borrowing Base, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans at such time shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided, further, that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.
(b)Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day.Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent at the request of the Required Lenders prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the
81
amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.
(c) | Refinancing of Swing Line Loans. |
(i)The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request (but, in any event shall weekly, as provided in Section 2.14(a)), on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Committed Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage for the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
(ii)If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Committed Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.
(iii)If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted
82
to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(iv)Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including
(A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
(d) | Repayment of Participations. |
(i)At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.
(ii)If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
(e)Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender. The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
(f)Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender. The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
2.05 Prepayments.
83
(a)The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which notice, if furnished in connection with a refinancing of the Obligations, may be conditional upon the consummation of such refinancing), at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (A) onethree Business DayDays prior to any date of prepayment of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans and, (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; and (C) five Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of RFR Loans; (ii) any prepayment of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2.0 million or a whole multiple of $1.0 million in excess thereof; and
(iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iv) any prepayment of RFR Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2.0 million or a whole multiple of $1.0 million in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment, the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.053.04. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. Notwithstanding the foregoing (and as provided in clause (1) of the proviso to Section 2.16(a)), the Borrower may not prepay Extended Loans of any Extension Series unless such prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata repayment of Existing Loans of the Specified Existing Commitment Class of the Existing Class from which such Extended Loans and Extended Commitments were converted (or such Loans and Commitments of the Existing Class have otherwise been repaid and terminated in full).
(b)The Borrower may, upon irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.
(c)If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments or the Borrowing Base, each as then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (other than L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans the
84
Total Outstandings exceed the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments or the Borrowing Base, each as then in effect.
(d)Any Net Cash Proceeds from any Disposition by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than, (i) with respect only to the Term Priority Collateral, such portion of the Net Cash Proceeds that are then required to be paid to the lenders under the Term Facility and (ii) any Disposition of any property permitted by Section 7.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (i) or (j)), whether or not a Cash Dominion Event then exists, shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent on receipt by the Loan Parties and shall be utilized to prepay the Loans in the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05(e). The application of such Net Cash Proceeds to the Loans shall not reduce the Commitments. If all Obligations then due are paid, any excess Net Cash Proceeds shall be remitted to the operating account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent.
(e)Prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.05, first, shall be applied ratably to the L/C Borrowings and the Swing Line Loans, second, shall be applied ratably to the outstanding Loans, and third, shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations; and the amount remaining, if any, after the prepayment in full of all L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Committed Loans outstanding at such time and the Cash Collateralization of the remaining L/C Obligations in full may be retained by the Borrower for use in the ordinary course of its business. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the L/C Issuers or the Lenders, as applicable.
2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.
(a)The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the date of termination or five Business Days prior to the date of reduction, as the case may be, (ii) any such notice shall be irrevocable (except if such termination notice is being furnished in connection with a refinancing of the Obligations, such notice may be conditional upon the consummation of such refinancing; provided that the Borrower would still be required to reimburse Lenders under Section 3.053.04 for any losses, costs or expenses incurred as a result of any such notice being revoked by the Borrower), (iii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5.0 million or any whole multiple of $1.0 million in excess thereof, (iv) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce
(A) the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, and to any concurrent payments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans hereunder would exceed the Swing Line Sublimit, and (v) with respect to the Commitments, any such termination or reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Commitments of each of the Lenders of such Class, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the Borrower may allocate any termination
85
or reduction of Commitments among Classes of Commitments either (1) ratably among Classes or (2) first to the Commitments with respect to any Existing Commitments and second to any Extended Commitments and (B) in connection with the establishment on any date of any Extended Commitments pursuant to Section 2.16, the Existing Commitments of any one or more Lenders providing any such Extended Commitments on such date shall be reduced in an amount equal to the amount of Specified Existing Commitments so extended on such date (provided that
(x) after giving effect to any such reduction and to the repayment of any Loans made on such date, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) of any such Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans does not exceed the lesser of such Lender’s Commitment or such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Borrowing Base (such calculation being determined in each case, for the avoidance of doubt, exclusive of such Lender’s Extended Commitment and any exposure in respect thereof) and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any such repayment of Loans contemplated by the preceding clause shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 2.12 with respect to the ratable allocation of payments hereunder, with such allocation being determined after giving effect to any conversion pursuant to Section 2.16 of Existing Commitments and Existing Loans into Extended Commitments and Extended Loans respectively, and prior to any reduction being made to the Commitment of any other Lender).
(b)If, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.
(c)The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swing Line Sublimit, or the Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees accrued until the effective date of any such termination shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
2.07 Repayment of Loans.
(a)The Borrower shall repay to the Lenders (i) on the Initial Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans outstanding on such date (other than Extended Loans) and (ii) on the relevant maturity date for any Extension Series of Extended Commitments, all then outstanding Extended Loans in respect of such Extension Series.
(b)The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the Swing Line Maturity Date and in accordance with Section 2.04(c).
2.08 Interest.
(a)Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) below, (i) each Loan which is a LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOAdjusted Term SOFR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin; (ii) each Loan which is a Base Rate Loan
86
shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin set forth under the applicable level under “Base Rate; and (iv) each RFR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR plus the Applicable Margin” in the definition of Applicable Margin.
(b)If any amount owed under this Agreement is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c)Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
2.09 Fees.In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.03:
(a)Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) equal to a percentage per annum determined from the following grid (the “Commitment Fee Rate”) using the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the Measurement Period most recently ended, times the actual daily amount by which the then Aggregate Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the principal amount of Loans (including Swing Line Loans), then outstanding, and (ii) the then L/C Credit Extensions; provided, however, that in the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered in connection with Section 6.01(a) or (b) is shown to be inaccurate during the term of this Agreement (regardless of whether the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Commitment Fee Rate for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Commitment Fee Rate applied for such Applicable Period, and only in such case, then the Borrower shall promptly, but in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days, (a) deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (b) determine the Commitment Fee Rate for such Applicable Period based upon the corrected Compliance Certificate, and (c) promptly, but in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days, pay to the Administrative Agent the additional Commitment Fee owing as a result of such increased Commitment Fee Rate for such Applicable Period. The preceding sentence is in addition to all other rights of the Administrative Agent and Lenders provided for under this Agreement. The Commitment Fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business
87
Day after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period.
Consolidated Leverage RatioCommitment Fee Rate
Greater than 3.0x0.25%
Less than or equal to 3.0x0.20%
(b)Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in any Fee Letter. Such fees shall be payable in Dollars, fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
(c)Defaulting Lender Fees. Subject to Section 2.03(n), the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay the Administrative Agent any Defaulting Lender's ratable share of the fees described in Section 2.03(i) and Section 2.09(a) for the period commencing on the day such Defaulting Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender and continuing for so long as such Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender.
2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Prime Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interestInterest computed by reference to the Term SOFR Rate or Daily Simple SOFR and the Base Rate (except as set forth in the preceding sentence) shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. All interest hereunder on any Loan shall be computed on a daily basis based upon the outstanding principal amount of such Loan as of the applicable date of determination. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunderthe applicable Base Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR, Daily Simple SOFR, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate or the Term SOFR Rate shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
2.11 Evidence of Debt.
(a)The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent (the “Loan Account”) in the ordinary course of business. In addition, each Lender may record in such Lender’s internal records, an appropriate notation evidencing the date and amount of each Loan from such Lender, each payment and prepayment of principal of any such Loan, and each payment of interest, fees and other amounts due in connection with the Obligations due to such Lender. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not,
88
however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans (in addition to such Lender’s accounts or records). Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. Upon receipt of an affidavit of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such Lender’s Note and upon cancellation of such Note, the Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note in favor of such Lender, in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.
(b)In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
(a)General. All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
(b)(i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans (or in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable
89
Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the applicable L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensationNYFRB Rate.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(c)Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(d)Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any
90
Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c).
(e)Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
(i)if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(ii) | the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to |
(x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
2.14 Settlement Amongst Lenders.
(a)The amount of each Lender’s Applicable Percentage of outstanding Loans (including outstanding Swing Line Loans, except that settlements of Swing Line Loans during
91
the months of November and December of each year shall be required to be made by the Swing Line Lender only with respect to those Swing Line Loans in excess of $2.0 million in the aggregate only (the “Excess Swing Line Loans”)) shall be computed weekly (or more frequently in the Administrative Agent’s discretion) and shall be adjusted upward or downward based on all Loans (including Swing Line Loans other than Excess Swing Line Loans) and repayments of Loans (including Swing Line Loans other than Excess Swing Line Loans) received by the Administrative Agent as of 3:00 p.m. on the first Business Day (such date, the “Settlement Date”) following the end of the period specified by the Administrative Agent.
(b)The Administrative Agent shall deliver to each of the Lenders promptly after a Settlement Date a summary statement of the amount of outstanding Committed Loans for the period and the amount of repayments fees received for the period. As reflected on the summary statement, (i) the Administrative Agent shall transfer to each Lender its Applicable Percentage of repayments, and (ii) each Lender shall transfer to the Administrative Agent (as provided below) or the Administrative Agent shall transfer to each Lender, such amounts as are necessary to insure that, after giving effect to all such transfers, the amount of Committed Loans made by each Lender with respect to Committed Loans to the Borrower shall be equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Committed Loans outstanding as of such Settlement Date. If the summary statement requires transfers to be made to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and is received prior to 12:00 Noon on a Business Day, such transfers shall be made in immediately available funds no later than 3:00 p.m. that day; and, if received after 12:00 Noon, then no later than 3:00 p.m. on the next Business Day. The obligation of each Lender to transfer such funds is irrevocable, unconditional and without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have so made its transfer to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing.
(c)The Administrative Agent shall deliver to the applicable Lenders promptly after the Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof, all payments of interest, fees and Credit Party Expenses to which each such Lender is entitled.
(d)If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it hereunder, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations hereunder until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid. If at any time prior to the acceleration or maturity of the Loans, the Administrative Agent shall receive any payment in respect of principal of a Loan or a reimbursement of a L/C Extension while one or more Defaulting Lenders shall be party to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall apply such payment first to the Borrowing(s) for which such Defaulting Lender(s) shall have failed to fund its pro rata share until such time as such Borrowing(s) are paid in full or each Lender (including each Defaulting Lender) is owed its
92
Applicable Percentage of all Loans then outstanding.After acceleration or maturity of the Loans, all principal will be paid ratably as provided in Section 8.03.
2.15 Incremental Commitments.
(a)The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time (but on not more than two occasions), request Incremental Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Lenders, which may include any existing Lender; provided that each Incremental Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1.0 million and a minimum amount of $5.0 million or such lesser amount equal to the remaining Incremental Amount) and (ii) the date on which such Incremental Commitments are requested to become effective (which shall not be less than 10 Business Days nor more than 60 days after the date of such notice).
(b)The Borrower and each Incremental Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Commitment of each Incremental Lender. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Assumption Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Commitment and the Incremental Loans evidenced thereby.
(c)Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.15 unless (i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true in all material respects on such date, (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would result therefrom, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received (with sufficient copies for each of the Incremental Lenders) an officer’s certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying, together with (unless otherwise specified in the applicable Incremental Assumption Agreement) legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.01, (iv) all fees and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent or the Incremental Lenders in connection with such Incremental Commitments shall have been paid, (v) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Term Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) have executed and delivered an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement whereby the capped dollar limitation on the ABL Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) comprising the aggregate principal amount of outstanding loans or letter of credit reimbursement obligations owing under this Agreement is amended to increase such limitation to an amount no less than the Aggregate Commitments (after giving effect to such Incremental Commitment, and (vi) the Incremental Assumption Agreement and any other documents entered into in connection therewith shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
93
2.16 Extension Offers.
(a)The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Commitments of any Class, existing at the time of such request (each, an “Existing Commitment” and any related revolving credit loans under any such facility, “Existing Loans”; each Existing Commitment and related Existing Loans together being referred to as an “Existing Class”) be converted to extend the termination date thereof and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of Existing Loans related to such Existing Commitments (any such Existing Commitments which have been so extended, “Extended Commitments” and any related revolving credit loans, “Extended Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.16. Prior to entering into any Extension Amendment with respect to any Extended Commitments, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Class of Existing Commitments and which such request shall be offered equally to all Lenders) (an “Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Commitments to be established thereunder, which terms shall be substantially similar to those applicable to the Existing Commitments from which they are to be extended (the “Specified Existing Commitment Class”) except that (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Commitments may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class, (x) (A) the interest rates, interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts, original issue discounts and premiums with respect to the Extended Commitments may be different from those for the Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class and/or (B) additional fees and/or premiums may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Commitments in addition to or in lieu of any of the items contemplated by the preceding clause (A), (y) (A) the undrawn revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Commitments may be different from such rate for Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class and (B) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply to any period after the Latest Maturity Date; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.16 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (other than in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (which shall be governed by clause (3) below)) of the Extended Loans under any Extended Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with any borrowings and repayments of the Existing Loans of the Specified Existing Commitment Class (the mechanics for which may be implemented through the applicable Extension Amendment and may include technical changes related to the borrowing and replacement procedures of the Specified Existing Commitment Class), (2) assignments and participations of Extended Commitments and Extended Loans shall be governed by the assignment and participation provisions set forth in Section 11.06 and (3) subject to the applicable limitations set forth in Section 2.06, permanent repayments of Extended Loans (and corresponding permanent reduction in the related Extended Commitments) shall be permitted as may be agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders thereof. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Loans or Commitments of any Existing Class converted into Extended Loans or Extended Commitments pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Commitments of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from Existing
94
Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class and from any other Existing Commitments (together with any other Extended Commitments so established on such date).
(b) | The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five |
(5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its reasonable discretion) prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Class are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably, to accomplish the purpose of this Section 2.16. Any Lender (an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Commitments (or any earlier Extended Commitments) of an Existing Class subject to such Extension Request converted into Extended Commitments shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Commitments (and/or any earlier Extended Commitments) which it has elected to convert into Extended Commitments (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate amount of Commitments (and any earlier Extended Commitments) subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Commitments requested pursuant to the Extension Request, Commitments and (and any earlier Extended Commitments) subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Commitments on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Commitments (and any earlier Extended Commitments) included in each such Extension Election or as may be otherwise agreed to in the applicable Extension Amendment. Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Commitment into an Extended Commitment, such Extended Commitment shall be treated identically to all Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class for purposes of the obligations of a Lender in respect of Letters of Credit under Section 2.03 and Swing Line Loans under Section 2.04, except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the Swing Line Maturity Date and/or the last day for issuing Letters of Credit and/or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date may be extended and the related obligations to make Swing Line Loans and issue Letters of Credit may be continued (pursuant to mechanics to be specified in the applicable Extension Amendment) so long as the applicable Swing Line Lender and/or the applicable L/C Issuer, as applicable, have consented to such extensions (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension). Any Lender that elects in its sole discretion not to become an Extending Lender shall cease to be a Lender hereunder and shall no longer have any Commitments, other obligations or rights (other than such Lender’s rights to indemnification under the Loan Documents which shall continue to remain in effect after such time as set forth in this Agreement) hereunder, in each case as of the applicable Maturity Date, so long as each such Lender has received payment in full in respect of its Applicable Percentage of all outstanding Obligations that are then due and owing as of such applicable Maturity Date.
(c)Extended Commitments shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement (which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.01, shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Commitments established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders. It is understood and agreed that each Lender hereunder has consented, and shall at the effective time thereof be deemed to consent to each amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents authorized by this Section 2.16 and the arrangements described above in connection therewith.
95
No Extension Amendment shall provide for any tranche of Extended Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $25.0 million. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.16(c) and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 11.01 to any Section 2.16 Additional Amendments (as defined below), any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “Section 2.16 Additional Amendment”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such Section 2.16 Additional Amendments are within the requirements of Section 2.16(a) and do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.16 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to consents applicable to holders of any Extended Loans provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Loan Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.16 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 11.01.
(d) | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, |
(i) on any date on which any Class of Existing Commitments is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with paragraph (a) above (an “Extension Date”), in the case of the Existing Commitments of each Extending Lender under any Specified Existing Commitment Class, the aggregate principal amount of such Existing Commitments shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Commitments so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Commitments shall be established as a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Commitment Class and from any other Existing Commitments (together with any other Extended Commitments so established on such date) and (ii) if, on any Extension Date, any Existing Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the Specified Existing Commitment Class, such Existing Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s Specified Existing Commitments to Extended Commitments.
(e)No exchange of Loans or Commitments pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.16 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.
2.17 Bank Products and Cash Management Services. . Each Lender or Affiliate thereof providing Bank Products or Cash Management Services for any Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, promptly after entering into such Bank Products or Cash Management Services, written notice setting forth the aggregate amount of all Other Liabilities of such Loan Party to such Lender or Affiliate (whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent). In addition, each such Lender, Former Lender or Affiliate thereof shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, on the first day of each month, a summary of the amounts due or to become due in respect of such Other Liabilities. The most recent information provided to the Administrative Agent shall be used in determining the amounts to be applied in respect of such Other Liabilities pursuant to Section 8.03. For the avoidance of doubt, so long as JPMCB or its Affiliate is the Administrative Agent, neither JPMCB nor any of its Affiliates providing Bank Products or Cash Management Services for any Loan Party shall be required to provide any
96
notice described in this Section 2.17 in respect of such Bank Products or Cash Management Services.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01 Taxes.
(a)Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Tax unless required by applicable Law, provided that if any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any other withholding agent shall be required by applicable Law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable by the Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) the Administrative Agent or any Lender (with the term “Lender” in this Section 3.01 being deemed to include an L/C Issuer), as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law. For purposes of this Section 3.01, any payments by the Administrative Agent to a Lender of any amounts received by the Administrative Agent from any Loan Party on behalf of such Lender shall be treated as a payment from the Loan Party to such Lender.
(b)Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Loan Parties shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.
(c)Reimbursement by the Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuers or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such) severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuers or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).
(d)Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified
97
Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e)Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the applicable Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the applicable Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(f)Status of Fee Recipients. Each Fee Recipient hereby represents that it is a Permitted Investor and agrees to update Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or its successor form) or applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or its successor form) upon any change in such Person’s circumstances or if such form expires or becomes inaccurate or obsolete, and to promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent if such Person becomes legally ineligible to provide such form.
(g)Status of Foreign Lenders. To the extent it is legally entitled to do so, any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the applicable Loan Party is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Loan Parties (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in this Section 3.01(g)(iv), Section 3.01(h) and Section 3.01(i) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Each Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 3.01(g), Section 3.01(h) or Section 3.01(i)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is legally unable to do so.
98
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Foreign Lender, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, shall deliver to the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i)duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
(ii) | duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, |
(iii)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable),
(iv)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit M-3 or Exhibit M-4, Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit M-2 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner, or
(v)two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, U.S. federal withholding tax on any payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents.
(h)Status of Non-Foreign Lenders. Any Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.
(i)FATCA. If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to
99
comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (i), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(j)Treatment of Certain Refunds. If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the applicable Loan Party or with respect to which the applicable Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to the Loan Parties an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Loan Parties under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the applicable Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agree to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender if the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (j), in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to a Loan Party pursuant to this paragraph (j) the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or the Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Administrative Agent or the Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Loan Parties or any other Person.
3.02BaseAlternate Rate of Interest; Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund LIBO Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue LIBO Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBO Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the
100
Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all LIBO Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such LIBO Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBO Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
3.03 | Base Rate; Inability to Determine Rates. |
(a)Subject to clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) and (g) of this Section 3.033.02, if prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a LIBO Rate Loan:
(i)the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOAdjusted Term SOFR Rate (including, without limitation, by means of an Interpolated Rate or because the LIBO ScreenTerm SOFR Reference Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for such Interest Period; provided that no Benchmark Transition Event shall have occurred at such time or (B) at any time, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR; or
(ii)the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the LIBO(A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such LoanBorrowing for such Interest Period or (B) at any time, the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing;
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as provided in Section 11.02 as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Borrower delivers a new Conversion/Continuation Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 2.02 or a new Committed Loan Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 2.02, (A1) any Conversion/Continuation Notice that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a LIBO Rate Loan shall be ineffective and any such LIBO Rate Loan shall be repaid or converted into a Base Rate LoanTerm Benchmark Borrowing and any Committed Loan Notice that requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing shall instead be deemed to be a Conversion/Continuation Notice or a Committed Loan Notice, as applicable, for
(x) an RFR Borrowing so long as Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not also the subject of Section 3.02(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) a Base Rate Borrowing if Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR also is the subject of Section 3.02(a)(i) or (ii) above and (2) any Committed Loan Notice that requests an RFR Borrowing shall instead be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice, as applicable, for a Base Rate Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only
101
one Type of Borrowings, then all other Types of Borrowings shall be permitted. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan is outstanding on the date of the Borrower’s receipt of the notice from the Administrative Agent referred to in this Section 3.02(a) with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, then until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Borrower delivers a new Conversion/Continuation Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 2.02 or a new Committed Loan Notice in accordance with the terms of Section 2.02, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto, and (B) if any Committed Loan Notice requests a LIBO Rate Loan, such Borrowing shall be made asto such Loan be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) an RFR Borrowing so long as Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not also the subject of Section 3.02(a)(i) or (ii) above, on such day, or (y) a Base Rate Loan if Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR also is the subject of Section 3.02(a)(i) or (ii) above, on such day, and (2) any RFR Loan shall on and from such day be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute a Base Rate Loan.
(b)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and any Swap Contract shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Section 3.02), if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (ix) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (iiy) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (cb) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document and subject to the proviso below in this paragraph, if a Term SOFR Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then the applicable Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that, this clause (c) shall not be effective unless the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lenders and the Borrower a Term SOFR Notice. For
102
the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver a Term SOFR Notice after a Term SOFR Transition Event and may do so in its sole discretion.
(dc) In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement,Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(ed) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (fe) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 3.033.02, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 3.033.02.
(fe) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR or LIBO Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.
(gf) Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any request for a LIBO Rate LoanTerm Benchmark Borrowing or RFR Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark
103
Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted (1) any such request for a Term Benchmark Borrowing into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans(A) an RFR Borrowing so long as Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (B) a Base Rate Borrowing if Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (2) any such request for an RFR Borrowing into a request for a Base Rate Borrowing. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Base Rate. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan is outstanding on the date of the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, then until such time as a Benchmark Replacement is implemented pursuant to this Section 3.02, (I) any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) an RFR Loan so long as Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event, on such day or (y) a Base Rate Loan if Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event, on such day and
(II) any RFR Loan shall on and from such day be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute a Base Rate Loan.
3.043.03Increased Costs.
(a) | Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall: |
(i)impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (with the term “Lender” in this Section 3.043.03 being deemed to include an L/C Issuer) (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e));
(ii)subject any Lender to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes covered in Section 3.01, (B) taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Loan made by it, or on its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or
(iii)impose on any Lender or the Londonapplicable offshore interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or LIBO Rate Loans made by such Lender;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, the Borrower will pay
104
to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)Capital Requirements. If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, Letters of Credit issued by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c)Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 3.043.03, in reasonable detail sufficient to allow the Borrower to verify such calculation, and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d)Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.043.03 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.043.03 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
3.04Break Funding Payments(e) Reserves on LIBO Rate Loans. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each LIBO Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.
3.05Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender
105
for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by it as a result of:
. (a) any continuation, conversion, With respect to Term Benchmark Loans, in the event of (i) the payment or prepayment of any principal of any Term Benchmark Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on athe last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or an optional or mandatory prepayment of Loans), (ii) the conversion of any Term Benchmark Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
applicable thereto, (iii) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Term Benchmark Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.06(a) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (iv) the (b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or
(c) any assignment of a LIBO Rateany Term Benchmark Loan on a day other than on the last day of the Interest Period thereforapplicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13;3.05 or Section 11.13, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
(b) With respect to RFR Loans, in the event of (i) the payment of any principal of any RFR Loan other than on the Interest Payment Date applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or an optional or mandatory prepayment of Loans), (ii) the failure to borrow or prepay any RFR Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.06(a) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (iii) the assignment of any RFR Loan other than on the Interest Payment Date applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.05 or Section 11.13, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained, but excluding loss of anticipated profits. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each LIBO Rate Loan made
106
by it at the LIBO Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such LIBO Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
3.063.05Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a)Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender (with the term “Lender” in this Section 3.063.05 being deemed to include an L/C Issuer) requests compensation under Section 3.043.03, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.043.03, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b)Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.043.03, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13.
3.073.06Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of each L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to the prior or substantially concurrent satisfaction or waiver pursuant to Section 11.01 of the following conditions:
(a)The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i)executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Perfection Certificate by each of the parties thereto;
(ii)a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;
107
(iii)the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement and the Swedish Pledge Agreement, each duly executed by each Loan Party thereto, together with:
(A)UCC financing statements in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized,
(B)evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Collateral Documents has been taken (including receipt of duly executed payoff letters, and UCC-3 termination statements); and
(C)evidence that all action required to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property of the Loan Parties that own Intellectual Property registered in the United States Patent & Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office has been or will be taken;
(iv)such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;
(v)good standing or active status certificates, as applicable, of each Loan Party in its jurisdiction of organization and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, bring-down good standing or active status certificates, as applicable;
(vi)an opinion (A) of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, and (B) Swedish counsel to the Loan Parties, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(vii)a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied;
(viii)a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that, after giving effect to the Transaction, the Loan Parties on a Consolidated basis are Solvent;
(ix)certificates of insurance naming the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies maintained with respect to the assets and properties of the Loan Parties that constitute Collateral as may be requested by the Administrative Agent;
108
(x)a certified copy of the Term Loan Credit Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto;
(xi)(A) appraisals by a third party appraiser acceptable to the Collateral Agent of all Inventory of the Loan Parties, the results of which are satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and (B) a written report regarding the results of a collateral field examination of the Loan Parties, which shall be satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent acknowledges that the condition set forth in this clause (xi) is deemed satisfied by the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such deliverables under the Existing Credit Agreement;
(xii)executed counterparts of the Intercreditor Agreement from each of the parties thereto;
(xiii)results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases or subordination agreements are being tendered on the Closing Date;
(xiv)a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that attached to such certificate is a true, correct and complete copy of the Management Agreement, including all amendments thereto; and
(xv)such other certificates, documents, consents or opinion as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.
(b)The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of a date not earlier than the last Business Day of February, 2012 and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.
(c)The Certificate representing the Pledged Equity referred to in the Swedish Pledge Agreement accompanied by an undated stock power executed in blank or endorsement has, to the extent not previously delivered, been delivered to the agent under the Term Loan Documents.
(d) | The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before May 15, 2012. |
(e)The Borrower shall have entered into the Term Facility and the terms of and the documentation evidencing the Term Facility shall be consistent with the term sheet therefor previously furnished to the Administrative Agent.
(f)The Lenders shall have received, to the extent requested, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
109
(g)The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that each of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Existing Term Loan Facility and the Mezzanine Facility has been or concurrently with entry into this Agreement on such date is being terminated and all Liens securing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Existing Term Loan Facility have been or concurrently with entry into this Agreement on such date are being released.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.07, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a)The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date.
(b)No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
(c)The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, each L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of LIBO RateTerm Benchmark Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing or of active status under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business as currently
110
conducted or proposed to be conducted, and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing or of active status under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.01 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Closing Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization and its Federal employer identification number.
5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is or is to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not
(a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of (or the requirement to create) any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation or Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or
(c)violate any applicable Law, except in the case of clause (b) or (c), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or violation could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the Term Loan Documents, except for (a) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (b) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (c) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonable be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.
(a)The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly
111
noted therein and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.
(b)Since February 27, 2011, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)The Consolidated forecasted balance sheet, statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 6.01, when taken as a whole, were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, a reasonable estimate of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries future financial condition and performance (it being understood that (i) no forecasts are to be viewed as facts, (ii) any forecasts are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, (iii) no assurance can be given that any particular forecasts will be realized and
(iv) actual results may differ and such differences may be material).
5.06 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties threatened at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (b) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.07 [reserved]
5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens; Investments.
(a)Each Loan Party and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries has good record, marketable and insurable title in fee simple to all owned Real Estate necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all personal property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Mortgage encumbers improved owned Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance has been obtained in accordance with Section 6.07(b).
(b)The properties and assets of each Loan Party and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries are subject to no Liens, other than (i) with respect to Mortgaged Property, Permitted Encumbrances and (ii) with respect to all other properties and assets, Permitted Liens.
(c)Schedule 5.08(c) sets forth a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Real Estate owned by each Loan Party and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries
112
showing the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, record owner and book and estimated fair value thereof.
(d)(i) Schedule 5.08(d)(i) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Leases under which any Loan Party is the lessee as of the Closing Date showing the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, lessor, lessee and expiration date.
(ii) Schedule 5.08(d)(ii) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all leases of Real Estate under which any Loan Party is the lessor as of the Closing Date showing the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof.
(e)Schedule 5.08(e) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments held by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the date hereof, showing as of the date hereof the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.
5.09 Environmental Matters.
(a)Neither any Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any Environmental Permit, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii)) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability, except, in each case, as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, formerly owned, leased, or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary is listed or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) none of the properties to which any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has, directly or indirectly, transported or arranged for the transportation of any Hazardous Materials, is listed or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list; (iii) there are no and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned, leased, or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned, leased, or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (v) Hazardous Materials have not been Released, discharged, or disposed of on any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, formerly owned, leased, or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary.
(c)(i) Neither any Loan Party nor any Restricted Subsidiary is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or
113
threatened Release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled, stored, or transported by, or on behalf of, any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary have been disposed of in a manner which would not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10 Insurance. Schedule 5.10 sets forth a description of all insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, each insurance policy listed on Schedule 5.10 is in full force and effect and all premiums in respect thereof that are due and payable have been paid.
5.11 Taxes. The Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all material Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable and have satisfied all of their Tax withholding obligations, except (a) Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and which contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation and (b) any Tax return, report or Taxes, the failure to file or to pay, as the case may be, would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no proposed Tax deficiency or assessment known to any Loan Party against the Loan Party or any Subsidiary that would, if made, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has made adequate provisions in accordance with GAAP for all Taxes not yet due and payable.
5.12 ERISA Compliance.
(a)Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Plan is in compliance with its terms and the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, (ii) each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which could reasonably be expected to prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, and (iii) Holdings, the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Pension Plan, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Pension Plan.
(b)There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the normal course), actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code) or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules by Holdings or the Borrower with respect to any
114
Plan that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability as of the most recent valuation date for such Pension Plan; (iii) none of Holdings, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) none of Holdings, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) none of Holdings, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
(d)Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities,
(ii) none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary have incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan, and (iii) the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan which is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Year of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (based on the actuarial assumptions used for purposes of the applicable jurisdiction's financial reporting requirements), did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Plan (and for each Foreign Plan which is not funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued).
5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by a Loan Party in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 free and clear of all Liens except those created under the Collateral Documents and the Term Loan Documents and the Swedish Credit Facility and any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date no Loan Party has any equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part
(b) of Schedule 5.13.
5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.
(a)None of the proceeds of the Loans shall be used in any manner that would result in a violation of Regulations T, U or X of the FRB.
(b)None of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
115
5.15 Disclosure.
(a)No written report, financial statement, certificate or other information (including the Information Memorandum) furnished by or on behalf of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
(b)As of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, the information included in the most recent Beneficial Ownership Certification provided on or prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects.
5.16 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which
(a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, except as would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and Schedule 5.17 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all such Intellectual Property owned by each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office. To the knowledge of the Borrower, no slogan or other advertising or other material or patent, trademark or copyright now employed by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries infringes upon any Intellectual Property right held by any other Person, except to the extent that any such infringement could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.17, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.18 Solvency. On a Consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transaction, the Loan Parties are Solvent.
5.19 Casualty, Etc. Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy
116
or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.20 Labor Matters. There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other material labor disputes against any Loan Party pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower and Holdings, (a) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply in all material respects with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters, (b) no Loan Party has incurred any material liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Act or similar state Law and (c) all payments due from any Loan Party, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or properly accrued in all material respects in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party has made a pending demand for recognition except those that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party except those that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.21 Collateral Documents. The provisions of the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties a legal, valid and enforceable First Priority Lien or Second Priority Lien, as applicable (subject to Permitted Liens), on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein, and (a) when all appropriate filings or recordings are made in the appropriate offices as may be required under applicable law and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by any Collateral Document), such Collateral Document will constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral. Prior to the satisfaction of the Discharge of Term Obligations, the representations made in this Section 5.21 with respect to possession or control of any Collateral on which there is a Second Priority Lien by the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to refer to the possession or control of such Collateral by the collateral agent for the Term Facility (holding for the benefit of the Collateral Agent for the Credit Parties).
5.22 USA PATRIOT Act. To the extent applicable, each of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (b) the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental
117
official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
5.23 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. Each Loan Party has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by such Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and such Loan Party, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of such Loan Party, its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) any Loan Party, any Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of any such Loan Party or Subsidiary, any agent of such Loan Party or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds, or transaction contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.
5.24 Affected Financial Institutions. No Loan Party is an Affected Financial Institution.
5.25Plan Assets5.25Plan Assets. No Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations).
ARTICLE VI AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than (a) any indemnity obligation for unasserted claims that by its terms survives the termination of this Agreement and
(b) Obligations under Other Liabilities), the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the cases of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:
6.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent:
(a)as soon as available, but in any event within 105 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, a Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity (if available) and cash flows for such Fiscal Year setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or another Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;
118
(b)as soon as available, but in any event within 50 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending May 26, 2012) a Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding Fiscal Quarter of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year and to the figures as set forth in the projections delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(d)), all in reasonable detail, certified by a Responsible Officer on behalf of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments, including, but not limited to, purchase accounting adjustments, and the absence of footnotes; provided that, simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements for the Fiscal Quarter ending July 2, 2016, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the Transition Period, together with the related information for the Transition Period required pursuant to clause (e) below;
(c)during any Monthly Financial Statement Delivery Period, as soon as available, but in any event within 40 days after the end of each of the Fiscal Months of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (commencing with the first full Fiscal Month ended after the Closing Date) (and except with respect to (i) the last Fiscal Month of each Fiscal Quarter of Holdings, with respect to which the applicable period for delivery shall be 50 days rather than 40 days, and
(ii) the last Fiscal Month of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, with respect to which the applicable period for delivery shall be 105 days rather than 40 days, and (iii) the first Fiscal Month of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, with respect to which the applicable period for delivery shall be 70 days rather than 40 days), a Consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Month, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such Fiscal Month and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form for the corresponding month of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, and to the figures as set forth in the projections delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(d), all in reasonable detail and duly certified by a Responsible Officer on behalf of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end and quarterly adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Upon the commencement of any Monthly Financial Statement Delivery Period, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, within five
(5) days following the first day of such Monthly Financial Statement Delivery Period, the foregoing financial statements for the most recently ended Fiscal Month for which financial statements would have been due prior to such date had the last day of such Fiscal Month occurred during a Monthly Financial Statement Delivery Period.
(d)as soon as available, but in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings commencing at the end of the Fiscal Year ending February 23, 2013, an annual budget of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year, prepared by management of the Loan Parties for its internal use consistent with the annual budget and related financial statements delivered by the Borrower
119
under the Existing Credit Agreement or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and
(e)simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in (i) Section 6.01(a), Section 6.01(b) and Section 6.01(c) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and variable interest entities (if any) from such financial statements and (ii) Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) above, a management narrative report providing reasonable detail on the financial results of Holdings for the period covered by such financial statements compared to the corresponding prior year period and the key factors (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) causing such changes.
6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(a)concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) (commencing with the financial statements for the period ending May 26, 2012), (i) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings (to be furnished even if a Covenant Compliance Event is not then in effect), such Compliance Certificate to reflect the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (determined for purposes of Section 7.15) on a trailing four quarter basis, as of the most recent Fiscal Quarter end for which financial statements are available or were required to be delivered under Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), and (ii) notice of any change in the location of any office in which a Loan Party maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility);
(b)within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence of a Covenant Compliance Event, and, in any event, concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(c), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings, such Compliance Certificate to reflect Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (determined for purposes of Section 7.15) on a trailing four quarter basis, as of the most recent Fiscal Quarter end for which financial statements are available or were required to be delivered under Section 6.01(c).
(c)on the 20th day of each Fiscal Month, a certificate in the form of Exhibit I (a “Borrowing Base Certificate”) showing the Borrowing Base as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Month, each Borrowing Base Certificate to be certified as complete and correct in all material respects on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, provided that if an Availability Triggering Event occurs, such Borrowing Base Certificate, at the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, shall be furnished on Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day);
(d)promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Holdings or the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
120
Act of 1934, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(e)not later than seven (7) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, copies of all notices, requests and other documents (including amendments, waivers and other modifications) so received under or pursuant to any Term Loan Document or instrument, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement regarding or related to any breach or default by any party thereto or any other event that, in each case, could have a Material Adverse Effect;
(f) | promptly after any Loan Party has knowledge thereof, written notice of |
(i) any action or proceeding relating to any Environmental Law pending or threatened against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any noncompliance with any Environmental Law by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the existence of any Environmental Liability, or
(iv) the existence of any Release of Hazardous Materials at any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, which action, proceeding, non-compliance, Environmental Liability or Release could (x) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) cause any property described in the Mortgages to be subject to any material restrictions on ownership, occupancy, use or transferability under any Environmental Law;
(g)as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, to the extent that it would reflect information not previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, (i) a report supplementing Schedules 5.08(c), 5.08(d)(i) and 5.08(d)(ii), including an identification of all owned real property disposed of by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof and all leased real property disposed of by any Loan Party or any Domestic Subsidiary during such Fiscal Year, a list and description (including the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction, state, record owner, book value thereof and, in the case of leases of property, lessor, lessee, expiration date and annual rental cost thereof) of all Real Estate acquired or leased during such Fiscal Year and a description of such other changes in the information included in such Schedules as may be necessary for such Schedules to be accurate and complete; (ii) a report supplementing Schedules 5.08(e) and 5.13 containing a description of all changes in the information included in such Schedules as may be necessary for such Schedules to be accurate and complete, each such report to be signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings and to be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and
(iii) a duly completed Perfection Certificate Supplement;
(h)at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice (or such shorter period as to which the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion agrees) of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s name (ii) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iii) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization;
(i)promptly after the request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer”
121
and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation;
(j)upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of: (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by any ERISA Affiliate with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Pension Plan; and (iii) all notices received by any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor or any governmental agency concerning an ERISA Event; and
(k)promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02; or (ii)) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (A) upon request, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent, and (B) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (1) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (2) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees that at any time that the Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that
(w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive
122
and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.”
6.03 Notices. Promptly, after knowledge thereof by a Responsible Officer, notify the Administrative Agent:
(a) | of the occurrence of any Default; |
(b)of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including as a result of (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
(ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;
(c)of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(d)of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
(e)of (i) any casualty or other insured damage to any portion of the Collateral or (ii) the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any interest in a portion of the Collateral under power of eminent domain or (iii) any condemnation or similar proceeding or if any portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed; provided, however, that with respect to each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the amount of Collateral affected thereby shall have an aggregate fair market value in excess of (A) $15.0 million, in the case of Term Priority Collateral or (B) $10.0 million, in the case of ABL Priority Collateral;
(f)of any change in Holdings’ or the Borrower’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer;
(g)any termination, withdrawal or resignation of Holdings’ or the Borrower’s Registered Public Accounting Firm; and
(h)any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certification most recently delivered to such Lender that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in such certification.
123
Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable (a) all Taxes upon it or its properties or assets in all respects, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary and such contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation; except for Taxes that could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) all material lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property (except as set forth in clause (a) above).
6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except for (i) transactions permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 and (ii) with respect to the maintenance of good standing status of any Loan Party, it will not be a breach of clause (a) of this Section 6.05 unless the failure to maintain good standing of such Loan Party could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation or non-renewal of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.06 Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear, casualty or condemnation excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.07 Maintenance of Insurance.
(a)Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Loan Parties, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage (i) of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons or (ii) substantially similar to insurance maintained by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, in each case, subject to such changes as the Borrower may reasonably deem appropriate in its business judgment with respect to deductibles, self-insured amounts, coverage exclusions and maximum covered losses (provided that none of such policies shall include a co-insurance clause), and with respect to policies for Holdings and the Domestic Subsidiaries providing for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance.
124
(b)With respect to each improved Real Estate subject to a Mortgage, obtain flood insurance with coverages and in amounts sufficient to comply with the Flood Insurance Laws and, in any event, in an amount not less than $5.0 million for Zone A “special flood hazard areas” and $10.0 million for all other “special flood hazard areas”, in each case, as set forth on any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
(c)Fire and extended coverage policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include (i) a mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Real Estate) and lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, which endorsements or amendments shall provide that the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Collateral Agent, and (ii) such other provisions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Credit Parties. Commercial general liability policies shall be endorsed to name the Collateral Agent as an additional insured. Business interruption policies with respect to Holdings and the Domestic Subsidiaries shall name the Collateral Agent as a loss payee and shall be endorsed or amended to include (A) a provision that, from and after the Closing Date, the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the policies directly to the Collateral Agent, and
(B) such other provisions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Credit Parties. Each such policy referred to in this Section 6.07 shall also provide that it shall not be canceled or not renewed (1) by reason of nonpayment of premium except upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent (giving the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (2) for any other reason except upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent. The Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification adverse to the Lenders, or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Collateral Agent, including an insurance binder) together with evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent of payment of the premium therefor.
(d)In the event that any part of the Collateral (other than, as long as the Term Facility is outstanding, Term Priority Collateral) is damaged by fire or other casualty and the insurance proceeds for such damage are greater than $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year, whether or not a Cash Dominion Event then exists, such proceeds, in their entirety, shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly apply such proceeds to reduce the Borrower’s outstanding Credit Extensions in accordance with Sections 2.05(e) or 8.03, as applicable. In the event any part of the Collateral (other than, as long as the Term Facility is outstanding, Term Priority Collateral) is damaged by fire or other casualty and the insurance proceeds for such damage are less than $10.0 million in any Fiscal Year, such proceeds, in their entirety, shall be delivered to the Borrower, unless a Cash Dominion Event is then occurring, in which event such proceeds shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly apply such proceeds to reduce the Borrower’s
125
outstanding balance of Credit Extensions in accordance with Sections 2.05(e) or 8.03, as applicable.
(e)None of the Credit Parties, or their agents or employees shall be liable for any loss or damage insured by the insurance policies required to be maintained under this Section 6.07. Each Loan Party shall look solely to its insurance companies or any other parties other than the Credit Parties for the recovery of such loss or damage and such insurance companies shall have no rights of subrogation against any Credit Party or its agents or employees. If, however, the insurance policies do not provide waiver of subrogation rights against such parties, as required above, then the Loan Parties hereby agree, to the extent permitted by law, to waive their right of recovery, if any, against the Credit Parties and their agents and employees. The designation of any form, type or amount of insurance coverage by any Credit Party under this Section 6.07 shall in no event be deemed a representation, warranty or advice by such Credit Party that such insurance is adequate for the purposes of the business of the Loan Parties or the protection of their properties.
6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.09 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries in conformity in all material respects with GAAP under U.S. law, with respect to Holdings and its Domestic Subsidiaries, and under applicable foreign law, with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries (provided that nothing in this Section 6.09 shall affect the obligation of Holdings to provide financial statements in accordance with GAAP under Section 6.01), consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be.
6.10 Inspection Rights.
(a)Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent (accompanied by any Lender (with the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld)) to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial, insurance, and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such accountant’s customary policies and procedures), all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may make only one such visit in any Fiscal Year at the Borrower’s expense, provided further that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at
126
the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice to the extent practicable.
(b)Upon the request of the Administrative Agent after reasonable prior notice, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent to conduct appraisals, collateral field examinations and other evaluations, including, without limitation, of (i) the Borrower’s practices in the computation of the Borrowing Base, and (ii) the assets included in the Borrowing Base and related financial information such as, but not limited to, sales, gross margins, payables, accruals and reserves. Subject to the following sentences, the Loan Parties shall pay the fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent or such professionals with respect to such evaluations and appraisals. Without limiting the foregoing, the Loan Parties acknowledge that the Administrative Agent may undertake up to two (2) inventory appraisals and two (2) collateral field examinations each eighteen (18) month period, at the Loan Parties’ expense, provided that, from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, as long as average monthly Excess Availability is greater than $17.5 million and no Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent may conduct no more than one collateral field examination and one inventory appraisal in any twelve month period at the Loan Parties’ expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may cause additional appraisals and collateral field examinations to be undertaken (y) as it in its discretion deems necessary or appropriate, at its own expense, or (z) if required by applicable Law or if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at the expense of the Loan Parties.
6.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to provide ongoing working capital and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the refinancing of existing indebtedness. The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its and their respective directors, officers and employees shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.
6.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security.
(a)Upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary, a CFC, a Subsidiary that is held directly or indirectly by a CFC or any Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of the assets of such Domestic Subsidiary consist of Equity Interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, but including the creation of any Division Successor) by any Loan Party, then the Borrower shall, at the Borrower’s expense, within the time period specified below unless the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion consents to an extension thereof:
127
(i)within 10 Business Days after such formation or acquisition, cause such Subsidiary, and cause each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so), to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a counterpart to this Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, guaranteeing the other Loan Parties’ obligations under the Loan Documents,
(ii)within 15 Business Days after such formation or acquisition, cause such Subsidiary and each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so) to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent supplements to the Collateral Documents and other security and pledge agreements covering the personal property of such Subsidiaries, as specified by and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (including delivery of all Pledged Debt and Pledged Equity in and of such Subsidiary, and other instruments of the type specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii)), securing payment of all the Obligations of such Subsidiary or such parent, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents and constituting Liens on all such personal properties,
(iii)within 15 Business Days after such formation or acquisition, cause such Subsidiary and each direct and indirect parent of such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so) to take whatever action (including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, the giving of notices and the endorsement of notices on title documents) may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the personal properties purported to be subject to Collateral Documents, as applicable, and the security and pledge agreements delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms, and
(iv)within 15 Business Days after such formation or acquisition, deliver to the Administrative Agent, upon the request of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, a signed copy of a favorable opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to the matters contained in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, and as to such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
(b)Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, promptly grant to the Collateral Agent, within 30 days of the acquisition thereof, a security interest in and Mortgages on each parcel of Real Estate owned in fee by such Loan Party as is acquired by such Loan Party after the Closing Date and that, together with any improvements thereon, individually has a fair market value of at least $5.0 million as additional security for the Obligations (unless the subject property is already mortgaged to a third party to the extent permitted by Section 7.01). Such Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Liens or other Liens acceptable to the Administrative Agent. The Mortgages or instruments related thereto shall be duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the
128
Mortgages and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full. Such Loan Party shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of any existing Mortgage or new Mortgage against such after-acquired Real Estate (including (i) a fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies or applicable state title policy in form and substance, with endorsements and in amounts acceptable to the Administrative Agent, issued by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Permitted Encumbrances and other Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents, for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens and for zoning of the applicable property) and as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable (a “Mortgage Policy”), (ii) a Survey, (iii) the Flood Documentation and
(iv) a local counsel opinion (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent) in respect of such Mortgage).
(c)Concurrently with the guarantee by any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary of any obligations under the Term Loan Documents, cause such direct or indirect Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and otherwise comply with the requirements of this Section 6.12.
(d)At any time upon request of the Administrative Agent, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in obtaining the full benefits of, or (as applicable) in perfecting and preserving the Liens of, such guaranties, deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, leasehold mortgages, leasehold deeds of trust, supplements to the Collateral Documents and other security and pledge agreements.
(e)Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and prior to the satisfaction of the Discharge of Term Obligations, with respect to any obligation under this Section 6.12 or any Collateral Document to deliver possession or control of any Collateral on which there is a Second Priority Lien by the Collateral Agent, such obligation shall be deemed satisfied by the delivery of possession or control of such Collateral to the “collateral agent” for the Term Facility (holding for the benefit of the Collateral Agent for the Credit Parties).
6.13 Cash Management.
(a)On or prior to the ninetieth day following the Closing Date (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion):
(i)deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of notifications (each, a “Credit Card Notification”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J which have been executed on behalf of such Loan Party and delivered to such Loan Party’s credit card clearinghouses and processors listed on Schedule 6.13; and
129
(ii)enter into a blocked account agreement (each, a “Blocked Account Agreement”) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit K or such other form as reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to each Deposit Account of any Loan Party (other than Excluded Accounts) with each Blocked Account Bank (collectively, the “Blocked Accounts”).
(b)Each Credit Card Notification shall require the ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than daily (and whether or not there are then any outstanding Obligations) of all proceeds therefrom to a Blocked Account. Each Blocked Account Agreement shall require, after notice from the Collateral Agent to a Blocked Account Bank of the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event (and until the Collateral Agent notifies such Blocked Account Bank that such Cash Dominion Event has terminated), the ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than daily (and whether or not there are then any outstanding Obligations) to the concentration account maintained by the Collateral Agent at JPMCB (the “Concentration Account”), of all cash receipts and collections, including, without limitation, the following:
(i)all available cash receipts from the sale of Inventory and other assets of the Loan Parties;
(ii) | all proceeds of collections of Accounts; |
(iii)all Net Cash Proceeds, and all other cash payments received by a Loan Party from any Person or from any source or on account of any sale or other transaction or event;
(iv) | the then contents of each DDA; |
(v) | the then entire ledger balance of each Blocked Account; and |
(vi) | the net proceeds of all credit card charges. |
(c)During the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, the Loan Parties shall provide the Collateral Agent with an accounting of the contents of the Blocked Accounts and the Concentration Account, which shall identify, to the satisfaction of the Collateral Agent, the proceeds from the Term Priority Collateral which were deposited into a Blocked Account and swept to the Concentration Account. Upon the receipt of (x) the contents of the Blocked Accounts, and (y) such accounting, the Collateral Agent agrees to promptly remit to the agent under the Term Facility the proceeds of the Term Priority Collateral received by the Administrative Agent.
(d)The Concentration Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent. The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Loan Parties have no right of withdrawal from the Concentration Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account shall at all times be collateral security for all of the Obligations and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account shall be applied as provided in this Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.13, any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any such proceeds or collections, such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party
130
for the Collateral Agent, shall not be commingled with any of such Loan Party’s other funds or deposited in any account of such Loan Party and shall, not later than the Business Day after receipt thereof, be deposited into the Concentration Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Collateral Agent.
6.14 Physical Inventories. Cause at least one (1) physical perpetual “cycle count” at each of the Borrower’s locations to be undertaken in each eighteen (18) month period conducted by such inventory takers as are satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and following such methodology as is consistent with the methodology used in the immediately preceding perpetual cycle count or as otherwise may be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent. The Borrower shall provide the Collateral Agent information regarding the results of such cycle counts in form and detail consistent with past practices under the Existing Credit Agreement or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
6.15 Further Assurances. Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any of the foregoing, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, subject any Loan Party’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Credit Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Credit Parties under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to do so.
6.16 Lenders Meetings. The Borrower will, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, participate in a meeting of the Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held, at the request of the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders, by teleconference or at the Borrower’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
6.17 Designation as Senior Debt. Designate all Obligations as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or any similar term) under, and defined in, any Subordinated Indebtedness of any Loan Party which contains such designations.
6.18 Designation of Subsidiaries. The board of directors of Holdings may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Borrower may not be designated as an
131
Unrestricted Subsidiary, (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the Term Loan Documents, (iv) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it was previously designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall own any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary (vi) no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall hold any Indebtedness of, or any Lien on any property of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (vii) no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be a party to any transaction or arrangement with the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would not be permitted by Section 7.08, and (viii) none of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have any obligation to subscribe for additional Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or to preserve or maintain the financial condition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s (as applicable) investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time. The Borrower shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries to satisfy customary corporate and other formalities.
6.19 Post-Closing Matters. Within seven (7) days after the Closing Date (or such later date to be agreed by the agent under the Term Loan Documents), the Borrower shall deliver to the agent under the Term Loan Documents the certificates representing the Pledged Equity referred to in the Pledge Agreement accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank or with other appropriate instruments of transfer (to the extent not previously delivered to the agent under the Term Loan Documents).
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than any (i) indemnity obligation for unasserted claims that by its terms survives the termination of this Agreement and
(ii) Obligations under Other Liabilities) or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not (and with respect to Section 7.13 only, Holdings shall not), nor shall the Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, other than the following Liens (Liens described below are herein referred to as “Permitted Liens”):
(a) | Liens pursuant to any Loan Document; |
(b)Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01(b) and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed in any material manner, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 7.02(e), (iii) the direct and contingent obligors with respect thereto are
132
not changed (other than to decrease the number of obligors), and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.02(e);
(c) | Liens for taxes not yet due or which are the subject of a Permitted Protest; |
(d)carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are the subject of a Permitted Protest;
(e)(i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(f)deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g)easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting Real Estate which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h)Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(i);
(i)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02(g); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition, and (iii) such Lien and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred contemporaneously with or within two hundred seventy (270) days after the acquisition of such property;
(j)Liens on the Collateral securing the Term Obligations having the priority set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement;
(k)landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent and other lease obligations that are not past due for a period of 60 days or more or that are the subject of a Permitted Protest;
(l)possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments, provided that such Liens (i) attach only to such Investments and (ii) secure only obligations incurred in the ordinary course and arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;
133
(m)Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, ordinary course Liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions or securities intermediaries;
(n)Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or the consignment of goods to a Loan Party;
(o)Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Law arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii) that are the subject of a Permitted Protest;
(p)Liens on specific existing assets and proceeds thereof (other than assets of the type included in the Borrowing Base, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied that such Lien does not interfere with Collateral Agent’s Lien on such assets and Collateral Agent's ability to realize on such Lien on such assets and the proceeds thereof) of a Person acquired following the Closing Date in existence on the date such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not created in anticipation of the transaction pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary;
(q) | licenses of Intellectual Property permitted under Section 7.05(g) hereof; |
(r)Liens on the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness or other obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by Section 7.02;
(s)other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20.0 million; provided that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any Collateral;
(t)leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or (ii) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (iii) secure any Indebtedness;
(u)Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
(v)ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located; and
(w)Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto.
134
7.02 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except (Indebtedness described below is herein referred to as “Permitted Indebtedness”):
(a)obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates or otherwise to mitigate risks associated with its assets or liabilities or business operations, and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the counterparty to such Swap Contract from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries (notwithstanding that the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary is the defaulting party);
(b)(i) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower owed to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower and (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower owed to any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower, in each case, which Indebtedness shall (A) in the case of Indebtedness owed to a Loan Party, constitute “Pledged Debt” under the Security Agreement, (B) be on terms (including subordination terms, if owed by a Loan Party) acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (C) be otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 7.03;
(c) | Indebtedness under the Loan Documents; |
(d)Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Term Facility and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof (including Guarantees of any Guarantor in respect of such Indebtedness) not to exceed the sum of (i) $362,250,000 and (ii) provided that the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, for the Measurement Period most recently ended prior to the date of effectiveness of the incurrence of any incremental Indebtedness under the Term Facility is no greater than 4.00 to 1.00, up to an additional $50.0 million.
(e)Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.02 and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
(f)Guarantees of the Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
(g)Indebtedness in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations, and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $50.0 million;
(h) | Permitted Holdco Debt; |
(i)Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date hereof in accordance with the terms of Section 7.03(h), which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
135
Borrower (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower) and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
(j)(i) unsecured Indebtedness of any Loan Party with no scheduled payments of principal until the date that is 6 months after the Latest Maturity Date; provided that (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio (calculated to exclude the net cash proceeds from Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 7.02(j)) for the Measurement Period most recently ended prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00 and
(B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and immediately after the incurrence of such Indebtedness and (ii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness permitted by subclause (i) above;
(k)Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;
(l)Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries under the Swedish Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed the U.S. dollar equivalent (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) of $75.0 million outstanding at any time; and
(m)other Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million outstanding at any time.
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a non-U.S. currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred; provided that, if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased.
7.03 Investments. Make or hold any Investments, except:
(a)Investments held by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of Cash Equivalents;
(b)Investments consisting of loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase of capital stock of Holdings and for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2.5 million at any time outstanding;
(c)
136
(i)Investments outstanding on the Closing Date by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries;
(ii)additional Investments by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Restricted Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties at the time of the making of such Investment;
(iii)additional Investments by Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties (including Foreign Subsidiaries) in other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (including Foreign Subsidiaries); and
(iv)additional Investments by the Loan Parties (other than Holdings) in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate amount when taken together with all purchases and acquisitions referred to in Section 7.03(h)(ii), during the term of this Agreement not to exceed (A) the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) 3% of total Consolidated assets of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently completed Measurement Period (net of any cash return of principal or capital on any such Investment, purchases or acquisitions made pursuant to this Section 7.03(c)(iv) or Section 7.03(h)(ii) or Section 7.03(l) to Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is not applied pursuant to the parenthetical phrase in Section 7.03(h)(ii)(y) or Section 7.03(l)(x)) plus (B) an amount equal to the amount of cash distributions to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor following the Closing Date from the Foreign Subsidiaries that has not been redistributed to any Foreign Subsidiary, in each case so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom and
(B) the Borrower has demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that average monthly Excess Availability, as projected on a pro forma basis for the twelve (12) months following and after giving effect to such Investment, will be equal to or greater than:
(1)fifteen percent (15%) of the Borrowing Base (to the extent the aggregate amount of Investments made under this clause (iv) (including such additional Investment taken together with all purchases and acquisitions referred to in Section 7.03(h)(ii)) during the period from and after the Closing Date up to and including the date of such additional Investment do not exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 1% of total Consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently completed Measurement Period), or
(2)$25.0 million (to the extent the aggregate amount of Investments made under this clause (iv) (including such additional Investment taken together with all purchases and acquisitions referred to in Section 7.03(h)(ii)) during the period from and after the Closing Date up to and including the date of such additional Investment exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 1% of total Consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently completed Measurement Period);
137
(d)Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;
(e) | Guarantees permitted by Section 7.02; |
(f)Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 5.08(e) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any of the foregoing that does not increase the amount thereof;
(g) | Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.02(a); |
(h)the purchase or other acquisition of all of the Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all of the property, or assets comprising a business unit of, any Person; provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.03(h) (each such purchase or acquisition, a “Permitted Acquisition”):
(i)any such newly-created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any such transaction shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sections 6.12 and 6.13;
(ii)any such purchase or other acquisition that, upon the consummation thereof, does not result in the assets or property so purchased or acquired being wholly-owned directly by the Borrower or one or more Subsidiary Guarantors or, in the case of any acquisition of Equity Interests that does not result in the Person(s) so acquired becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor(s), in each case, within 10 Business Days after such purchase or acquisition shall not exceed, together with all such other purchases or other acquisitions and all Investments referred to in Section 7.03(c), the greater of
(x) $35.0 million and (y) 3% of total Consolidated assets of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently completed Measurement Period (net of any cash return of principal on capital on any acquisition, purchase or Investment made pursuant to this Section 7.03(h)(ii) or Section 7.03(c)(iv) or Section 7.03(l) to Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is not applied pursuant to the parenthetical phrase in Section 7.03(c)(iv)(y) or 7.03(l)(x));
(iii)after giving effect to such purchase or acquisition and the payment of any deferred purchase price obligations in connection therewith (as projected in good faith by the Borrower), Excess Availability is not less than $25.0 million;
(iv)after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition and any financing thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter shall not be less than 1.0:1.0;
(v)immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
138
(vi)the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (h) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition (other than the requirements of clause (i), which will be satisfied as required by Sections 6.12 and 6.13);
(i)Investments resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness of Holdings to the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount necessary to permit Holdings to pay (i) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time thereof or would result therefrom, reasonable and customary corporate and out-of-pocket operating expenses actually payable to persons that are not Affiliates relating to maintaining its ownership interest in the Borrower (including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for legal, administrative and accounting services provided by third parties, and compensation, benefits and other amounts payable to officers and employees in connection with their employment in the ordinary course of business and to board of director observers), (ii) franchise fees or similar Taxes and fees required to maintain its corporate existence, (iii) any income Taxes imposed on Holdings or its direct or indirect parent of Holdings as the common parent of a consolidated, combined or similar Tax group of which the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members, up to an amount not to exceed the amount of any such income Taxes that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company (or a stand-alone Tax group) basis (reduced by any income Taxes paid directly by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that in determining the hypothetical income Tax liability of the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries on a separate company (or a stand-alone Tax group) basis for the purpose of clause (iii), any interest expense on any Indebtedness incurred by Holdings shall be treated as the interest expense of the Borrower; provided further that any payments by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that cash payments were made for such purpose by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iv) all costs or fees incurred in compliance with or in anticipation of compliance with Securities Laws and state securities Laws;
(j)promissory notes and other non-cash consideration that is permitted to be received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;
(k)any Investments made with the proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower from the substantially concurrent issuance of new Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) issued by Holdings and not used for any other purpose permitted under this Agreement;
(l)without duplication of any other Investments permitted hereunder, other Investments by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not exceeding (x) $15.0 million in any Fiscal Year (with the unused portion of such scheduled amount available for use in any succeeding Fiscal Year), net of any cash return to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of principal or capital of any such Investment or (y) $30.0 million in the aggregate (net of any cash return of principal or capital of any Investment, purchase or acquisition made
139
pursuant to this Section 7.03(l) or Section 7.03(h)(ii) or Section 7.03(c)(iv) to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is not applied pursuant to the parenthetical phrase in Section 7.03(c)(iv)(y) or 7.03(h)(ii));
(m)other Investments at any time in an amount not to exceed the Available Amount at such time so long as (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Investment and (ii) after giving effect to such Investment, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least 1.25:1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;
(n)Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);
(o)Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged into the Borrower or merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04
(p)after the Closing Date (other than existing Investments in subsidiaries of such Subsidiary or Person, which must comply with the requirements of Sections 7.02(h) or (l)) to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; and
(q)Guarantees by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.
7.04 Fundamental Changes. (a) Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:
(i)any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or
(ii)any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that when any Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
(ii)any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Loan Party (other than Holdings);
(iii)any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (i) may dispose of all or substantially all its assets (including any Disposition that is in the nature of a liquidation) to (A) another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (B) to a Loan Party (other than Holdings), or (ii) may be dissolved, with its assets (if any) being transferred in accordance with clause (i) hereof;
140
(iv)in connection with any acquisition permitted under Section 7.03, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge into or consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; provided that
(i) the Person surviving such merger shall be a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) in the case of any such merger to which any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) is a party, such Loan Party is the surviving Person and (iii) in the case of any merger involving the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving Person;
(v)any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05 may be structured as a sale of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of a Subsidiary,
(vi)any Subsidiary which has no assets to distribute to its equity holders may be dissolved or liquidated; and
(vii)any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary may be dissolved or liquidated, including through an insolvency, bankruptcy or equivalent proceeding.
(b) Consummate a Division as the Dividing Person, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the foregoing, if any Loan Party that is a limited liability company consummates a Division (with or without the prior consent of Administrative Agent as required above), each Division Successor shall be required to comply with the obligations set forth in Section 6.12 and the other further assurances obligations set forth in the Loan Documents and become a Loan Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
7.05 Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
(a)Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, or property (including Intellectual Property) that is no longer used or useful in the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in each case, in the ordinary course of business (it being understood that this clause (a) does not include the liquidation of any Store or the inventory and other assets located therein);
(b) | Dispositions of inventory and goods held for sale in the ordinary course of |
business;
(c) | Dispositions of equipment or Real Estate to the extent that such property |
is exchanged for credit against all or a portion of the purchase price of similar replacement property and, if such property is Collateral, then such replacement property is made subject to Liens and security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties;
(d)Dispositions of property by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Subsidiary Guarantor, the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor or an Investment permitted under Section 7.03;
141
(e)Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.04(a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (a)(iv), (a)(vi) and (a)(vii);
(f)bulk sales or other dispositions of the Inventory of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary not in the ordinary course of business in connection with Store closings, at arm’s length, provided, that such Store closures and related Inventory dispositions shall not exceed (i) in any Fiscal Year, ten percent (10%) of the number of the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Stores as of the beginning of such Fiscal Year (net of new Store openings in such Fiscal Year) and (ii) in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date, twenty-five percent (25%) of the number of the Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Stores in existence as of the Closing Date (net of new Store openings), provided, that all sales of Inventory in connection with Store closings in excess of ten (10) Store closings in any three month period, shall be in accordance with liquidation agreements and with professional liquidators reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided, further that all Net Cash Proceeds received in connection therewith are applied to the Obligations if then required hereunder;
(g)grants of licenses of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business, which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(h)Dispositions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (h) in any Fiscal Year of the Borrower shall not exceed $20.0 million; provided that an additional aggregate book value of not more than $10.0 million per year of property held by Foreign Subsidiaries may be Disposed of in reliance on this clause (h) and (iii) at least 75% of the purchase price for such asset shall be paid to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in cash (with an assumption of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary by a purchaser in connection with the applicable Disposition shall be deemed to be cash for the purposes of this clause (iii));
(i)licenses for the conduct of licensed departments (other than to an Affiliate of any Loan Party) within any Store in the ordinary course of business; and
(j)any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or sale of Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a) though (d), and clauses (f) and
(h) shall be for fair market value.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, no Disposition consisting of Material Intellectual Property may be made from (x) any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (y) from any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to any Unrestricted Subsidiary.
142
7.06 Restricted Payments.Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:
(a)each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any other Loan Party (other than Holdings) and any other Person that owns a direct Equity Interest (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) in such Restricted Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interests in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;
(b)the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common or preferred stock or other common or preferred Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); provided that such Equity Interests shall be pledged to the Collateral Agent to the extent required by Section 6.12 hereof;
(c)the Borrower may declare and pay cash dividends to Holdings in an amount not to exceed an amount necessary to permit Holdings to pay (i) reasonable and customary corporate and operating expenses relating to maintaining its ownership interest in the Borrower (including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for legal, administrative and accounting services provided by third parties, and compensation, benefits and other amounts payable to officers and employees in connection with their employment in the ordinary course of business and to board of director observers), (ii) franchise Taxes and similar fees required to maintain its corporate existence, (iii) any income Taxes imposed on Holdings or its direct or indirect parent of Holdings as the common parent of a consolidated, combined or similar Tax group of which the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members, up to an amount not to exceed the amount of any such income Taxes that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company (or a stand-alone Tax group) basis (reduced by any income Taxes paid directly by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that in determining the hypothetical income Tax liability of the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries on a separate company (or a stand-alone Tax group) basis for the purpose of clause (iii), any interest expense on any Indebtedness incurred by Holdings shall be treated as the interest expense of the Borrower and any dividends by Borrower attributable to the income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that cash payments were made for such purpose by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (iv) all costs or fees incurred in compliance with or in anticipation of compliance with Securities Laws and state securities Laws;
(d)the Borrower may (or make Restricted Payments to allow Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire shares of its capital stock held by officers, directors or employees of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary(or their estates or trusts) following the death, disability or termination of employment of any such Person and, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom), the Borrower may pay dividends to Holdings to permit such repurchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition; provided that the aggregate amount of payments to Holdings by the Borrower under this clause (d) will not exceed $5.0 million in any Fiscal Year of the Borrower
143
(with any unused portion of such scheduled amount available for use in any succeeding Fiscal Year);
(e)so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make other Restricted Payments at any time if, after giving effect to such Restricted Payments on a Pro Forma Basis, (i) Excess Availability exceeds $15.0 million or (ii) (x) Excess Availability exceeds $12.5 million and (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter would be not less than 1.10:1.00;
(f) | Investments permitted by Section 7.03; |
(g)repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or similar rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or similar rights;
(h)the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings or to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (and Holdings may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) the proceeds of which shall be used to make payments permitted under Sections 7.08(d), (e) and (h) (but only to the extent such payments have not been and are not expected to be made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary);
(i)the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parents after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Borrower’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;
(j)the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration (i) such payment would have complied with the provisions of clause (i) of this Section 7.06 and (ii) no Event of Default occurred and was continuing; and
(k) | the Special Distribution; |
provided, for purposes of calculating the amount available to make Restricted Payments, any dividend or distribution paid in reliance on clause (j) shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment on the date of declaration and not on the date of payment.
7.07 Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
7.08 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Loan Parties (or any Unrestricted Subsidiary, whether or not an Affiliate of any Loan Party), whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable
144
terms substantially as favorable to the Loan Parties or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Loan Parties or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:
(a)transactions among (i) the Loan Parties, (ii) any Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings that are not Loan Parties or (iii) the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, on the other hand, that are at least as favorable to the Loan Parties as could be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction from an unaffiliated party;
(b)(i) any Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.02(b); (ii) any Investments permitted by Section 7.03 (other than Investments in any Equity Investor or a portfolio company owned or controlled by an Equity Investor (other than any Loan Party)); and (iii) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.06;
(c)so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the payment of (i) Management Fees, provided that fees and other amounts paid under the Management Agreement (other than expense reimbursements) shall not exceed $2.5 million in any Fiscal Year plus the amount of such annual limit not paid in the previous Fiscal Year, and (ii) Transaction Expenses;
(d)employment, consulting (exclusive of the Management Agreement) and severance agreements;
(e) | loans and advances permitted by Section 7.03(b); |
(f) | payment of directors’ fees, expenses and indemnities; |
(g)incurrence of Subordinated Indebtedness by the Loan Parties to the Equity Investors otherwise permitted hereunder or the issuance of Equity Interests by Holdings to the Equity Investors, provided that no such Equity Interests may constitute Disqualified Equity Interests;
(h)transactions with joint ventures permitted hereunder for the purchase or sale of goods and services entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Loan Parties or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Loan Parties or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction;
(i)customary payments by the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith;
(j)transactions in which the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial
145
Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;
(k)investments by the Sponsor or the Equity Investors in securities of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; and
(l) | Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.06. |
7.09 Burdensome Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability
(i) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in any Loan Party, except for any agreement in effect
(A) on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.09 and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any of the foregoing or (B) at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower, (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Borrower, (iii) of any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower to make or repay loans to a Loan Party or (iv) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person; provided, however, that this clause (iv) shall not prohibit any negative pledge incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.02 solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness; or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person. The foregoing restrictions shall not be violated by reason of (i) applicable Laws, (ii) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) (A) the Term Loan Documents so long as the restrictions of the kind referred to in the previous sentence contained therein, taken as a whole, are not materially more restrictive than those contained in the Term Loan Documents (as in effect on the Closing Date), (B) the Swedish Credit Facility, or
(C) documents governing Permitted Holdco Debt so long as the restrictions of the kind referred to in the previous sentence contained therein, taken as a whole, are no more restrictive than those contained herein, (iv) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract, lease or license of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, (v) customary restrictions on a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of a Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition, (vi) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vii) documents that represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is permitted by Section 7.02 to the extent such restriction applies only to such Restricted Subsidiary,
(viii)documents that comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Closing Date and permitted under Section 7.02 that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, no more restrictive with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary than customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type (and, in any event, are no more restrictive than the restrictions contained in this Agreement), so long as the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such restrictions will not affect its
146
obligation or ability to make any payments or grant any Liens required hereunder or (vii) any restrictions under any agreement that amends, refinances or replaces any agreement containing restrictions permitted under the preceding clauses provided that the terms and conditions are no less favorable taken as a whole to the Restricted Subsidiary.
7.10 Amendments of Material Indebtedness. Amend, modify or waive any of the Loan Party’s rights under any Material Indebtedness (other than on account of any refinancing thereof otherwise permitted hereunder), in each case, to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11 Accounting Changes. Make any change in their Fiscal Year; provided, however, that Holdings and the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in Fiscal Year.
7.12 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness. Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Indebtedness, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness, except (a) regularly scheduled or mandatory repayments or redemptions of Permitted Indebtedness, (b) prepayments of Indebtedness under the Swedish Credit Facility, (c) voluntary prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other satisfactions of Permitted Indebtedness (excluding on account of any Subordinated Indebtedness) as long as (i) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of entering into such transaction or the making of such payments and (ii) the Borrower has demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that monthly average Excess Availability, as projected on a Pro Forma Basis for the 12 months following and after giving effect to such prepayment will be equal to or greater than $25.0 million, (d) any voluntary prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other satisfactions of Permitted Indebtedness made with the proceeds of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (e) the conversion (or exchange) of any Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parents, (f) voluntary prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other satisfactions of Permitted Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed the Available Amount at such time so long as (i) no Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of entering into such transaction or the making such payment and (ii) after giving effect to such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction on a Pro Forma Basis, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be at least 1.25:1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter and (g) the prepayment of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (a),
(b) and (g) of Section 7.02.
7.13 Holding Company. In the case of Holdings, engage in any business or activity other than (a) the ownership of all outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, (c) participating in Tax, accounting and other administrative activities as the parent of the Consolidated group of companies, including the Loan Parties, (d) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the ABL Loan Documents, agreements governing other Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited hereunder and
147
agreements governing Permitted Holdco Debt, in each case, to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations thereunder, (e) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance of its Equity Interests or any transaction permitted under Section 7.04, (f) holding any cash or property received in connection with Restricted Payments made by the Borrower in accordance with Section 7.06 pending application thereof by Holdings, (g) providing indemnification to officers and directors and (h) activities incidental to the businesses or activities described in clauses (a) through (g) of this Section.
7.14 Deposit Accounts. Open new DDAs or Blocked Accounts unless the Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent appropriate Blocked Account Agreements consistent with the provisions of Section 6.13, and otherwise satisfactory to the Collateral Agent; provided, however, that Blocked Account Agreements shall not be required for any Excluded Account. No Loan Party shall maintain any bank accounts or enter into any agreements with credit card processors other than the ones expressly contemplated herein or in Section 6.13 hereof.
7.15 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. During the continuance of a Covenant Compliance Event occurring on or after the last day of the Fiscal Quarter of Holdings ending May 26, 2012, permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.
7.16 Sale and Leaseback Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred, provided that Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become and remain liable as lessee, guarantor or other surety with respect to any such lease if and to the extent that the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted to enter into, and remain liable under, such lease to the extent that the transaction would be permitted under Section 7.02, assuming the sale and lease back transaction constituted Indebtedness in a principal amount equal to the gross proceeds of the sale and the related sale were permitted under Section 7.05(h).
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a)Non-Payment. The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) pay within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) pay within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b)Specific Covenants with no Cure Period. (i) Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in any of 6.03(a), 6.05(a) (solely as it relates to the Borrower), 6.07, 6.11, 6.13, or
148
Article VII, or (ii) any of the Loan Parties fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01 of the Security Agreement, or Sections 6.02 or 6.03 of the Pledge Agreement to which it is a party; or
(c)Specific Covenants with Five-Day Cure Period. Any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in any of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03 (other than clause (a)), 6.05(a) (solely as it relates to any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary other than the Borrower), 6.05 (other than clause (a)), 6.12, 6.14, 6.15, or 6.19, and such failure continues for five Business Days; or
(d)Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a), (b) or (c) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days following receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or
(e)Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith (including, without limitation, any Borrowing Base Certificate) shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(f) | Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof |
(A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $20.0 million, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; provided that (x) this paragraph (f) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness and (y) the occurrence of an event of default under the Term Facility (other than a payment event of default) shall not constitute an Event of Default under this clause (e)(B) until the earliest of (1) 30 days after the date of such event of default (during which period such event of default is not waived or cured), (2) the acceleration of the obligations under the Term Facility or (3) the exercise of secured creditor remedies by the administrative agent under the Term Facility and/or lenders under the Term Facility as a result of such event of default; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is the
149
Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than $20.0 million; or
(g)Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(h)Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or
(i)Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary and remains unpaid one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage) and (i) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (ii) there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
(j)ERISA. An ERISA Event occurs or any substantially similar event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan (that would have been an ERISA Event had the Foreign Plan been subject to ERISA and that gives rise to liability under analogous foreign law) which, together with all other ERISA Events (or such substantially similar events with respect to Foreign Plans) that have occurred, has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(k)Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect against Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan
150
Document; or seeks to avoid, limit or otherwise adversely affect any Lien purported to be created under any Collateral Document; or
(l) | Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or |
(m)Collateral Documents. Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Article IV, Section 6.12, Section 6.13, or Section 6.19 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease (or shall be asserted by any Loan Party or, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, any other Person not) to create a valid and perfected First Priority Lien or Second Priority Lien, as applicable (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01), on the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, either (i) with an aggregate fair market value for such Collateral of (A) $10.0 million or more, in the case of Term Priority Collateral, or (B) $5.0 million or more, in the case of ABL Priority Collateral, or (ii) consisting of amounts on deposit with Blocked Account Banks or of the type included in the Borrowing Base in an amount of more than $100,000, for any reason other than the failure of Collateral Agent to maintain control over any Collateral in its possession.
8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may (and at the request of, or with the consent of, the Required Lenders, shall) take any or all of the following actions:
(a)declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
(b)declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties;
(c)whether or not the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant hereto, proceed to protect, enforce and exercise all rights and remedies under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or applicable Law, including, but not limited to, by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations are evidenced, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of the Credit Parties; and
(d) | require that the Loan Parties Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations; |
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Loan Parties to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall
151
automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), or after the commencement of any Liquidation, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied (by the Administrative Agent as hereby instructed so to apply) in the following order:
First, to payment in full of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, Credit Party Expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such;
Second, to payment in full of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting indemnities, Credit Party Expenses, and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and the L/C Issuers and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them in their capacities as such;
Third, to payment in full to the Swing Line Lender of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Swing Line Loans;
Fourth, to payment in full of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, and fees (including Letter of Credit Fees), ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them in their capacities as such;
Fifth, to payment in full to the Swing Line Lender of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans;
Sixth, to payment in full of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Sixth held by them in their capacities as such;
Seventh, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize in full that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;
Eighth, to payment in full of that portion of the Obligations arising from Cash Management Services, ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Eighth held by them;
152
Ninth, to payment in full of all other Obligations (including without limitation those arising from Bank Products), ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Ninth held by them; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the applicable Loan Parties or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Seventh above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from the Borrower or any Guarantor that is not a an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder shall not be applied to the Obligations that are Excluded Swap Obligations (it being understood, that in the event that any amount is applied to Obligations other than Excluded Swap Obligations as a result of this sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, to the extent permitted by law, make such adjustments as it determines are appropriate to distributions pursuant to clause Ninth above from amounts received from “eligible contract participants” under the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder to ensure, as nearly as possible, that the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to Obligations described in clause Ninth above by the holders of any Excluded Swap Obligations are the same as the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to other Obligations pursuant to clause Ninth above).
ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01 Appointment and Authority.
(a)Each of the Lenders and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints JPMCB to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
(b)The Administrative Agent shall also act as the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender), Swing Line Lender (if applicable) and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral
153
Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Agents, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 11.04(c), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
(c)Each of the Lenders, for itself and on behalf of any of its Affiliates, and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints JPMCB, in its capacity as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, to act as its agent under the Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes JPMCB, in its capacity as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, to execute the Intercreditor Agreement on its behalf and to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to JPMCB, in its capacity as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Agents shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents:
(a)shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law; and
(c)shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained
154
by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Agents shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by them (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agents shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agents shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or any L/C Issuer.
The Agents shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into
(i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.
9.04 Reliance by Agents. The Agents shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agents also may rely upon any statement made to them orally or by telephone and believed by them to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Agents may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by them, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by them in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
9.05 Delegation of Duties. The Agents may perform in any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable. The Agents and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agents and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with
155
the syndication of the credit facility provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent.
9.06 Resignation of Agents. The Agents may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Borrower, including the effective date of such resignation which may be not less than 30 days from the date of such notice. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agents give notice of their resignation, then the retiring Agents may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agents shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agents shall be discharged from their duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section 9.06. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.06). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, their respective sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent was acting as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.
9.07 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents, the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based
156
upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except as provided in Section 9.12, the Agents and the Arrangers shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any other credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Agents and the Arrangers.
9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Arranger or Syndication Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall (i) have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender or any L/C Issuer hereunder or (ii) any fiduciary relationship with the Lenders, the Borrower or any other Person pursuant to the Loan Documents.
9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
(a)to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.07, and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.07 and 11.04.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.
157
9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. The Lenders and the L/C Issuers irrevocably authorize the Agents, at their option and in their discretion,
(a)to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has then been asserted, (B) obligations and liabilities under Cash Management Services and (C) obligations and liabilities under Bank Products) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to a Person that is not a Loan Party, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 11.01;
(b)to release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and
(c)to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i).
Upon request by the Agents at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Agents’ authority to release or subordinate their interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations hereunder, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.
9.11 Notice of Transfer. The Agents may deem and treat a Lender party to this Agreement as the owner of such Lender’s portion of the Obligations for all purposes, unless and until, and except to the extent, an Assignment and Assumption shall have become effective as set forth in Section 11.06.
9.12 Reports and Financial Statements. By signing this Agreement, each Lender:
(a)agrees to furnish the Administrative Agent on the first day of each month with a summary of all Other Liabilities, if any, due or to become due to such Lender; provided that so long as JPMCB or its Affiliate is the Administrative Agent, neither JPMCB nor any of its Affiliates providing Bank Products or Cash Management Services for any Loan Party shall be required to provide such summary in respect of such Other Liabilities;
(b)is deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after they become available, copies of all Borrowing Base Certificates, financial statements required to be delivered by the Borrower hereunder and all collateral field examinations and appraisals of the Collateral received by the Agents (collectively, the
158
“Reports”), and the Administrative Agent further agrees to deliver other information delivered pursuant to Section 6.02 upon the reasonable request of such Lender;
(c)expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Agents (i) make no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the Reports, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report;
(d)expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Agents or any other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel;
(e)agrees to keep all Reports confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.07, or use any Report in any other manner; and
(f)without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any Credit Extensions that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Loan or Loans of the Borrower; and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including attorney costs) incurred by the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.
9.13 Agency for Perfection. Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable Law can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than the Agents) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Agents thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.
9.14 Indemnification of Agents. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Loan Parties and without limiting the obligations of Loan Parties hereunder), ratably according to their respective Applicable Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Agent in connection therewith; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting
159
from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
9.15 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable law, the Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to Tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
9.16 Relation Among Lenders. The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Agents) authorized to act for, any other Lender.
9.17 Certain ERISA Matters. .
(a)Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:
(i)such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments,
(ii)the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,
160
(iii)(A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection
(a)of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or
(iv)such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.
(b)In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).
(c)The Administrative Agent hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide investment advice or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments, this Agreement and any other Loan Documents, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.
9.18 | Erroneous Payments. |
(a)Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby agrees that (x) if the Administrative Agent notifies such Lender or L/C Issuer that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole
161
discretion that any funds received by such Lender or L/C Issuer from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (whether as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees or otherwise; individually and collectively, a “Payment”) were erroneously transmitted to such Lender or L/C Issuer (whether or not known to such Lender or L/C Issuer), and demands the return of such Payment (or a portion thereof), such Lender or L/C Issuer shall promptly, but in no event later than one (1) Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender or L/C Issuer to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect, and (y) to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender or L/C Issuer shall not assert, and hereby waives, as to the Administrative Agent, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Payments received, including without limitation any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or L/C Issuer under this Section 9.18(a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(b)Each Lender and L/C Issuer hereby further agrees that if it receives a Payment from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such Payment (a “Payment Notice”) or (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a Payment Notice, it shall be on notice, in each such case, that an error has been made with respect to such Payment. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees that, in each such case, or if it otherwise becomes aware a Payment (or portion thereof) may have been sent in error, such Lender or L/C Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence and, upon demand from the Administrative Agent, it shall promptly, but in no event later than one (1) Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender or L/C Issuer to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect.
(c)The Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby agrees that (x) in the event an erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) are not recovered from any Lender or L/C Issuer that has received such Payment (or portion thereof) for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights of such Lender or L/C Issuer with respect to such amount and
(y) an erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, except, in each case, to the extent such erroneous Payment (or any portion thereof) is, and solely with respect to the amount of such erroneous Payment that is comprised of funds of a Loan Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Section 9.18 relating to Payments (including the preceding two paragraphs and this paragraph) shall not constitute, create
162
or otherwise alter the Obligations on the part of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents or otherwise.
(d)Each party’s obligations under this Section 9.18 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender or L/C Issuer, the termination of the Commitments or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under any Loan Document.
ARTICLE X CONTINUING GUARANTY
10.01 Guaranty. Each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all of the Obligations, whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, damages, costs, expenses or otherwise, of the Borrower to the Credit Parties, arising hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancings and other modifications thereof and all costs, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Credit Parties in connection with the collection or enforcement thereof). The Administrative Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon each Guarantor, and conclusive for the purpose of establishing the amount of the Obligations. This Guaranty shall not be affected by the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations or any instrument or agreement evidencing any Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Obligations which might otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to any or all of the foregoing.
Each Qualified ECP Guarantor (including the Borrower) hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of each such Loan Party’s obligations (a) in respect of Swap Contracts to which it is a party and (b) under this Guaranty in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 10.01 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 10.01, or otherwise under this Guaranty, as it relates to such other Loan Party, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until the termination of this Guaranty in accordance with Section 10.06 hereof. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 10.01 constitute, and this Section 10.01 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
10.02 Rights of Lenders. Each Guarantor consents and agrees that the Credit Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without affecting the
163
enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in their sole discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor consents to the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of such Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of such Guarantor.
10.03 Certain Waivers. Each Guarantor waives (a) any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor, or the cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of any Credit Party) of the liability of the Borrower; (b) any defense based on any claim that such Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (d) any right to proceed against the Borrower, proceed against or exhaust any security for the Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of any Credit Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by any Credit Party; and (f) to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all other defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties. Each Guarantor expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Obligations. As provided below, this Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
10.04 Obligations Independent. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Obligations and the obligations of any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other person or entity is joined as a party.
10.05 Subrogation. No Guarantor shall exercise any right of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty until all of the Obligations (other than any indemnity obligations for unasserted claims that by its terms survives the termination of this Agreement) and any amounts payable under this Guaranty have been paid and performed in full and the Commitments and the Facility are terminated. If any amounts are paid to any Guarantor in violation of the foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Credit Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Credit Parties to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.
10.06 Termination; Reinstatement. This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect
164
until all Obligations and any other amounts payable under this Guaranty are paid in full in cash (other than any indemnity obligations for unasserted claims that by its terms survives the termination of this Agreement) and the Commitments and the Facility with respect to the Obligations are terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor is made, or any of the Credit Parties exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by any of the Credit Parties in their discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether or not the Credit Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction. The obligations of each Guarantor under this paragraph shall survive termination of this Guaranty.
10.07 Subordination. Each Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of the Borrower owing to such Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of the Borrower to any Guarantor as subrogee of the Credit Parties or resulting from such Guarantor’s performance under this Guaranty, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations (other than any indemnity obligations for unasserted claims that by its terms survives the termination of this Agreement). If the Credit Parties so request, any such obligation or indebtedness of the Borrower to any Guarantor shall be enforced and performance received by such Guarantor as trustee for the Credit Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Credit Parties on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of such Guarantor under this Guaranty.
10.08 Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against any Guarantor or the Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by such Guarantor immediately upon demand by the Credit Parties.
10.09 Condition of Borrower. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower and any other guarantor such information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and any such other Guarantor as such Guarantor requires, and that none of the Credit Parties has any duty, and such Guarantor is not relying on the Credit Parties at any time to disclose to such Guarantor any information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower or any other Guarantor (such Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Credit Parties to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS
11.01 Amendments, Etc. Subject to Section 3.033.02, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the
165
Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(a)extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that the waiver of any mandatory prepayment shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);
(b)postpone any date fixed by this Agreement, Incremental Assumption Agreement or any other Loan Document for (i) any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment (it being understood that the waiver of or amendment to the terms of any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest, or (ii) any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Aggregate Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender; provided that any Lender, upon the request of the Borrower, may extend the final expiration of its Commitment without the consent of any other Lender in accordance with Section 2.16;
(c)reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate; provided further, however, changes to interest rates arising from changes to the definition of Borrowing Base shall be governed by clause (i) below;
(d)change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
(e)change any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Supermajority Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender);
(f)except as expressly permitted hereunder, release, or limit the liability of, any Loan Party without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender);
(g)except for releases of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.10 hereof (in which case, such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone), release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Collateral
166
Documents in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender);
(h)except pursuant to Section 2.15, increase the Aggregate Commitments without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender);
(i)change the definition of the term “Borrowing Base” or any component definition thereof if as a result thereof the amounts available to be borrowed by the Borrower would be increased, without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders, provided that the foregoing shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any Reserves without the consent of any Lender;
(j)modify the definition of Permitted Overadvance so as to increase the amount thereof or, except as provided in such definition, the time period for a Permitted Overadvance without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders;
(k)except as provided in Section 9.10(c), subordinate the Obligations hereunder or the Liens granted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, to any other Indebtedness or Lien, as the case may be without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender);
(l)modify this Section 11.01 or Section 8.03 without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender);
and provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuers in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuers under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (v) each Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.
If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender or Supermajority Lenders and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 11.13; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, no provider of any Bank Product or Cash Management Service in its capacity as such (a) shall have any right to consent to
167
any amendment, modification, termination or waiver of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any amendment and/or restatement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents refinancing, replacing or restructuring the Loans and the Obligations including any increase thereof) or to contest any such amendment, modification, termination or waiver,
(b) shall be deemed a Lender for any purposes of the Loan Documents, or (c) shall have any right to (i) enforce any security interest, right or remedy under any of the Loan Documents or
(ii) instruct the Agents with respect to any action or inaction by the Agents with respect to the exercise of any rights or remedies under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, or consent to or contest any such action or inaction. Except for the payment of amounts on account of Bank Products and Cash Management Services (but only to the extent the Agents shall have received sufficient funds therefor), the Agents shall have no duties or obligations to provider of any Bank Product or Cash Management Services in its capacity as such. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the assignment by any Lender of its Loans and Commitments.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.01, if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error (including, but not limited to, an incorrect cross-reference) or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of any Loan Document, then the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent (acting in their sole discretion) and the Borrower or any other relevant Loan Party shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document.
11.02 | Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications. |
(a)Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i)if to Holdings, the Borrower, any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers or the Swing Line Lender to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02; and
(ii)if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
168
(b)Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
(c)The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH
THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
(d)Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, any other Loan Party, and the Administrative Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications
169
hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
(e)Reliance by Administrative Agent and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices, Swing Line Loan Notices, and Conversion/Continuation Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or
(ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lender, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender, any L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
11.04 | Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. |
(a)Costs and Expenses. The Loan Parties shall pay all Credit Party Expenses within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of an invoice therefor.
(b)Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers, the joint bookrunning managers, each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses
170
(including the reasonable and documented in reasonable detail fees, charges and disbursements of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel for all Indemnitees taken as a whole in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders, in each case, selected by the Administrative Agent and solely in the case of an actual conflict of interest between Indemnitees where the Indemnitees affected by such conflict inform the Borrower of such conflict, one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interest of the Lenders to each group of affected Indemnitees taken as a whole) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the preparation, execution, delivery or administration of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or any amendment or waiver with respect hereto or thereto, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
(ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, at, under, on or from any property or facility currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (z) result from the presence, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials or violations of Environmental Laws first occurring or first existing after completion of the foreclosure upon the Collateral, granting of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure with respect to the Collateral or similar transfer of title or possession of the Collateral, unless such presence, release or violation is actually caused by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof. This Section 11.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c)Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Agents (or any sub-agent thereof), the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuers or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such) severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuers or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed
171
expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender or L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or the Collateral Agent in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).
(d)Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Loan Parties shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e)Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after receipt of an invoice or demand therefor.
(f)Survival. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Agents, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuers, the replacement of any Lender, any Lender ceasing to be a Lender pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.16(b), the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
11.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any of the Loan Parties is made to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and each L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The
172
obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
11.06 | Successors and Assigns. |
(a)Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 11.06(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 11.06(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) | Minimum Amounts. |
(A)in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B)in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $1.0 million (and in integral multiples of
$1.0 million in excess thereof) and after giving effect thereto, the assigning Lender shall hold a Commitment of at least $1.0 million, unless, in each case, each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent
173
assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;
(ii)Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that
(A) this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lenders’ rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans and (B) this clause (ii) shall not limit the right of a Lender to assign all or any portion of its Commitment;
(iii)Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A)the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
(B)the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (1) any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment, an Affiliate of Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender or (2) any Loan to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
(C)the consent of the L/C Issuers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and
(D)the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Swing Line Loans (whether or not then outstanding).
(iv)Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and any Tax forms required by Section 3.01(g), Section 3.01(h) or Section 3.01(i);
174
(v)No Assignment to Borrower. No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries; and
(vi)No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05 and
11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 11.06(d).
(c)Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans (and whether such Loan is a Committed Loan, an Extended Loan or a Swing Line Loan, as applicable) owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, including, for avoidance of doubt, any indemnification obligation with respect to the participated interest,
(ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender
175
sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (f) and (g) in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01, Section 3.043.03 and Section 3.053.04 (provided such Participant agrees to be subject to the limitations and requirements therein as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(g), Section 3.01(h) and Section 3.01(i) 3.01(i) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.06(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.11 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amount of each Participant’s interest in the Loans held by it (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under the Loan Documents) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Loan or other obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
(e)Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.043.03 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent that such entitlement to any greater payment results from any Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant, or the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.
(f)Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve BankFRB or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g)Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any
176
applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
(h)Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender After Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time JPMCB assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, JPMCB may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of JPMCB as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If JPMCB resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuers hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If JPMCB resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Committed Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender,
(A) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (B) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to JPMCB to effectively assume the obligations of JPMCB with respect to such Letters of Credit.
11.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 11.07, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, or (iii) any funding or financing source of any Lender, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 11.07 or (ii) becomes available to the
177
Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.
For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, operations, assets and related matters, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party or any such Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers acknowledges that
(A) the Information may include material non-public information concerning Holdings or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (B) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (C) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.
11.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Credit Party and each of its respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to setoff and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Credit Party or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Credit Party, irrespective of whether or not such Credit Party shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Credit Party different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Credit Party and their respective Affiliates under this Section 11.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Credit Party or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Credit Party agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
11.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize
178
any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
11.10 | Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. |
(a)This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(b)Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of (x) this Agreement, (y) any other Loan Document and/or (z) any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any notice delivered pursuant to Section 11.02), certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and/or thereby (each an “Ancillary Document”) that is an Electronic Signature transmitted by facsimile, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, such other Loan Document or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by facsimile, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent and pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (i) to the extent the Administrative Agent has agreed to accept any Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party without further verification thereof and without any obligation to review the appearance or form of any such Electronic Signature and (ii) upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower and each Loan Party hereby (A) agrees that, for all purposes, including without limitation, in connection with any workout, restructuring, enforcement of remedies, bankruptcy proceedings or litigation among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Borrower and the Loan Parties,
179
Electronic Signatures transmitted by facsimile, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page and/or any electronic images of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as any paper original, (B) the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders may, at its option, create one or more copies of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document in the form of an imaged electronic record in any format, which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, and destroy the original paper document (and all such electronic records shall be considered an original for all purposes and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record), (C) waives any argument, defense or right to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document based solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement, such other Loan Document and/or such Ancillary Document, respectively, including with respect to any signature pages thereto and (D) waives any claim against the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer and any Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s and/or any Lender’s reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures and/or transmissions by facsimile, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page, including any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses arising as a result of the failure of the Borrower and/or any Loan Party to use any available security measures in connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature.
11.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Obligation (other than any indemnity obligation for unasserted claims that by its terms survives the termination of this Agreement) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
11.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
11.13 Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.043.03, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or (b) if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or (c) if in connection with a proposed amendment, modification,
180
waiver, or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 11.01, the consent of the Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required shall not have been obtained, or (d) if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:
(a)the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 11.06(b);
(b)such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.053.04) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(c)in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.043.03 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
(d) | such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws. |
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
11.14 | Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc. |
(a)GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(b)SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN
181
SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY CREDIT PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c)WAIVER OF VENUE. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (b) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(d)SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
11.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND
(B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
11.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower and Holdings each acknowledge and agree, and acknowledge their respective Affiliates’ understanding, that: (a) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the
182
Arrangers and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (b) each of the Borrower and Holdings and each other Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (c) the Borrower and Holdings and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (d) the Administrative Agent, each Arranger and each Lender each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (e) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (f) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor the Arrangers or the Lenders have any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
11.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used by the Loan Parties, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
11.18 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
11.19 Attachments. The exhibits, schedules and annexes attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein and shall be considered a part of this Agreement for the purposes stated herein, except that in the event of any conflict between any of the provisions of such exhibits and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
183
11.20 Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.
11.21 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and
(b) | the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if |
applicable:
(i) | a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability; |
(ii) | a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or |
other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
(iii)the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.
11.22 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCsQFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Swap Contracts or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in
184
or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
185
Schedule 1
Exhibit 10.34
EXECUTION VERSION
Amendment Agreement
dated 14 April 2023
relating to a
Master Credit Agreement
originally dated 18 March 2019
between
ELFA INTERNATIONAL AB
as Borrower
an
Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Sverige
as Lender
2
This Amendment Agreement (this "Agreement") is dated 14 April 2023 and made between:
(a) | Elfa International AB, registered no. 556516-2012, as borrower (the "Borrower"); and |
(b) | Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Sverige as lender (the "Lender"). |
Background
A. | This Agreement amends a master credit agreement originally dated 19 March 2019 (the "Master Credit Agreement") between the Borrower and the Lender. |
B. | This Agreement sets out the terms upon which the Master Credit Agreement is to be amended with effect from the Effective Date (as defined below). |
(a) | In this Agreement: |
"Amended Master Credit Agreement" means the Master Credit Agreement as amended by this Agreement.
"Effective Date" means the date on which the Lender gives the notification referred to in paragraph (a) of Clause 4 (Conditions Precedent).
(b) | Unless expressly defined in this Agreement or a contrary intention appears, capitalised terms defined in the Master Credit Agreement, have the same meaning in this Agreement. |
With effect on and from the Effective Date, the parties agree that:
(a) | the definition of “Facility Period” in the Master Credit Agreement shall be read and construed as follows: |
Facility Period | the period starting on 1 April 2019 and ending on 31 March 2025 thereafter; |
(b) | Clause 6.1 in the Master Credit Agreement shall be read and construed as follows: |
6.1. | The Overdraft Facility and the Additional Temporary Overdraft Facility shall be repaid on the last day of the Facility Period. If a Term Loan is granted by the Bank, the Borrower shall repay the original amount of the Term Loan in equal quarterly payments under a period of maximum 5 years or until the last day of the Facility Period, whichever comes first. |
3
The representations and warranties of clause 8 (Representations and Warranties) of the Master Credit Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement as though set out herein in full, so that on each of the date of this Agreement and the Effective Date.
(b) | If the Lender has not received or waived the receipt of all the documents and evidence in Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 4 above no later than 30 April 2023, the Master Credit Agreement will not be amended in the manner contemplated by this Agreement. |
The Borrower confirms that:
(a) | it agrees to the amendment of the Master Credit Agreement as contemplated by this Agreement; |
(b) | except as expressly amended or waived by this Agreement, the Finance Documents and its obligations thereunder shall continue in full force and effect; |
(c) | any security or guarantee created or given by it under any Finance Document will: |
(d) | it undertakes to do all such acts or execute all such documents the Lender may reasonably require in order to ensure that the existing Security continues to be in full force and effect. |
This Agreement is a Finance Document for the purposes of the Amended Master Credit Agreement.
The provisions of Clause 16 (Law and Jurisdiction) of the form Amended Master Credit Agreement shall apply to this Agreement mutatis mutandis.
Confidential | |
4
_______________________
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
The Borrower ELFA INTERNATIONAL AB | |
By: /s/ Anders Rothstein Name: Anders Rothstein | By: /s/ Martin Dahlqvist Name: Martin Dahlqvist |
| |
| |
The Lender NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I SVERIGE | |
By: /s/ Marnus Anclerberg Name: Magnus Anclerberg | By: /s/ Susanne Skarlund Name: Susanne Skarlund |
Confidential | |
(a) | A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower. |
(b) | A copy of a resolution of the boards of directors of the Borrower: |
(i) | approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and any other Finance Documents and resolving that it executes this Agreement and any other Finance Documents to which it is a party; |
(ii) | authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement and any other Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; |
(iii) | authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with this Agreement and other Finance Documents to which it is a party; and |
(iv) | confirming that the guarantees and security provided by it and each Finance Document to which it is a party will remain in full force and effect and that its obligations under such guarantees and security will extend to the liabilities under, and will not be prejudiced by, this Agreement. |
(a) | This Agreement duly executed. |
(a) | A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. |
Exhibit 21.1
The Container Store Group, Inc.
Entity |
| Jurisdiction of organization |
The Container Store, Inc. | | Texas |
TCS Gift Card Services, LLC | | Virginia |
C Studio Manufacturing Inc | | Delaware |
C Studio Manufacturing LLC | | Delaware |
Elfa International AB | | Sweden |
Elfa Finland OY | | Finland |
Elfa Deutschland GmbH | | Germany |
Elfa Sweden AB | | Sweden |
Elfa Doors AB | | Sweden |
Elfa Lumi AB | | Sweden |
Elfa Lumi A/S | | Denmark |
Elfa Norge A/S | | Norway |
Elfa Manufacturing Poland Sp. Zo.o | | Poland |
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-193255) pertaining to The Container Store Group, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan,
(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-192067) pertaining to The Container Store Group, Inc. 2013 Incentive Award Plan,
(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-226522) pertaining to The Container Store Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2013 Incentive Award Plan, and
(4) Registration Statement (Form S-3/A No. 333-225785) of The Container Store Group, Inc.;
of our reports dated May 26, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of The Container Store Group, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of The Container Store Group, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of The Container Store Group, Inc. for the year ended April 1, 2023.
/s/ Ernst and Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
May 26, 2023
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Satish Malhotra, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Container Store Group, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: May 26, 2023 | /s/ Satish Malhotra |
| Satish Malhotra |
| President & Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Jeffrey A. Miller, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Container Store Group, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: May 26, 2023 | /s/ Jeffrey A. Miller |
| Jeffrey A. Miller |
| Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Satish Malhotra, Chief Executive Officer of The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended April 1, 2023 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
May 26, 2023 | /s/ Satish Malhotra |
| Satish Malhotra |
| President & Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Jeffrey A. Miller, Chief Financial Officer of The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
(1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended April 1, 2023 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
May 26, 2023 | /s/ Jeffrey A. Miller |
| Jeffrey A. Miller |
| Chief Financial Officer |
| |